(X) Furuno FS-1570 (150 Watt MF-HF-SSB) Technical Manuals Combined PDF

FURUNO DEEPSEA WORLD
MF/HF RADIOTELEPHONE
Integrated MF/HF Radiotelephone, DSC/Watch Receiver, Telex
Models FS-1570/2570
(250 W)
(150 W)
Distress, safety and routine
communications
Fully meets GMDSS carriage
requirements
Instant selection of 256 preset channels
160-character message on high-legibility
LCD display
Optional NBDP modem and monitor
The FS-1570 and 2570 are new MF/HF radiotelephones for general communications and
GMDSS applications. Provided in addition to
radiotelephony operation are DSC (Digital Selective
Call) on general communications and DSC Watch
Receiver on all distress and safety frequencies in
MF and HF bands.
The FS-1570 and 2570 maintain a continuous watch
on a distress call even while you are exchanging
normal voice messages. DSC channels can be
individually set or all selected channels can be
automatically scanned. When a DSC message is
received, the radiotelephone gives audible and
visual alarms.
The FS-1570 and 2570 work on all authorized
transmit frequencies between 1.6 and 27.5 MHz.
Easy channel selection with rotary

control or direct keyboard input
Scanning of DSC frequencies for distress
and general calls on MF/HF
File editing for ready transmission of
DSC message
GPS position automatically included in a
distress call
Receiver frequencies are selectable between 100

kHz and 30 MHz in 10 Hz steps. The transmit and
receive frequencies can be selected separately or in
pair. The digital frequency synthesizer provides high
frequency stability for DSC and NBDP as well as
telephony operation.
The compact cabinet allows a flexible and spacesaving installation in a communication console.
Optional equipment available are a distress alert
unit, received call unit, remote control unit, distress
message control unit, etc. In addition a telex modem
(NBDP) can be accommodated in the transceiver
unit for general message transfer and distress
message/maritime safety information handling,
satisfying the carriage requirement in GMDSS A3A4 sea areas.
The future today with FURUNO's electronics technology
Catalogue No. S-023
FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD.

9-52 Ashihara-cho, Nishinomiya City, Japan Telephone: +81 (0)798 65 2111
Telefax: +81 (0)798 65 4200, 66-4622 URL: www.furuno.co.jp
TRADE MARK REGISTERED

MARCA REGISTRADA
SPECIFICATIONS OF FS-1570/2570
Rules and Regulations

ITU-R Rec. 493-10(Class A), 541-8, 1082-1
IEC 61097-3/61097-8/61097-9, IEC 61162-1, IEC 60945
IMO Res. A.804(19) and MSC.68(68) amendment, EN 300 338
Frequency Accuracy
10 Hz (telephony)
Communication System
Simplex or semi-duplex
Class of Emission
J3E (Telephony),
J2B (DSC, NBDP)
Received Call Unit IC-303-DSC

Control Unit for Remote Station
Distress Message Controller DMC-5
Whip Antenna
Watch Keeping Receiver for routine for FS-2570
INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
Antenna
Tuning Speed
Receiver Output
DSC
Distres/
Safety
Remote Control Unit

Printer Switch Box
IF-8500
Distress Alert
Unit
Received Call
Unit
NBDP
Modem
External
Control Unit
Loudspeaker FS-1570C
FS-2570C
FS-1570: 150 W
FS-2570: 250 W (FCC Part 80.215
limits 150 W between 2 and
4 MHz, 400 W on 2182 kHz
Reducible to 60 Wpep
(Distress in full)
7-18 m whip or wire
0.2 to 2 s typical
Capable of providing at least 2 W
(1 W/8 , 4 W/4 )
Transceiver
Unit
FS-1570T
FS-2570T
EPFS (GPS)
Distress Message
Controller
DMC-5
Rectifier with Changeover

Facility
PR-300/850A
115/230 VAC
24 VDC
Service provider,
e.g.,
Globe Wireless
Option
24 VDC
DSC
Control Unit FS-1570C/FS-2570C
Distress Call and Message

RR 3112: Format specifier(distress),
Self-ID Nature of distress, Distress coordinates, Time,
Telecommand (EOS, ECC)
Distress and Safety
2187.5, 4207.5, 6312, 8414.5,
12577, 16804.5 kHz
Routine call DSC:
1.6 to 27.5 MHz (FS-2570 only with
1.8 kg
4.0 lb
23
0.9"
8.7 kg 19.2 lb
85 3.4"
200 7.9"
12 0.5"
340 13.4"
100 100
3.9" 3.9"
4- 7.5
536 21.0"
560 22.1"
AT-1560-15/AT-1560-25
6- 8
104 4.1"
416 16.4"
Handset
77 3.0"
90 3.5"
12 0.5"
12 0.5"
135 5.3"
4- 7.5
Antenna Coupler
267 10.5"
15.0 kg 33.1 lb
125 125
4.9" 4.9"
55 2.2"
35 1.4"
200 7.9"
Standard
1. Transceiver Unit
1 unit
2. Control Unit
1 unit
3. Telephone Handset
1 unit
4. Antenna Coupler AT-1560-15 (FS-1570),
AT-1560-25 (FS-2570)
1 unit
Optional
1. Rectifier with changeover facility PR-300 for FS-1570
PR-850A for FS-2570
2. NBDP Monitor and Modem Unit
3. External Loudspeaker
4. Distress Alert Unit IC-302-DSC
FS-2570T
30 70 2.8"
1.2"
125 125
4.9" 4.9"
10 0.4"
EQUIPMENT LIST
340 13.4"
100 100
3.9" 3.9"
370 14.6"
165 6.5"
24 VDC, 20 A (150 W), 35 A (250 W) for TX,

0.8 A (150 W), 1.5 A (250 W)for RX
115/230 VAC with external rectifier
104 4.1"
10 0.4"
Interface
POWER SUPPLY
135 5.3"
12 0.5"
Frequency shift
FS-1570T 11.0 kg 24.3 lb
440 17.3"
Display
14
0.6"
Transceiver Unit
24 0.9"
Alarms
300 11.8"
390 15.4"
Transmit:
0.5 Hz
50 distress messages max.
plus 50 non-distress messages
50 messages, Telephone No,
Frequency, etc.
Audible and visual on receipt of
distress, urgency or routine calls,
position error
160 characters in 8 lines
95(W) x 60(H) in mm
Mark 1615 Hz, Space 1785 Hz,
100 baud
IEC 61162-1
110 4.3"
100 3.9"
65 2.6"
121 4.8"
108 4.3"
258 10.2"
optional receiver for routine)
Stability:
Message Storage
Receive:
DSC
Ship
business
Printer PP-510
Telephone
Handset
TRANSCEIVER
RF Output Power
Antenna
Coupler
AT-1560-15/25
NBDP Monitor
0.6 kg
1.3 lb
65 2.6"
57 2.2"
42 1.7"
Channels
TX: 1.6 to 27.5 MHz

RX: 0.1 to 30 MHz
256 channels, preset by competent
service depots, from
- All ITU RR Appendix 16
(4 - 27.5MHz)
- All distress frequencies in
telephony, DSC, NBDP
- All telephony frequencies
allocated by national authorities
according to ITU RR Article 8
(1.6 - 4 MHz)
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
147 5.8"
Frequency Range
208 8.2"
GENERAL
2- 4.5
SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

FURUNO U.S.A., INC.
FURUNO DANMARK AS
Camas, Washington, U.S.A.

Phone: +1 360-834-9300 Telefax: +1 360-834-9400
Hvidovre, Denmark
Phone: +45 36 77 45 00 Telefax: +45 36 77 45 01
FURUNO (UK) LIMITED
FURUNO NORGE A/S
Denmead, Hampshire, U.K.

Phone: +44 2392-230303 Telefax: +44 2392-230101
lesund, Norway
Phone: +47 70 102950 Telefax: +47 70 127021
FURUNO FRANCE S.A.
FURUNO SVERIGE AB
Bordeaux-Mrignac, France
Phone: +33 5 56 13 48 00 Telefax: +33 5 56 13 48 01
Vstra Frlunda, Sweden

Phone: +46 31-7098940 Telefax: +46 31-497093
FURUNO ESPANA S.A.
FURUNO SUOMI OY
Madrid, Spain
Phone: +34 91-725-90-88 Telefax: +34 91-725-98-97
Helsinki, Finland
Phone: +358 9 341 7570 Telefax: +358 9 341 5716
02093N Printed in Japan
to 27.5 MHz (FS-2570 only with optional receiver for routine) IPX5
Antenna CouplerAntenna1.6
Coupler
IPX5
0.5 Hz
POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
50 distress messages max plus
50 non-distress
messages,
transmitted
, 0.8
A
24 VDC, 35 A (24
, 1.5 A35(RX
24 VDC,
20 A (24
), 0.8
TX)VDC,
TX)VDC,
A (RX) messages,
A )(
20(RX
A )(TX50
100 message files, Telephone No, Frequency,
etc.
115/230
VAC with
external
115/230
VACrectifier
with external rectifier
Audible and visual on receipt of distress, urgency or routine calls, position error
160 characters in 8 lines, 95(W) x 60(H) mm
Mark 1615 Hz, Space 1785 Hz, 100 baud
C 61162-1
GGA, RMC, GLL,
ZDA Unit
Transceiver
Transceiver UnitTransceiver Unit
Transceiver Unit
FS1570/FS2570 Dimensional Drawings
85 3.4"6-8
200 7.9"
AT-1560-15/25
10.5"
10
0.4"
8.7 kg 19.2 lb
90 3.5"
10
85 3.4"
0.4"
200 7.9"
10
0.4"
125 125
4.9" 4.9"
15kg 33.1 lb
12 0.5"
135 5.3"
104 4.1"
340 13.4"
100100 4-7.5
3.9"3.9"
125 125
4.9" 4.9"
560 22.1"
12 0.5"
536 21.0"
125 125
4.9" 4.9"
340 13
135 5.3"
100100
104 4.1"
3.9"3.9
12 0.5"
560 22.1"
12 0.5" 416 16.4" 12 0.5"
Transceiver Unit
FS-2570T
560 22.1"
340 13.4"
90100
3.5"
100 4-7.5
3.9"3.9"
165 6.5"
12 0.5" 416 16.4" 12 0.5"
6-8
370
44014.6"
17.3"
24 0.9"
70 2.8"
10 0.4"
165 6.5"
18
0.7"
135 5.3"
267
10 10.5" 90 3.5"
10
0.4" 104 4.5" 0.4"
370 14.6"
8.7"
106 4.2"
267 10.5"
103 4.1"
65 2.6"
390 15.4"
108 4.3"
11.7"
5.0" 24 0.9"
390127
15.4"
Transceiver Unit
Antenna Coupler
AT-1560-15/25
1.8
kg 4.0Coupler
lb
FS-1570T 8.7 kg 19.2 lb 8.711kg
24.3
Antenna
AT-1560-15/25
kg 19.2
lblb
125 125
4.9" 4.9"
536 21.0"
115/230
external rectifier
220 8.7" 18
70 2.8" VAC
18 with
70 2.8"
0.7"
10 0.4"0.7"
10 0.4"
24 VDC, 35 A (TX), 1.5 A (RX)
12 0.5"
IPX5
FS-2570T
340 13.4"
340 13.4"
135 5.3"
135 5.3"
100100 4-7.5
100100 4-7.5
104
4.1"
104 4.5"
3.9"3.9"
3.9"3.9"
440 17.3"
104 4.5"
11kg 24.3 lb 11kg

FS-2570T
24.3 lb
FS-1570T
12 0.5" 416 16.4" 12 0.5"
103 4.1"
IPX0
65
2.6"
127 5.0"
24 VDC, 20 A (TX), 0.8 A (RX)

220 8.7"
-15C to +55C
IPX2
106
4.2" 135 5.3"
106 4.2"
103 4.1"
65 2.6"
108 4.3"
298 11.7"
108 4.3"
298 11.7"
127 5.0"
Unit (Panel)
iver Unit/
l Unit
a Coupler
1.8 kg 4.0 lb 1.8 kg

FS-1570T
4.0 lb
440 17.3"
FS-1570/2570 FS-1570/2570
125 125
4.9" 4.9
Certificate
of
EC type-examination (Module-B)
No :
02212010/AA/02
With respect to Marine Equipment Directive 96/98/EC and the amending Directive 2002/75/EC,
Telefication declares that the equipment:
Product description:
Trademark:
Family name:
Type designation:
Serial No:
Software release No:
Manufacturer:
Address:
City:
Country:
A.1/5.14 A.1/5.15 GMDSS MF/HF SSB-Radio

telephone with integrated DSC and NBDP
See Annex 3
-See Annex 3
See Annex 3
See Annex 3
Furuno Electric Co., Ltd.
9-52 Ashihara Cho
662-8580 Nishinomiya City
Japan
complies with the international instruments and test standards as listed in the Annex.
This certificate is granted to:
Name:
Address:
City:
Country:
Furuno Electric Co., Ltd.

9-52 Ashihara Cho
662-8580 Nishinomiya City
Japan
Validity from first date of issue is 5 years; Expiry date: 19 September 2007
. This certificate includes three Annexes.
Zevenaar, 2 August 2005
M.H. Koop
Manager Certification
Annex 1 to EC type-examination
Number: 02212010/AA/02
2 August 2005
Annex 1, Page 1 of 1
General conditions:
Each product to which this certificate relates shall be provided with Marine markings.
The Marine marking consist of symbol in the form of a wheel followed by the identification number
of the responsible Notified Body (Telefication 0560 -), and by the last two digits of the number of
the year in which the mark is affixed.
The holder of this Certificate has drawn up a Declaration of conformity to type with Directive
96/98/EC and amending Directives, declaring that the product(s) described in this EC Typeexamination certificate, satisfy the requirements that apply to them.
Each product shall be identified by means of type, batch and/or serial numbers and the name of
the manufacturer and/or importer.
If the equipment is to be modified, Telefication shall be notified immediately. Depending on the

modifications, Telefication may have additional examinations carried out in consultation with the
applicant.
Remarks and observations

The following conditions are applicable:
- N/A
Telefication, Edisonstraat 12A, 6902 PK Zevenaar, The Netherlands

Tel: +31 316 583 180, Fax: +31 316 583 189
Number: 02212010/AA/02
2 August 2005
Documentation lodged for the EC type-examination

Testreports:
-
Telefication: 98752230, 17 Juni 2002

Labotech: FLI 12-02-019, 20 May 2002
Labotech: FLI 12-02-036, 30 August 2002
Product documentation:
-
Bill of materials
Electric diagrams
Installation manual
Photos
User manual
International instruments and test standards

The equipment complies with:
ETS 300 067

EN 300 338
ETS 300 373
EN 61162-1
EN 301 033
EN 60945
IMO Resolutions
MSC36(63)
MSC68(68)
A.694(17)
A.806(19)
ITU-R M.1173
ITU-R M.476-5
ITU-R M.491-1
ITU-R M.492-6
ITU-R M.493-10
ITU-R M.541-8
ITU-R M.625-3
MSC/Cir. 862
November 1998
April 1999
August 1997
July 2000
August 1998
January 1997
A1
V1.2.1
A1
A1, A2, A3, A4

Tel: +31 316 583 180, Fax: +31 316 583 189
Number: 02212010/AA/02
2 August 2005
Technical features
The product includes the following features:
-
FS-1570, RF output power: 150 W Pep

FS-2570, RF output power: 250 W Pep
Class of emission: J3E and J2B
Receiving frequency range: 0.1 to 29.9999 MHz
Sending frequency range: 1.6 to 27.5 MHz
DSC Class A and NBDP-operation
System related equipment

The product to which this certificate relates includes to following units or equipment:
-
FS-1570C: Control Unit

FS-2570C: Control Unit
FS-1570T: Transceiver Unit
FS-2570T: Transceiver Unit
HS-2001: Handset/Bracket
AT-1560-15: Antenna coupler
AT-1560-25: Antenna coupler
IC-303-DSC: Incoming call indicator
IC-302-DSC: Telex distress alert button
IB-581: NBDP-controller, monochroom display
IB-582: NBDP-controller, colour display
IB-583: NBDP-controller, colour display
PP-510: Printer
IF-8500: Printer switch box
DMC-5: Distress message controller
FAX-5: 2.6m Active whip antenna for WKR
HCS701K-B20: Handset/Bracket
SEM-21Q: External loudspeaker
PR-300: AC-power supply
PR-850A: AC-power supply

Tel: +31 316 583 180, Fax: +31 316 583 189
Number: 02212010/AA/02
2 August 2005
Trademarks and type designations

The product as described in the additional EC type-examination includes the following type
designations:
Type designation:
Trademark:
Serial No:
FS-1570
Furuno
3535-0002
Transceiver: 0550205101; Control unit: 0550206101;
NBDP-controller: 0550207101
Type designation:
Trademark:
Serial No:
FS-2570
Furuno
3536-0002
Transceiver: 0550205101; Control unit: 0550206101;
NBDP-controller: 0550207101

Tel: +31 316 583 180, Fax: +31 316 583 189
For Internal Use Only

Serial No. 3535 Checked By:
PACKING LIST FOR FS1570
Tech
Date
Box 1 - FS1570TR/AT
Part No.
1 FS1570T
2 AT1560
3 000-119-318
4 000-802-085
5 000-108-859
6 000-801-974
7 000-572-187
8 100-164-380
9 000-130-472
10 000-805-494
11 OME-563-60Z
12 IME-563-60Z
13 OSE-563-60Z
14 E52-001-01A
15 E52-001-02A
Wt: 54 lbs. Dim: 26"x 18"x 15"

Description
Quantity
150W Transceiver Chassis
1
150W Automatic Antenna Coupler
1
DB25 Connector "2 Packages"
1
Tapping Screw 6 x 30
6
FM-MP-7 Coax Connector "M"
2
Nylon Transparent Washer M6
6
Copper Ground Strap
1
Blind Plug Adhesive
1
Rubber Sleeve
1
Tapping Screw M5 x 16
4
Operator's Manual
1
Installation Manual
1
Operator's Guide
1
Action Card VHF/MF/DSC Distress
1
Action Card HF DSC Distress
1
Box 2 - FS2571CONT
Part No.
1 FS2571C
2
3
4 000-864-937
5 000-802-080
6 000-802-080
7 000-864-937
8 005-951-790
9 000-056-948
Wt: 11 lbs. Dim: 15"x 11"x 9"

Description
Quantity
Control Unit
1
Mounting Bracket
1
Mounting Knob
2
Flat Washer M4
4
4
2
Flat Washer M4
2
Handset Bracket
1
Handset with Cable & Plug
1
Box 3 - FS2570CBLS
Part No.
1 000-146-015
2 000-130-484
3 000-113-360
Wt: 7 lbs. Dim: 18"x 11"x 8"

Description
Quantity
Cable Assembly 05S9336 5M
1
1
1
Page 1 of 2
Yes
FS1570TR/AT
Remarks
sub 005-952-180
"
"
"
sub 000-055-238
"
"
"
Yes
FS2571CONT
Remarks
sub 000-056-947
"
"
"
Yes
FS2570CBLS
Remarks
10, 20, 30, 40, 50M Avail.
20, 30, 40, 50M Available
"
For Internal Use Only

Serial No.
Checked By:
PACKING LIST FOR FS1570 with NBDP
Tech
Date
Box 1 - NBDP Option

Part No.
1 IB583
004-439-230
004-439-650
2 000-138-599
3 004-439-400
4 000-146-610
5 000-146-652
6 000-108-138
7 000-802-081
8 100-248-060
9 100-248-051
10 100-237-680
11 100-237-670
Wt: 16 lbs. Dim: 16"x 9"x 21"

Description
Quantity
Color LCD Terminal Monitor
1
Mounting Bracket
1
Mounting Knob
2
BTC5100C PS/2 Mini Keyboard
1
Software Floppy Disk
1
Power Cable Assy 5M
1
DB9>DB9 Cable Assy 5M
1
Grounding Wire
1
Tapping Screw M5x20
4
"Compass Safe" Label
1
Keyboard Label
1
"Hook Loop" Fastener (Large)
4
"Hook Loop" Fastener (Small)
4
rev 9/08
Page 2 of 2
Yes
NBDP Option
Remarks
attached
attached
sub CP05 8901

"
"
"
sub CP16-02302
"
"
"
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
FS-1570 (150 W)
FS-2570 (250 W)
www.furuno.co.jp
The paper used in this manual

is elemental chlorine free.
FURUNO Authorized Distributor/Dealer

9-52 Ashihara-cho,
Nishinomiya, 662-8580, JAPAN
Telephone : +81-(0)798-65-2111
Fax
: +81-(0)798-65-4200
All rights reserved.
Printed in Japan
A : OCT . 2002
F : MAY 25, 2007
Pub. No. OME-56360-F

(DAMI )
FS-1570/2570
*00080933813*
*00080933813*
* 0 0 0 8 0 9 3 3 8 1 3 *
Important Notices
This manual is intended for readers with a solid knowledge of English.
No part of this manual may be copied or reproduced without written permission.
If this manual is lost or worn, contact your dealer about replacement.
The contents of this manual and equipment specifications are subject to change without
notice.
The example screens (or illustrations) shown in this manual may not match the screens
you see on your display. The screen you see depends on your system configuration and
equipment settings.
FURUNO will assume no responsibility for the damage caused by improper use or
modification of the equipment (including software) by an unauthorized agent or a third
party.
Store this manual in a convenient place for future reference.
When it is time to discard this product it must be done according to local regulations for
disposal of industrial waste. For disposal in the USA, refer to the Electronics Industries
Alliance (http://www.eiae.org/).
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
WARNING
DANGER
Never touch the SSB antenna, antenna
coupler or lead-in insulator when the
SSB radiotelephone is transmitting.
High voltage which will cause death or
serious injury is present at the locations
shown in the illustration below when the
SSB radiotelephone is transmitting.
Indoor
Antenna Wire
(High Voltage)
Antenna
Coupler
Antenna
Wire
Lead-in
Insulator
(High
Voltage)
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

Do not open the equipment.
Only qualified personnel
should work inside the
equipment.
Immediately turn off the power at the
switchboard if water leaks into the
equipment or something is dropped in
the equipment.
Continued use of the equipment can cause
fire or electrical shock. Contact a FURUNO
agent for service.
Do not disassemble or modify the
equipment.
Fire, electrical shock or serious injury can
result.
Immediately turn off the power at the
switchboard if the equipment is emitting
smoke or fire.
Continued use of the equipment can cause
fire or electrical shock. Contact a FURUNO
agent for service.
Do not operate the equipment with wet
hands.
Electrical shock can result.
CAUTION
Use the proper fuse.
Use of the wrong fuse can cause serious
damage to the equipment and void the
warranty.
ii
CAUTION
Do not operate the [DISTRESS] button
except in case of a life-endangering
situation on your vessel.
If the distress alert is accidentally
transmitted, contact the nearest coast
station and inform them of the accidental
transmission as follows:
a) Ship's name
b) Ship's call sign and DSC number
c) Position at time of transmission
d) Time of transmission
This equipment is intended for maritime
use. Do not use it in other applications.
WARNING LABEL
A warning label is attached to the
transceiver unit and a danger label is
attached to the antenna coupler.
Do not remove the labels.
If a label is missing or illegible,
contact a FURUNO agent or dealer
about replacement.
WARNING
To avoid electrical shock, do not
remove cover. No user-serviceable
parts inside.
Name: Warning Label (1)

Type: 86-003-1011-2
Code No.: 100-236-232-10
TRANSCEIVER
UNIT
DANGER
Hazardous voltage.
Can shock, burn,
or cause death.
Do not touch antenna
wire, insulator and
terminal.
Name: Danger Label

Type: 05-062-0213-0
Code No.: 100-199-230-10
ANTENNA
COUPLER
iii
Distress Alert Calling Procedure

Below is the procedure for transmitting a distress alert via radiotelephone. Transmit the
distress alert when a life-endangering situation occurs on your vessel.
1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press the [DISTRESS] button more than three
seconds to show the following display, then release the [DISTRESS] button.
Distress
call in progress!
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :
2187.5 KHZ
30S
2. After the distress call has been transmitted, the following displays appear in order.
Wait for distress
acknowledgement.
Distress acknowledge
call received.
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2187.5 KHZ
2M10S
When distress call is

acknowledged by coast
station (usually within
1 min to 2 min 45 seconds)
FROM COAST: 001234567

SHIP IN DIST: 123456789
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
2182.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
STOP ALARM
3. The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm.
4. Communicate with the coast station via radiotelephone as below. (In the dual control
unit system, communication can be done from any control unit, after the distress alert
has been transmitted. To restore priority to the #1 control unit after completion of
distress communications, turn it off and on again.)
a)
b)
c)
d)
iv
Say MAYDAY three times.

Say This is name of your vessel and your call sign three times.
Give nature of distress and assistance needed.
Give description of your vessel (type, number of persons onboard, etc.) and any other
information which may aid in rescue.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FOREWORD ......................................................................................................... x
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION............................................................................... xii
SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................... SP-1
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW......................................................................... 1-1
1.1 Controls ....................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.2 Turning the Power On/Off............................................................................................. 1-2
1.3 Panel Dimmer, LCD Contrast ....................................................................................... 1-2
1.4 Indications.................................................................................................................... 1-3
1.4.1 DSC standby screen ......................................................................................... 1-3
1.4.2 Radiotelephone screen ..................................................................................... 1-3
1.5 Loudspeaker ................................................................................................................ 1-4
1.6 Scanning Routine DSC Frequencies............................................................................ 1-4
1.7 Automatic Acknowledge On/Off .................................................................................... 1-5
1.8 Manual Entry of Position and Time............................................................................... 1-5
1.9 System Characteristics ................................................................................................ 1-7
1.9.1 Equipment priority............................................................................................. 1-7
1.9.2 Controls become inoperative ............................................................................ 1-7
1.9.3 Controls become operative ............................................................................... 1-7
1.9.4 Automatic setting of working frequency ............................................................. 1-7
1.10 Power Supply Unit (option)......................................................................................... 1-8
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE ............................................................................. 2-1

2.1 Transmitting ................................................................................................................. 2-1
2.1.1 Choosing class of emission............................................................................... 2-1
2.1.2 Choosing channel, frequency............................................................................ 2-2
2.1.3 Tuning............................................................................................................... 2-3
2.1.4 Using the handset ............................................................................................. 2-4
2.1.5 Monitoring transceiver output power ................................................................. 2-4
2.1.6 Reducing transmitter power .............................................................................. 2-5
2.1.7 Displaying IA, IC, VC or RF............................................................................... 2-5
2.2 Receiving ..................................................................................................................... 2-6
2.2.1 RF gain (sensitivity) adjustment ........................................................................ 2-6
2.2.2 S-meter............................................................................................................. 2-6
2.2.3 Monitoring traffic on intended transmit frequency .............................................. 2-6
2.2.4 Receiving AM broadcasting stations.................................................................. 2-6
2.2.5 Squelch control, squelch frequency .................................................................. 2-7
2.2.6 Noise blanker.................................................................................................... 2-7
2.3 Intercom....................................................................................................................... 2-8
2.4 Telex Communications ................................................................................................. 2-8
2.5 When Automatic Tuning Fails....................................................................................... 2-9
2.6 User Channels............................................................................................................2-10

2.6.1 Registering user channels ...............................................................................2-10
2.6.2 Deleting user channels ....................................................................................2-12
2.7 FAX Enable/Disable....................................................................................................2-12
2.8 Speaker Setting in Off Hook........................................................................................2-13
3 DSC OVERVIEW ........................................................................................... 3-1

3.1 What is DSC?.............................................................................................................. 3-1
3.2 DSC Call...................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.2.1 Distress alert call and reply............................................................................... 3-3
3.2.2 Individual call.................................................................................................... 3-4
3.3 Audio Alarms ............................................................................................................... 3-4
3.4 Interpreting Call Displays............................................................................................. 3-5
3.4.1 Receive calls .................................................................................................... 3-5
3.4.2 Send calls......................................................................................................... 3-7
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS ............................................................................ 4-1

4.1 Sending Distress Alert ................................................................................................. 4-1
4.1.1 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress not specified ... 4-1
4.1.2 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress specified ......... 4-3
4.2 Receiving a Distress Alert............................................................................................ 4-6
4.2.1 Distress alert received on MF band .................................................................. 4-7
4.2.2 Distress alert received on HF band................................................................... 4-9
4.3 Sending Distress Relay on Behalf of a Ship in Distress ..............................................4-13
4.3.1 Sending distress relay to coast station.............................................................4-13
4.3.2 Sending distress relay to all ships....................................................................4-16
4.4 Receiving Distress Relay All Ships .............................................................................4-19
4.5 Receiving Distress Relay from Coast Station..............................................................4-19
5 CALLING, RECEIVING.................................................................................. 5-1

5.1 All Ships Call ............................................................................................................... 5-1
5.1.1 Sending an all ships call ................................................................................... 5-1
5.1.2 Receiving an all ships call................................................................................. 5-3
5.2 Individual Call .............................................................................................................. 5-4
5.2.1 Sending an individual call ................................................................................. 5-4
5.2.2 Receiving an individual call..............................................................................5-10
5.3 Group Call ..................................................................................................................5-15
5.3.1 Sending a group call........................................................................................5-15
5.3.2 Receiving a group call .....................................................................................5-18
5.4 Geographical Area Call...............................................................................................5-19
5.4.1 Sending a geographical area call.....................................................................5-19
5.4.2 Receiving a geographical area call ..................................................................5-22
5.5 Neutral Craft Call ........................................................................................................5-23
5.5.1 Sending a neutral craft call ..............................................................................5-23
5.5.2 Receiving a neutral craft call............................................................................5-25
5.6 Medical Transport Call ................................................................................................5-26
5.6.1 Sending a medical transport call......................................................................5-26
5.6.2 Receiving a medical transport call ...................................................................5-27
vi
5.7 Polling Call................................................................................................................. 5-28

5.7.1 Sending a polling call ...................................................................................... 5-28
5.7.2 Receiving a polling call ................................................................................... 5-31
5.8 Position Call............................................................................................................... 5-33
5.8.1 Position call: requesting other ships position .................................................. 5-34
5.8.2 Position call: other ship requests your position................................................ 5-36
5.9 PSTN Call .................................................................................................................. 5-38
5.9.1 Sending a PSTN call, receiving acknowledge back (ACK BQ)............................ 5-38
5.9.2 Receiving a PSTN call, sending acknowledge back (ACK BQ) ....................... 5-42
5.9.3 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information
(ship disconnects line)................................................................................... 5-43
5.9.4 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information (coast station
disconnects line) ........................................................................................... 5-44
5.10 Log File .................................................................................................................... 5-45
5.10.1 Opening a log file .......................................................................................... 5-45
5.11 Erasing Message Files ............................................................................................. 5-46
6 PREPARING TX CALLS ............................................................................... 6-1

6.1 Preparing Individual Calls............................................................................................. 6-1
6.2 Preparing Group Calls.................................................................................................. 6-4
6.3 Preparing Geographical Area Calls .............................................................................. 6-5
6.4 Preparing PSTN Calls .................................................................................................. 6-7
6.5 Preparing Test Calls ..................................................................................................... 6-8
6.6 Sending Prepared Calls ............................................................................................... 6-9
6.7 Deleting Send Message Files..................................................................................... 6-10
6.8 Printing List of Send Message Files ........................................................................... 6-10
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP ................................................................. 7-1

7.1 Setting Alarms.............................................................................................................. 7-1
7.2 Auto Ack Menu ............................................................................................................. 7-2
7.3 Printing Messages ....................................................................................................... 7-3
7.4 Setting Scan Frequencies ............................................................................................ 7-4
7.4.1 Distress frequencies ......................................................................................... 7-4
7.4.2 Routine frequencies .......................................................................................... 7-4
7.5 Automatic Frequency Change ...................................................................................... 7-6
7.6 Adjusting Volume ......................................................................................................... 7-7
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW......................................................................... 8-1

8.1 Turning on the NBDP System ...................................................................................... 8-1
8.2 Description of Equipment ............................................................................................. 8-2
8.2.1 Terminal unit ..................................................................................................... 8-2
8.2.2 Keyboard .......................................................................................................... 8-3
8.3 Function Keys, Menu Operation................................................................................... 8-4
8.3.1 Menu conventions............................................................................................. 8-4
8.3.2 Menu overview.................................................................................................. 8-5
8.3.3 Function key description ................................................................................... 8-6
vii
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS................................................................................ 9-1

9.1 Registering Answerback Code & ID Codes.................................................................. 9-1
9.1.1 Registering answerback code........................................................................... 9-1
9.1.2 Registering ID codes ........................................................................................ 9-2
9.2 Station List................................................................................................................... 9-2
9.2.1 Registering stations .......................................................................................... 9-3
9.2.2 Editing/Deleting stations ................................................................................... 9-4
9.3 Timer Programming ..................................................................................................... 9-5
9.3.1 Registering timer programs .............................................................................. 9-5
9.3.2 Editing/Deleting timer programs........................................................................ 9-6
9.4 User Channels............................................................................................................. 9-6
9.4.1 Registering user channels ................................................................................ 9-6
9.4.2 Editing/Deleting user channels ......................................................................... 9-7
9.5 Scan Channel Groups ................................................................................................. 9-7
9.5.1 Registering scan channel groups...................................................................... 9-7
9.5.2 Editing/Deleting scan channel groups............................................................... 9-8
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS ......................................................................... 10-1

10.1 Opening and Closing Files........................................................................................10-1
10.2 Creating Files ...........................................................................................................10-1
10.3 Saving a File.............................................................................................................10-3
10.3.1 Formatting floppy disks..................................................................................10-3
10.3.2 Saving a file...................................................................................................10-4
10.4 Editing Files..............................................................................................................10-5
10.4.1 Cutting and pasting text .................................................................................10-5
10.4.2 Copying and pasting text ...............................................................................10-6
10.4.3 Select all........................................................................................................10-6
10.4.4 Searching text ...............................................................................................10-6
10.4.5 Replacing text................................................................................................10-7
10.4.6 Goto line........................................................................................................10-7
10.4.7 Goto top, Goto bottom ...................................................................................10-8
10.5 Opening Files ...........................................................................................................10-8
10.5.1 Opening a file ................................................................................................10-8
10.5.2 Switching between files .................................................................................10-8
10.6 Renaming Files.........................................................................................................10-9
10.7 Saving a File Under a New Name.............................................................................10-9
10.8 Deleting Files............................................................................................................10-9
10.9 Real Time Printing ....................................................................................................10-9
10.10 Printing Files.........................................................................................................10-10
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING ......................................................... 11-1

11.1 Manual Calling ..........................................................................................................11-1
11.2 ARQ Mode Operation................................................................................................11-3
11.3 FEC Mode Operation ................................................................................................11-5
11.4 Choosing Receive Mode ...........................................................................................11-5
11.5 Communication Example ..........................................................................................11-6
viii
11.6 Timer Operation ....................................................................................................... 11-8

11.6.1 Enabling timer operation ............................................................................... 11-8
11.6.2 Stopping timer operation ............................................................................... 11-9
11.7 Scanning .................................................................................................................. 11-9
11.8 Communication Buffer ............................................................................................ 11-10
11.9 Preparing Macrofiles for Automatic Telex................................................................ 11-10
11.9.1 Automatic telex overview............................................................................. 11-10
11.9.2 Preparations.................................................................................................11-11
11.9.3 Commands.................................................................................................. 11-12
11.9.4 Store-and-forward method........................................................................... 11-13
DIRTLX macrofile .................................................................................................. 11-15
11.10 Automatic Telex using Macrofile ........................................................................... 11-17
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................. 12-1

12.1 Daily Test ................................................................................................................. 12-1
12.2 Radiotelephone Test ................................................................................................ 12-2
12.3 Antenna Coupler Test............................................................................................... 12-2
12.4 Maintenance ............................................................................................................ 12-3
12.5 Replacement of Fuses ............................................................................................. 12-4
12.6 Simple Troubleshooting............................................................................................ 12-5
12.7 Error Messages........................................................................................................ 12-5
12.8 Test Call ................................................................................................................... 12-7
12.9 NBDP Terminal Unit Maintenance ............................................................................ 12-9
12.9.1 Cleaning the equipment ................................................................................ 12-9
12.9.2 Connectors and earth connection ................................................................. 12-9
12.9.3 Floppy disk drive ........................................................................................... 12-9
12.9.4 Diagnostics ................................................................................................. 12-10
APPENDIX ...................................................................................................... AP-1

Menu Tree ...................................................................................................................... AP-1
Frequency Tables............................................................................................................ AP-4
Telex Abbreviations ....................................................................................................... AP-17
Digital Interface (IEC 61162-1) ...................................................................................... AP-18
Parts List....................................................................................................................... AP-23
Parts Location............................................................................................................... AP-26
INDEX............................................................................................................... IN-1
Declaration of conformity
ix
FOREWORD
Thank you for purchasing the FS-1570 (150 W)/FS-2570 (250 W) SSB Radiotelephone.
We are confident you will discover why FURUNO has become synonymous with quality
and reliability.
Dedicated in the design and manufacture of marine electronics equipment for over half a
century, FURUNO Electric Company has gained an unrivaled reputation as a world leader
in the industry. This is the result of our technical excellence as well as our worldwide
distribution and service network.
Please carefully read and follow the safety information and operating and maintenance
instructions set forth in this manual before attempting to operate the equipment and
conduct any maintenance. Your unit will perform to the utmost of its ability only if it is
operated and maintained in accordance with the correct procedures.
Note: The example screens shown in this manual may not match the screens you see on
your display. The screen you see depends on your system configuration and equipment
settings.
Features
The FS-1570/FS-2570 is an MF/HF SSB Radiotelephone with a built-in DSC/Watch
Receiver, all contained in a surprisingly compact cabinet. An NBDP (Narrow Band Direct
Printing) Terminal Unit is optionally available.
Data is displayed on a large, easy-to-read backlit LCD. Operation is simplified by the use
of few keys and easy-to-follow menus.
The built-in DSC/watch receiver produces and receives digital selective calls for quick and
efficient establishment of distress, urgency, safety and routine communications with other
ships and coast stations that install any MF/HF DSC facilities.
The main features are
General
Fully meets the following regulations: IMO A.694(17), IMO A.804(19), IMO A.806(19),
IMO A.813(19), IMO MSC 68(68), IEC 60945, IEC 61907-3/8/9, IEC-61162-1,
EIV-300/338, ITU-R M.493-10, M.541-8, M.1082-1, EN 300 373, EN 300 338, EN 300
033 and ETS 300 067.
One-touch testing facility
Automatic entry of position with manual override
Optional printer can automatically print out DSC and NBDP received messages and test
results.
DSC/watch receiver
Distress, safety and routine calling

Scanning of DSC frequencies for distress and general calls on MF/HF
File editing capability for readiness in case of emergency
PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network) capability standard
Log stores 50 each of latest ordinary, distress and transmitted messages, in separate
memory blocks.
NBDP (with optional NBDP Terminal Unit IB-581/IB-583)
Automatic error-free telex communications and distress message in compliance with

GMDSS requirements
LCD monitor and keyboard comply with ITU regulations
Pop-up menus for user-friendly operation
Memory for 100 operator-customized channels
Real time message printing with Printer PP-510
Program Number
PC Board
MAIN (Transceiver Unit)
PANEL 1 (#1 Control Unit)
PANEL 2 (#2 Control Unit)
MODEM (DSC)
NBDP MODEM
Program No.
0550205101
0550206101
0550206101
0550207101
0550208101
On Display
Ver. 01
Ver. 01
Ver. 01
Ver. 01
Ver. 01
Remarks
FS-1570T/FS-2570T
FS-2570C
Optional unit
Optional pcb
Terminal Unit IB-581 (optional unit)

PC Board
Terminal Unit
Program No.
0550210122
On Display
Ver. 1.22
Remarks
On Display
Ver. 1.22
Remarks
Terminal Unit IB-583 (optional unit)

PC Board
Terminal Unit
Program No.
0550209122
xi
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
FS-2570 (250 W)
*
# = 2.6 m
whip
antenna
**
#
PREAMP
FAX-5
NAVIGATOR
#
PREAMP
FAX-5
Antenna Coupler
AT-1560-25
RX BOARD**
CONTROLLER 1
INCOMING
INDICATOR
IC-303-DSC
TELEX DISTRESS
ALERT BUTTON
IC-302-DSC
or
DISTRESS MESSAGE
CONTROLLER
DMC-5
HANDSET
HS-2001
NBDP TERMINAL UNIT

IB-581/IB-583
CONTROLLER 2
PRINTER
INTERFACE
IF-8500*
24 VDC
* = Required for NBDP Terminal

and DSC to share printer.
24 VDC
* = For distress watch keeping receiver

** = For DSC general frequency
watch keeping receiver
xii
CONTROL UNIT
FS-2570C
PRINTER
PP-510
TRANSCEIVER
UNIT
FS-2570T
Unit
Preamp Unit
Antenna Coupler
Other Units
LOUDSPEAKER
SEM-21Q
CONTROL UNIT
FS-2570C
AC/DC POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
PR-850A
POWER STATUS
MONITOR
PSM-01
SHIP'S MAINS
24 VDC 100-115/200-230 VAC
1, 50/60 Hz
Category
Exposed to weather
Exposed to weather
Protected from weather
: STANDARD
: OPTION
: EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT
FS-1570 (150 W)
#
2.6 m whip
antenna
Antenna Coupler
AT-1560-25
PREAMP
FAX-5
LOUDSPEAKER
SEM-21Q
NAVIGATOR
CONTROLLER 1
INCOMING
INDICATOR
IC-303-DSC
TELEX DISTRESS
ALERT BUTTON
IC-302-DSC
or
DISTRESS MESSAGE
CONTROLLER
DMC-5
TRANSCEIVER
UNIT
FS-1570T
CONTROL UNIT
FS-2570C
PRINTER
PP-510
NBDP TERMINAL UNIT
IB-581/IB-583
24 VDC
CONTROLLER 2
HANDSET
HS-2001
PRINTER
INTERFACE
IF-8500*
24 VDC

CONTROL UNIT
FS-2570C
# = For distress watch keeping receiver
AC/DC POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
PR-300
SHIP'S MAINS
24 VDC 100-115/200-230 VAC
1, 50/60 Hz
Unit
Preamp Unit
Antenna Coupler
Other Units
Category
Exposed to weather
Exposed to weather
POWER STATUS
MONITOR
PSM-01
: STANDARD
: OPTION
: EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT
xiii
(This page intentionally left blank.)
xiv
SPECIFICATIONS OF SSB RADIOTELEPHONE

FS-1570/2570
1 MF/HF DIGITAL RADIOTELEPHONE
1.1 GENERAL
1.1.1
Communication System
Semi-duplex or simplex
1.1.2
Class of Emission
J3E: Telephone
J2B (F1B): DSC or NBDP
H3E: reception only
1.1.3
Frequency Range
100.00 kHz to 29,999.99 kHz
1.1.4
Number of Channel
User programmable: 255 TX/RX pairs

All ITU channels incorporated (include DSC/NBDP channels)
2182 kHz (single action)
1.1.5
Display Method
Monochrome LCD (120 x 64 dots)
1.1.6
Backlight
8 tones
1.1.7
Contrast
64 steps
1.1.8
Warming up
1 minute approx. (oven 20 minutes approx.)
1.2 TRANSMITTER
1.2.1
Frequency Range
1,606.5 kHz to 26.175 MHz (100 Hz steps)
1.2.2
RF output Power
FS-1570: 150 Wpep, FS-2570: 250 Wpep
1.2.3
Frequency Resolution
Within 10 Hz
1.2.4
Modulation AF Response 350 Hz to 2.7 kHz
1.2.5
Modulation System
Low power balanced modulation
1.2.6
AF Input
-46 dBm/600 ohms (Handset/Microphone)

-10 dBm/600 ohms (Handset HS-2001)
1.2.7
Line in
0 dBm/600 ohms
1.3 RECEIVER
1.3.1
Receiving System
Double-conversion superheterodyne
1.3.2
Frequency Range
100 kHz 29,999.9 kHz (10 Hz steps)
1.3.3
Sensitivity
Input level at 10 ohms+250 pF (below 4 MHz) and 50 ohms
1.4
Intermediate Frequency
(above 4MHz) to produce SINAD 20 dB

Frequency Range
J3E/H3E
100 kHz to 300 kHz
35 dBV
300 kHz to 1.6 MHz
25 dBV
1.6 MHz to 4.0 MHz
13 dBV
4.0 MHz to 30 MHz
7 dBV
1st: 72,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz
1.5
Selectivity
J3E: 2.4kHz at -6dB, H3E: 6kHz at -6dB

J2B (F1B): 300Hz at -6dB
1.6
1.7
Inter-modulation
Spurious Response
Better than 80 dBV

Better than 70 dB
1.8
AGC
SLOW/FAST/OFF
1.9
BFO Frequency
Telex/DSC: 1,700 Hz, Facsimile: 1,900 Hz
SP - 1
E5637S01E-M
1.10 Audio Output Power
Internal speaker: 1W/ 8 ohms

External speaker: 4W/ 4 ohms
Handset: 2.5mW/ 150 ohms
Line output: 0 dBm/ 600 ohms
1.11 Standard Features
Noise Blanker, Voice-activated squelch, Pre-selector
2 DSC/WATCH KEEPING RECEIVER

2.1 DIGITAL SELECTIVE CALLING
2.1.1
Frequency Shift
Space: 1785.0 0.5 Hz, Mark: 1615.0 0.5 Hz
2.1.2
Baud Rate
100 bps 30 x 10-6
2.1.3
Protocol
Complies with ITU-R Rec.493-10, 541-8, 1082-1
2.1.4
Modulation
AFSK
2.1.5
Distress Alarm
3.5 s to 4.5 s self-repetition
2.1.6
Distress Alarm Memory
50 messages
2.2
2.2.1
DSC/WATCH RECEIVER
Frequency Range
MF/HF specification
2187.5/ 8414.5 and 4207.5/ 6312/12577/16804.5 kHz
MF specification
2187.5 kHz
2.2.2
Class of Emission
F1B, J2B
2.2.3
Antenna Impedance
50 ohms
2.2.4
Local Oscillator
1st: F+54,455 kHz, 2nd: 54,000 kHz, 3rd: 456.7 kHz
2.2.5
Frequency Stability
10 Hz
2.2.6
1st: 54,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz
2.2.7
Selectivity
-6 dB: 270 Hz to 300 Hz,

-30 dB: within 380 Hz,
-60 dB: within 550 Hz
2.2.8
Receiving System
2.2.9
Radiation
within 2 nW
2.2.10 RX Error Rate
1 % or less at 1 V input voltage
2.2.11 Spurious Response
31.6 mV non-modulated at 10V input voltage,

at error rate within 1%
2.2.12 Scanning Reception
max. 6 frequencies within 2 s (MF/HF)
2.2.13 Diagnosis
Transmit high frequency signal of DSC
2.3
GENERAL WATCH KEEPING RECEIVER (FS-2570 ONLY, OPTION)
2.3.1
Frequency Range
1,606.5 kHz to 27.5 MHz
2.3.2
Class of Emission
J2B, F1B
2.3.3
Antenna Impedance
50 ohms
2.3.4
Local Oscillator
1st: F+54,455 kHz, 2nd: 54,000 kHz, 3rd: 456.7 kHz
2.3.5
Frequency Stability
within 10 Hz
2.3.6
1st: 54,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz
2.3.7
Selectivity
-6 dB: 270 Hz to 300 Hz,

-30 dB: within 380 Hz,
SP - 2
E5637S01E-M
-60 dB: within 550 Hz

2.3.8
Receiving System
2.3.9
Radiation
within 2 nW
2.3.10 RX Error Rate
1 % or less at 1 V input voltage
2.3.11 Spurious Response
31.6 mV non-modulated at 10V input voltage,

at error rate within 1%
2.3.12 Scanning Reception
max. 6 frequencies within 2 s (MF/HF)
2.3.13 Diagnosis
Transmit high frequency signal of DSC
NBDP FUNCTION (OPTION)

3.1 GENERAL
3.1.1
Communication Mode
ARQ, FEC, DIRC (FSK)
3.1.2
Protocol
ITU-R M625-3, M476-5, M490, M491-1, M492-6
ID code
4, 5, 9 column
Line cord
4B/3Y (Intl.)
Modulation
AFSK
Tone frequency
1615/1785Hz 0.5 Hz (mark/space)
Tracking range
80 Hz
3.1.3
Applications
Auto-reception
Setting timer and frequency (max. 10 settings available)
Frequency scanning
10 group max., 20 station as each group
User-channels
100 channels max.
4 TERMINAL UNIT
4.1 IB-583
4.1.1
Display
10.4 color TFT LCD, 640 x 480 dots
4.1.2
CPU
HD6417615 (15.5 MHz)
4.1.3
Memory
Flash ROM: 1 MB, S-RAM: 256 KB
4.1.4
FD Drive
1.44MB 3.5
4.1.5
Keyboard
82 keys, IBM PS/2
4.1.6
Other functions
Text editor, FD control, Printer, Remote control for Transceiver,

Diagnosis
4.2
IB-581
4.2.1
Display
9.5 monochrome LCD, 680 x 480 dots
4.2.2
CPU
ALI M6117 (33 MHz)
4.2.3
Memory
Flash ROM 2 MB, DRAM 2 MB
4.2.4
FD Drive
1.44MB 3.5
4.2.5
Keyboard
82 keys, IBM PS/2
ANTENNA COUPLER
5.1
Tuning System
CPU controlled fully automatic tuning system
5.2
Frequency Range
1.6 MHz to 27.5Hz
5.3
Input Impedance
50 ohms
5.4
Antenna
7m to 30m wire or whip antenna
SP - 3
E5637S01E-M
5.5
Power Capability
150 W (FS-1570), 250 W (FS-2570)
5.6
VSWR
1.5 max
5.7
Tuning Speed
Within 15 s
5.8
Dummy Load
FS-1570: 10 ohms + 250 pF/100W mounted in coupler

FS-2570: 10 ohms + 250 pF/200W mounted in coupler
6
6.1
7
7.1
7.2
INTERFACE
Input data sentences
IEC 61162-1 (NMEA 0183-3)
Ships Position (L/L)
GGA>RMC>GLL
Time
ZDA
POWER SUPPLY
Transceiver Unit/Control Unit
FS-1570
24 VDC: 0.8 A, max. 20 A (TX)
FS-2570
24 VDC: 1.5 A, max. 35 A (TX)
Terminal Unit
IB-583: 24 VDC: 0.6 A

IB-581: 24 VDC: 0.8 A
7.3
Printer
7.4
AC/DC Power Supply Unit (option)
24 VDC: 1.5 A
100/110/115/220/230VAC, 1 phase, 50/60 Hz
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION
8.1
Ambient Temperature
-15C to +55C
8.2
Relative Humidity
93 or less at 40C
8.3
Water proofing
Control Unit (Panel): IPX2
(IEC 60529)
Transceiver Unit/ Terminal Unit: IPX0

Antenna Coupler: IPX5
8.4
Vibration
IEC 60945
COATING COLOR
9.1
Control Unit/ Terminal Unit Panel: N3.0, Cover: 2.5GY5/1.5
9.2
Transceiver Unit
2.5GY5/1.5
9.3
Antenna Coupler
N9.5 (white)
SP - 4
E5637S01E-M
OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
1.1 Controls
FURUNO
DISTRESS
RT
2182
DSC
ABC
TEST
DEF
IntCom
GHI
ACK/SQ
ABC
SCAN
MNO
PRINT
TUV
LOG
TUNE
# SETUP
ALARM
CANCEL
PQRS
FILE
CALL
*CURSOR
PUSH TO ENTER
WXYZ
POWER
OVEN
ENTER knob
Description of controls
Control
POWER switch
DISTRESS
button
CALL key
ENTER knob
Function
Turns the power on/off.
Press and hold down the button more than three seconds to transmit the
distress alert.
Transmits calls.
Radiotelephone: Rotate to change TX/RX channel, sensitivity, audio
volume, etc.; push to register selection.
DSC: Rotate to choose menu items; push to register selection.
CANCEL key
1/ RT/2182 key
Switches to the radiotelephone screen. Press and hold down more than
two seconds to get 2182.0 kHz/J3E automatically.
Composes DSC TX message.
Executes daily test.
Turns on/off the intercom with other Control Unit FS-2570C.
2/DSC key
3/TEST key
4/IntCom key
5/ ACK/SQ key
6/SCAN key
Cancels wrong data.

Restores previous menu.
Silences audio alarm.
Cancels transmission, printing.
Erases error message.
DSC: Switches automatic and manual acknowledge alternately.

Radiotelephone: Turns squelch on and off.
Displays DSC standby screen.
Starts/stops scanning of DSC routine frequencies, on the DSC standby
screen.
1-1
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
7/
key
8/PRINT key
9/
key
FILE/CURSOR
key
LOG/TUNE key
#/SETUP key
ALARM lamp
OVEN lamp
Turns loudspeaker on/off.

(Note that this key does not silence the distress or urgency alarm.)
Prints communications log files, current screen (except DSC standby
screen and radiotelephone screen) and test results.
Adjusts panel dimmer and LCD contrast.
Opens the send message file list from the DSC standby screen, to send
stored message.
Shifts cursor.
Tunes antenna in radiotelephone operation.
Displays message logs, in DSC operation.
Opens the Setup menu.
Flashes in red for distress and urgency calls.
Flashes in green (more rapidly) for business, safety and routine calls.
Lights (in green) when mains switchboard is on.
1.2 Turning the Power On/Off

Press the [POWER] switch at the right-hand side of the control unit to power the system.
Press it again to turn the system off. In the dual control unit system, the control unit
connected to the CONTROLLER 1 port on the transceiver unit has priority and it controls
the power for both the No.1 and No. 2 control units. The power switch of the No. 2 control
unit powers on/off the No. 2 control unit only.
Note: Turn on ships mains five minutes before turning on this equipment.
1.3 Panel Dimmer, LCD Contrast

1. Press the [9/
DIMMER
CONTRAST
] key to show the dimmer/contrast adjustment window.

(1~8)
6
(40~63)
45
EXIT:[ENT]
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DIMMER or CONTRAST, whichever you want to
adjust, and then push the [ENTER] knob.
CONTRAST (40-63)
DIMMER (1-8)
6
Dimmer adjustment window
55
Contrast adjustment window
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to adjust and then push the [ENTER] knob.
4. To quit, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose EXIT: [ENT] and then push the [ENTER]
knob.
1-2
1.4 Indications
1.4.1 DSC standby screen
The DSC standby screen may be displayed by pressing the [6/SCAN] key.
Acknowledge status
(AUTO ACK or MANUAL ACK)
WATCH KEEPING
DISTRESS
2187.5
4207.5
16804.5
12577.0
ROUTINE
2177.0
4219.5
16903.0
12657.0
3500.000N
13500.000E 23:59
AUTO ACK
6312.0
8414.5
6331.0
8436.5
MANUAL
Distress and routine frequencies

scanned in clockwise direction,
and frequency currently being
scanned is highlighted.
One cycle is completed
in less than two seconds.
For how to choose scan
frequencies, see paragraph 1.6.
Position and time. "MANUAL" shown

when these are input manually.
DSC standby screen
1.4.2 Radiotelephone screen

Press the [1/ RT/2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen. This is where you set up
the radiotelephone.
Communications Mode
(Duplex or Simplex, display only)
Class of Emission (SSB, TLX, AM)
Channel
TX Frequency
RX Frequency
AGC, Squelch
Sensitivity
Volume
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
AGC : FAST
SEN
VOL
SQ
NB
S
IA
0.0A
Output Power
(HIGH, MID or
LOW)
Noise Blanker
S-meter
Antenna Current (IA)
(or IC, VC, RF)
Radiotelephone screen
Note: TX is circumscribed with a rectangle when transmitting.
1-3
1.5 Loudspeaker
1. Press the [7/ ] key to alternately disable or enable the loudspeaker and the alarm
generated for routine messages. SOUND: ON or SOUND: OFF appears with each
press.
2. To adjust loudspeaker volume do the following:
The method of adjustment depends on the setting of VOLUME INPUT in the Setup
menu (radiotelephone).
For EASY
a) Press the [1/RT 2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen.
VOL (at the bottom of the screen) is chosen.
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to adjust volume and then push the [ENTER] knob to show
the VOL adjustment window. This window automatically disappears when there is no
volume adjustment for 3-4 seconds.
VOL
"OFF" shown when loudspeaker is off.
Note: For the EASY setting, the equipment does the following:
VOL is automatically chosen after approx. one minute even if an option other
than VOL is selected.
When the setting is changed to other than VOL and the [ENTER] knob is
pushed, VOL is automatically selected..
For NORMAL
a) Press the [1/RT 2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen.
The last-chosen item is selected.
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose VOL at the bottom of the screen and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
c) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to adjust volume and then push the [ENTER] knob.
1.6 Scanning Routine DSC Frequencies

You can scan frequencies when using the DSC mode. For how to set frequencies, see
paragraph 7.4. Radiotelephone and telex are inoperative while scanning. However, in
case of the FS-2570, those modes may be used during scanning when the optional
internal watch keeping receiver is installed.
1. Press the [6/SCAN] key to show the DSC standby screen.
2. Press the [6/SCAN] key to start/stop scanning.
1-4
1.7 Automatic Acknowledge On/Off

The automatic acknowledge feature of the DSC/watch receiver automatically transmits the
acknowledge back (ACK BQ) signal to the sending station when an individual, position or
polling call is received. (For position and polling calls, respective item on the AUTO ACK
menu must be turned on to enable automatic acknowledge.) Automatic acknowledge can
be turned on or off at the DSC standby screen by the [5/ ACK/SQ] key. The message ACK:
AUTO or ACK: MANUAL appears at the bottom of the DSC standby screen with each
press of the key.
Note 1: To give priority to own ships communications while own ship is communicating,
show ACK: MANUAL by the above procedure.
Note 2: Automatic acknowledge is not possible under the following conditions:
Priority:
Distress, Urgency or Safety
Com Type: Morse, Fax, Data, No Info
Com Freq: No Info
Off Hook
1.8 Manual Entry of Position and Time

If there is no EPFS (Electronic Position-Fixing System) connected to this equipment or the
EPFS connected is not working (EPFS error indication appears), manually enter position
and time as follows:
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to display the Setup menu.
Setup menu
ALARM
AUTO ACK
ERASE
MESSAGE
POSITION
PRINT OUT
SCAN FREQ
AUTO FREQ
VOLUME
TEST
SYSTEM
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose POSITION and then push the [ENTER] knob.
**
Position setup
**
INPUT TYPE: AUTO

LAT : 34 41 NORTH
LON : 135 30 EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
1-5
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu.
**
Position setup
**
INPUT TYPE: AUTO

AUTO
LAT : 34 41 NORTH
N
MANUAL
LON : 135 30 EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
Note 1: If, when INPUT TYPE is AUTO, input from the navigator is interrupted, the
message EPFS error! appears. If this occurs, check the navigator.
Note 2: When INPUT TYPE is MANUAL, the message Warning: Update position
appears at set intervals (update interval selected with POSITION OLDER on
the Alarm menu) to ask you to update position.
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the latitude input window. Use the numeric keys to
enter latitude. If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to North; [2] key to
switch to South. Push the [ENTER] knob.
**
Position setup
**
34
30 NORTH
12
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL

LAT
NORTH
34
41 : 34 4134
30 NORTH
12
LON : 135 30 EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
After last digit

is entered
NORTH: [1] KEY

SOUTH: [2] KEY
6. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the longitude input window. Use the numeric keys to
enter longitude. If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to East; [2] key to
switch to West. Push the [ENTER] knob.
**
Position setup
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL

LAT
3441
30NORTH
NORTH
LAT: : 34
LON
135
30
LON : 135
: 135
30
EAST
30 EAST
12EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
**
135
1230 EAST
After last digit

is entered
EAST: [1] KEY

WEST: [2] KEY
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the time input window.

Position setup
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL
LAT : 34
30 NORTH
: 34
41 NORTH
LON
30 EAST
LON : 135
: 135
30 EAST
TIME 09:
: 12
09:
00 UTC
TIME:
00: 34
UTC
8. Enter UTC time with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. The Setup
menu appears.
9. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.
1-6
1.9 System Characteristics

1.9.1 Equipment priority
Equipment priority order is as below.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DMC
Control unit sending distress alert
Control unit 1 routine use
Control unit 2 routine use
NBDP
1.9.2 Controls become inoperative

Controls become inoperative in the following conditions:
Controls of idle control unit in the two-control unit system when other control unit goes
OFF HOOK.
Controls of idle control unit in the two-control unit system when other control unit
switches to the DSC mode.
Distress received by DMC (Distress Message Controller).
NBDP is scanning or communicating.
Distress alert or distress relay is transmitted.
Call other than distress is transmitted (transmission time about 8 s). If it becomes
necessary to unlock the keyboard before the message is transmitted, press the
[CANCEL] key to cancel the call.
1.9.3 Controls become operative

Controls become operative in the following conditions:
[DISTRESS] button is pressed.

Control unit having highest priority is operated.
Other control unit in two-control unit system goes ON HOOK.
Distress received by DMC is acknowledged.
NBDP stops scanning or communicating.
1.9.4 Automatic setting of working frequency

The radiotelephone automatically sets working frequency in the following conditions:
ABLE ACK is sent in response to individual call.

Your ship receives ABLE ACK in response to own ship-initiated individual call.
Your ship sends all ship call.
Your ship sends distress relay.
Your ship sends distress alert.
Your ship receives group call or area call.
Your ship receives distress relay call.
Your ship receives distress alert.
1-7
1.10 Power Supply Unit (option)

The control unit works directly on 24 VDC or through a Power Supply Unit on AC mains
supply (115 or 230 VAC). The power supply unit is type PR-300, supplying 24 VDC power
(20 A) to the FS-1570 or type PR-850A, supplying 24 VDC (40 A) to the FS-2570. Both
115/230 VAC and 24 VDC power can be connected simultaneously. In this case, the
system normally operates on the AC mains supply and when AC power is lost, the PSU
automatically switches to the DC power source.
This power supply arrangement satisfies the GMDSS requirements. The
FS-1570/FS-2570 can be operated directly from 24 VDC without a power supply.
OVEN power supply: The crystal oven is always powered even when the Power Switch
is OFF, provided the mains switchboard is turned on.
AC and DC power switches
Both AC and DC power switches on the PSU can be always kept on. (These switches are
provided to turn off the power supply for maintenance.) The control unit may be turned on
or off with the PSU kept on.
Red Light
Breaker
Green Light
Power Lamp
PR-300
POWER
ON
100V 10A
220V 5A
ON
OFF
AC IN
L N G
125V 20A
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
DC IN
+
-
DC OUT
- 24V +
Terminal
Cover
Lamp (red): Lights when AC power source is in use.

Lamp (green): Lights when DC power source is in use
AC INPUT 50/60Hz
DC OUTPUT
PR-850A
PR-300
Power supply units

Note: Both lamps light when changing to DC power supply (PR-300). These lamps also
light when the internal temperature goes too high.
1-8
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
You can enter desired frequency by channel or TX and RX frequencies. The handset may
be ON HOOK or OFF HOOK. To set the SSB radiotelephone to 2182 kHz/J3E
automatically, press the [1/ RT/2182] key more than two seconds.
2.1 Transmitting
After selecting class of emission and frequency, you can transmit by pressing the PTT
switch on the handset. Output power is shown on the display.
2.1.1 Choosing class of emission

1. At the radiotelephone screen, choose class of emission (mode) as follows:
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MODE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
SSB
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 800
TLX
AM
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
AGC : FAST
SEN
VOL
S
IA
0.0A
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose mode desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. SSB:
Single Sideband, TLX: Telex, AM: AM. (You cannot transmit on the AM mode.)
2. AGC is automatically selected according to mode. AGC FAST: SSB, AGC OFF: TLX,
AGC SLOW: AM. However, you may change it as below.
a) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AGC and then push the [ENTER] knob.
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
OFF
FAST
AGC : FAST
FAST
SLOW
SEN
FAST
KHZ
VOL
S
IA
0.0A
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose OFF, SLOW or FAST as appropriate and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
2-1
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
2.1.2 Choosing channel, frequency

Choosing channel
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose CH and then push the [ENTER] knob.
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
800
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
AGC : FAST
SEN
VOL
S
IA
0.0A
2. Channel can be entered directly with the numeric keys, or by using the [ENTER] knob.
See below for details.
Entering band and band channel with the numeric keys: Use the numeric keys to
enter band and band channel and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Choosing band and band channel with the ENTER knob:
a) Use the [FILE/CURSOR] key to place the cursor in the band or band channel position,
whichever you want to change.
200
200
Cursor position for

selection of band channel
Cursor position for

selection of band
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to set band (or channel) desired.

2
12
16
ITU band
Setting Range
ITU Band:
User Band:
ITU Channel:
User Channel:
18
22
25
01 02-----
029
User band
2/4/6/8/12/16/18/22/25
001-029 (leadiing zero necessary)
XX01 - XX236 (rendering on band or mode)
XXX01 - XXX99
c) Push the [ENTER] knob. The TX and RX frequencies of the channel entered
appear.
2-2
Choosing frequency
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TX or RX as appropriate and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
MODE: AM
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0
Rx:
KHZ
2182.00
KHZ KHZ
123456.78
AGC : SLOW
SEN
VOL
S
IA
0.0A
2. Enter frequency by one of the methods below.

Entering frequency with the numeric keys:
Use the numeric keys to enter frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. Be sure to
including trailing zero. For example, to enter 2161 kHz, key in [2], [1], [6], [1], [0].
(Keying in 2-1-6-1 will set 216.1 kHz.)
Choosing frequency with the ENTER knob (for RX only):
a) Use the [FILE/CURSOR] key to choose digit to change.
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to set digit.
c) Push the [ENTER] knob.
Note: To enter same frequency for both TX and RX, enter the TX frequency first.
2.1.3 Tuning
Maximum transmission power is achieved only when the antenna impedance and
transmitter impedance match each other. Because the antenna impedance changes with
frequency, a means must be provided to match (tune) the antenna impedance with the
transmitter impedance. This is done with the antenna coupler. The antenna coupler
automatically tunes the transmitter to a wide range of different antenna lengths, from 7 to
30 m.
To initiate the automatic tuning, do the following:
1. Press the PTT switch on the handset or the [LOG/TUNE] key on the control unit.
TUNING appears when the [LOG/TUNE] key is pressed; TX pops out when the PTT
switch is pressed.
Tuning will be completed within 2 to 5 s for a newly selected frequency, or less than 0.5
s for a once-tuned frequency. (A memory saves coil and capacitor settings.) When the
tuning process is successfully completed, TUNE: OK appears. If tuning fails, TUNE:
NG appears.
2-3
Note: When tuning is initiated in the two-control unit system, the display of the idle control
unit shows OCCUPIED(ANOTHER CONTROLLER). In this case, only the
DISTRESS button is operative on the idle control unit. Further, if a control unit is in
use when tuning is attempted at the other control unit, the display of the control unit
which attempted to tune shows OCCUPIED plus the name of the equipment in
use: ANOTHER CONTROLLER, NBDP, or DMC.
2.1.4 Using the handset

Hold the handset close to your mouth, press the PTT switch and speak clearly.
2.1.5 Monitoring transceiver output power

During transmission, the IA bar deflects according to the current being fed to the antenna
feeder from the antenna coupler. The unit of readout is amperes. The antenna current
varies with the effective antenna impedance. The swing differs by the frequency and
antenna length. The output power is proportional to the square of an antenna current.
Note: If IA is not shown, follow the procedure in paragraph 2.1.7 to show it.
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
AGC : FAST
SEN
VOL
2-4
S
IA
2.1A
Antenna Current
2.1.6 Reducing transmitter power

To conserve energy and to minimize possible interference to other stations, reduce the
transmission power. This should be done when using the transceiver in a harbor, near the
shore or close to communication partner (other ship).
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose LOW, MID or HIGH (whichever is shown) at the
top of the screen and then push the [ENTER] knob.
MODE: SSB
SIMP
FS-1570
FS-2570
LOW
68 W
70 W
TX: 2182.0
HIGH
LOW
MID
HIGH
KHZ
MID
100 W
125 W
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
HIGH
150 W
250 W
CH: 200
AGC : FAST
SEN
VOL
S
IA
2.1A
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose power among LOW, MID and HIGH as
appropriate and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Note: Power amplifier temperature is monitored, and when its temperature rises above a
certain temperature output power is automatically reduced.
2.1.7 Displaying IA, IC, VC or RF

While transmitting, you may display RF (PA output), IA (antenna current), IC (collector
current) or VC (collector voltage), at the lower right corner of the radiotelephone screen.
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RF, IA, IC or VC (whichever is displayed) at the
bottom right corner.
2. Push the [ENTER] knob.
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
IA
AGC : FAST
IC
VCS
RF
IA
SEN
VOL
KHZ
2.1A
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose option desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
2-5
2.2 Receiving
2.2.1 RF gain (sensitivity) adjustment
In normal use the sensitivity should be set for maximum. If the audio on the received
channel is unclear or interfered with other signals, adjust (usually reduce) sensitivity to
improve clarity.
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose SEN at the bottom of the screen and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
SEN
2. Rotate the [ENTER] to adjust and then push the [ENTER] knob.
2.2.2 S-meter
The S-meter shows relative signal strength coming into the receiver frontend. Note that
the S-meter does not function when the AGC is turned off.
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
AGC : FAST
SEN
VOL
S-meter
IA
0.0A
2.2.3 Monitoring traffic on intended transmit frequency

When a semi-duplex channel is selected, it is recommended to monitor if there is no
existing traffic on the frequency you are going to use. This can be done by entering the Tx
frequency at the Rx frequency location.
2.2.4 Receiving AM broadcasting stations

1. Press the [1/ RT/2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen.
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MODE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
SSB
MODE: SSB
SIMP
CH:TLX
800
AM
HIGH
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
AGC : FAST
SEN
VOL
S
IA
0.0A
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AM and then push the [ENTER] knob.
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RX and then push the [ENTER] knob.
2-6
MODE: AM
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0
Rx:
KHZ
2182.00
KHZ KHZ
123456.78
AGC : SLOW
SEN
VOL
S
IA
0.0A
5. Key in RX frequency with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
2.2.5 Squelch control, squelch frequency

Squelch on/off
The squelch mutes the audio output in the absence of an incoming signal. Press the [5/
ACK/SQ key] to turn on and off the squelch alternately. When radio noise is too jarring
during stand-by condition, it may be muted by activating the squelch. SQ appears when
the squelch function is active.
Squelch frequency
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.
****
Setup menu
NB
SQ FREQ
FAX RX ENABLE
VOLUME INPUT
USER CH
OFFHOOKED
SYSTEM
****
: OFF
: 600 HZ
: OFF
: EASY
: OFF
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose SQ FREQ.

4. Enter frequency (range: 500-2000 Hz, default 800 Hz) with the numeric keys and then
push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the radiotelephone screen.
2.2.6 Noise blanker

The noise blanker functions to remove noise. You may turn it on or off as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.

Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NB.
Push the [ENTER] knob.
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
5. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the radiotelephone screen.
2-7
2.3 Intercom
The built-in intercom permits voice communications between two FS-2570C Control Units.
1. Press the [1/ RT/2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen.
2. Off hook the handset.
3. Press the [4/IntCom] key to show INTERCOM on the display. The called partys
handset rings.
4. When the called party picks up their handset, start communications.
5. Hang up the handset to turn the intercom off. The indication INTERCOM disappears
from the screen.
2.4 Telex Communications

Telex communication is performed with the NBDP Terminal Unit (option) connected to this
radiotelephone. No special operation is required on the control unit; class of emission and
frequencies are set on the NBDP Terminal Unit. For telex communications, see Chapters 8
through 11.
2-8
2.5 When Automatic Tuning Fails

The antenna coupler automatically tunes a wire or whip antenna to the transceiver. When
all frequencies cannot be tuned, TUNE OK will not appear on the display. In this case, you
can tune 2182 kHz by manually operating the coupler as shown in the procedure below.
DANGER
HIGH TENSION HAZARD
DO NOT TRANSMIT WHEN
THE ANTENNA COUPLER
IS OPEN.
1. Turn off the control unit. Remove the cover of the antenna coupler.
2. Set the MANUAL-AUTO switch to the MANUAL position.
COUPLER BOARD
DUMMY
LOAD
BOARD
MANUAL
AUTO
3. Replace the cover.

4. Turn on the control unit.
2-9
2.6 User Channels

The USER CH menu allows registration of user TX and RX channels, where permitted by
the Authorities.
NOTICE
FURUNO will assume no responsibility
for the disturbance caused by the
unlawful or improper setting of user
channels.
2.6.1 Registering user channels

USER CH in the System setup menu must be enabled in order to register user channels.
For further details, contact your dealer.
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.
Setup menu
****
NB
SQ FREQ
FAX RX ENABLE
VOLUME INPUT
USER CH
OFFHOOKED
SYSTEM
****
: OFF
: 600 HZ
: OFF
: EASY
: OFF
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose USER CH and then push the [ENTER] knob. The
window shown below appears.
ENTRY
ERASE
3. ENTRY is selected; push the [ENTER] knob.
***
3 MODE:
00201.
00202.
00203.
00204.
00205.
User ch entry
SSB
TX:
TX:
TX:
TX:
TX:
2111.5
2222.0
2333.5
2444.0
2555.5
5UP6DOWN
4CH: **
2-01
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
2111.5
2222.0
2333.5
2444.0
2555.5
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the user channel options window.
User ch entry
*** SSB
3 MODE:
00201.
00202.
00203.
00204.
00205.
TX: 2111.5
TX:
2222.0
MODE
TX:
CH2333.5
TX:
2444.0
FREQ
TX: 2555.5
5UP6DOWN
2-10
4CH:** 2-01
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
2111.5
2222.0
2333.5
2444.0
2555.5
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MODE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
*** User ch entryCH:**2-01
MODE: SSB
00201. TX:
2111.5
NBDP
00202. TX:
DSC2222.0
00203. TX: 2333.5
00204. TX: 2444.0
00205. TX: 2555.5
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
2111.5
2222.0
2333.5
2444.0
2555.5
UP DOWN
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate mode among SSB, NBDP and DSC
and then push the [ENTER] knob.
*** User ch entry

**0 0
CCH
H : :0 2-01
MODE: SSB
00201.
00202.
00203.
00204.
00205.
TX:
TX:
TX:
TX:
TX:
2101.5
2202.0
2303.5
2404.0
2505.5
UP
DOWN
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
2101.5
2202.0
2303.5
2404.0
2505.5
- 255 channels may be registered.

- Band no. setting range is 0-29 and band channel no. range is
01-99.
- For DSC, four channels can be registered per band (2, 4, 6
8, 12, 16, 18, 22, 25).
- "0" band is for DSC frequencies only, and they are registered
under "OTHER." Four channels are available, 01-04.
7. Key in channel no. and then push the [ENTER] knob. For example, press [0], [1], [2],
[3], [4] and then push the [ENTER] knob to enter channel 01234.
** User ch entryCH**: 12-34
MODE : SSB
01234.
01240.
01241.
01242.
01250.
UP
TX:
0.0
TX: 12666.0
TX: 12777.5
TX :
TX: 12999.5
RX :
TX: 12100.0
RX:
0.0
RX: 13666.0
RX: 13777.5
0.0 KHZ
RX: 13999.5
0.0 KHZ
RX: 13100.0
DOWN
8. Enter TX frequency with the numeric keys.

9. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RX.
10. Enter RX frequency with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
11. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to display all channels entered.
12. Press the [CANCEL] key twice to return to the radiotelephone screen.
2-11
2.6.2 Deleting user channels

Deleting individual user channels
1.
2.
3.
4.

Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose USER CH and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ENTRY and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Push the [ENTER] knob, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose CH and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
5. Enter channel number to process and then push the [ENTER] knob.
6. Tx and Rx frequencies are shown as 0.0 kHz; push the [ENTER] knob to delete
channel.
7. Press the [CANCEL] key twice to return to the radiotelephone screen.
Deleting all user channels
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose USER CH and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ERASE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose YES and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the radiotelephone screen.
2.7 FAX Enable/Disable

You may enable or disable FAX use as follows:
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose FAX RX ENABLE and then push the [ENTER]
knob.
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the
[ENTER] key.
SSB
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 800
TLX
FAX
TX: 2182.0
AM
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
AGC : FAST
SEN
VOL
S
IA
0.0A
4. Press the [CANCEL] key to close the menu.
2-12
2.8 Speaker Setting in Off Hook

When the handset is off hook, you may choose to turn the speaker (panel speaker or
external speaker) on or off. The default setting is OFF which turns off the speaker when
the handset is off hook. The ON position keeps the speaker on always, regardless of
handset state.
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to display the SETUP menu.
****
Setup menu
NB
SQ FREQ
FAX RX ENABLE
VOLUME INPUT
USER CH
OFFHOOKED
SYSTEM
****
: OFF
: 600 HZ
: OFF
: EASY
: OFF
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose OFFHOOKED and then push the [ENTER] knob.
[ENTER] key.
4. Press the [CANCEL] key to close the menu.
2-13
2-14
DSC OVERVIEW
3.1 What is DSC?

DSC is an acronym meaning Digital Selective Calling. It is a digital distress and general
calling system in the MF and HF bands used by ships for transmitting distress alerts and
general calls and by coast stations for transmitting the associated acknowledgements.
For DSC distress and safety calling in the MF and HF bands, the frequencies are (kHz)
2187.5, 4207.5, 6312.0, 8414.5, 12577.0, and 16804.5.
The DSC station sends and receives DSC general and safety calls via the radiotelephone.
Distress Frequency
Distress alert, routince DSC call
Routine DSC Call
Routine DSC Calls
Option
(FS-2570
only)
TRANSCEIVER
UNIT
FS-1570T
FS-2570T
CONTROL UNIT
FS-2570C
3.2 DSC Call

DSC calls are roughly divided in two categories: distress and safety calls, and routine calls.
Below are the types of DSC calls.
Call
Description
All Ships
Call to all ships
Distress
Your ship sends distress call
Distress relay all
Your ship relays distress call to all ships
Distress relay select
Your ship relays distress call to a coast station
Geographical Area
Call to all ships in a specific geographical area
Group
Call to a specific group
Individual
Call to a specific address
Medical Transport
Inform all ships that your ship is carrying medical supplies
Neutral Craft
Inform all ships that your ship is not a participant in armed conflict
Polling
Call to determine if own ship is in communicating range with other

ship
Position
1) You send your position to other stations

2) Your ship requests position of other station
PSTN
Call over Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN)
Test
Send test signal to a coast station to test your stations functionality
3-1
DSC OVERVIEW
Contents of a DSC call
Calling category
Call category
Individual
Call
All Ships
Individual, PSTN, Test, Position, Polling,

Relay Sel (specific coast station)
All Ships, Neutral, Medical, Relay All
Group
Group
Geographical Area
Area
Distress Call
Distress
Station ID
Own ship ID and sending station ID. Coast station ID begins with 00; Group ID
begins with 0.
Priority
Distress:
Safety:
Urgency:
Business:
Routine:
Grave and imminent danger and request immediate assistance.

A station is about to transmit a call containing an important
navigational or meteorological warning.
A calling station has a very urgent call to transmit concerning safety of
ship, aircraft or other vehicle or safety of person.
Communication related to the navigation, movements and needs of ships
and aircraft.
General calling
Communication type
Telephone: Telephone (J3E) by SSB radiotelephone
NBDP-ARQ: Telex (J2B) mode ARQ via NBDP Terminal Unit
NBDP-FEC: Telex (J2B) mode FEC via NBDP Terminal Unit
Communication frequency
Working frequency used to call by telephone or NBDP. The sending station may have
the receiving frequency (ship or coast station) assign the frequency to use.
Position
Position can be automatically or manually sent.
DSC frequency
DSC frequency to use. If the call category is SAFETY, URGENCY or DISTRESS,
choose a DSC distress frequency.
End code
The end of a DSC call is denoted by ACK RQ (Acknowledge Request), ACK BQ
(Acknowledge Back) or EOS (End of Sequence).
3-2
3 DSC OVERVIEW
3.2.1 Distress alert call and reply

This type of call is sent by own ship in the event of distress, by using the [DISTRESS]
button as follows:
1. The LED in the [DISTRESS] button initially flashes, and lights when the button is
pressed more than three seconds. (If the button is pressed less than three seconds,
the distress alert is not sent. Once the alert is sent it cannot be cancelled.)
NOTICE
IN CASE OF ACCIDENTAL TRANSMISSION OF THE DISTRESS ALERT
If the distress is accidentally transmitted,
contact the nearest coast station and inform
them of the accidental transmission as
follows:
a) Ship's name
b) Ship's call sign and DSC number
c) Position at time of transmission
d) Time of transmission
2. The radiotelephone automatically sets the DSC distress frequency and then the
equipment transmits the distress alert.
3. After the distress alert is transmitted (this takes about 40 seconds), the equipment
waits for the distress acknowledgement call (DIST ACK) from a coast station. This
usually takes less than three minutes. (If it is not received within 4.5 minutes, the
distress alert is re-transmitted.)
4. The radiotelephone automatically sets the distress communication frequency to use to
conduct voice communications (telex also available) with the coast station.
(1)
(2)
Own Ship
(3)
(1)
Ship in
Distress
(2)
(3)
Coast
Station
(Own Ship)
(1) Ship in distress sends Distress Alert
(2) Coast station sends distress acknowledgement (DIST ACK).
(3) Voice or telex communications between ship in distress and coast station
3-3
DSC OVERVIEW
3.2.2 Individual call

The individual call is for sending a call to a specific station.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(1) DSC Message [Called Acknowledge

Request (ACK RQ) Signal]
Own Ship
(2) Acknowledge Back (ACK BQ) Signal
Coast
Station
(3) Voice or telex communication
Basic procedure (radiotelephone)

1. Prepare call and transmit it by pressing the [CALL] key. The equipment then awaits
acknowledgement of the call.
2. Receive acknowledge back (ACK BQ) signal from other party (coast station or ship
station) within about five minutes. The audio alarm sounds at this time; press the
[CANCEL] key to silence it.
3. After receiving the ACK BQ signal, communicate with other party; the radiotelephone
automatically sets the working frequency and class of emission you specified.
3.3 Audio Alarms

When you receive a distress alert or routine call addressed to your ship, the audio and
visual alarms are released. For the distress or urgency call, the audio alarm sounds until
the [CANCEL] key is pressed, and sounds for one second and then automatically goes off
in case of other calls. The tone of the alarm changes with the call received. By becoming
accustomed to the tone, you can know which type of call you have received.
Alarm
Safety call received
Routine, Ship's Business call
received
While DISTRESS button is
pressed for three s
Distress alert sent
Own ship position not updated
Distress alert, urgency
message received
3-4
Frequency (interval)
1300 Hz and 0 Hz (250 ms)
880 Hz and 440 Hz (500 ms)
2200 Hz and 0 Hz (125 ms)
2200 Hz, continuous
2200 Hz (50 ms), three beeps
every two s
1300 Hz and 2200 Hz (250 ms)
3 DSC OVERVIEW
3.4 Interpreting Call Displays

This paragraph provides the information necessary for interpreting receive and send call
displays.
3.4.1 Receive calls

Below are sample distress and individual receive calls. The content of other types of
receive calls is similar to that of the individual call. When you receive a call, the message
INCOMING flashes at the bottom of the display.
Distress receive call
* Received messageECC:
* OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
DISTRESS CALL
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
ANSWER
3 4
ALL VIEW
Push [ENTER] knob

to switch.
5*
Received message
Date and time of message

ECC (Error Check Character): OK or NG (No Good)
Category (Distress call)
Ship in Distress (ID No. of ship in distress)
Nature of Distress (Undesignated, Fire, Flooding,
Collision, Grounding, Listing, Sinking, Disable,
Abandoning, Piracy, Man Overboard, EPIRB emission)
Position of ship in distress
Working frequency to use
DISTRESS COORDINATES:
1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELECOMMAND: J3E TELEPHONE
END OF SEQUENCE: EOS
ERROR-CHECK: OK
DSC FREQUENCY
: 2177.0KHZ
Distress coordinates (position of ship in distress)

Telecommand (class of emission)
End of sequence (EOS for distress)
Error check (OK or NG)
DSC frequency used to transmit distress call
GO TO EASY VIEW
Rotate [ENTER] knob

to switch.
Received message
*
*
FORMAT
: DISTRESS CALL
SELF-IDENTITY
: 123456789
NATURE OF DISTRESS:
UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS
Format (distress)
ID no. of ship in distress
Nature of distress (problem with ship in distress, see above)
5
3-5
DSC OVERVIEW
Individual receive call
* Received messageECC:* OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST
123456789
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TX: 2182.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
RX: 2182.0 KHZ
4ALL VIEW
ANSWER
Date and time of message

ECC (Error Check Character): OK or NG (No Good)
Able acknowledge ("Unable acknowledge" and reason if unable)
ID No. of sending station
Category (Routine, Business, Safety, Urgency)
Note: ANSWER is for replying to message.
Push [ENTER] knob

to switch.
* Received message *
WORKING FREQ.
DSC FREQUENCY
End of sequence (ACK. BQ or ACK. RQ)

Error check (OK or NG)
DSC frequency used
: TX: 2182.0 KHZ

RX: 2182.0 KHZ
END OF SEQUENCE: ACK. RQ
ERROR-CHECK: OK
2177.0KHZ
GO TO EASY VIEW
Rotate [ENTER] knob to

go to "GO TO EASY VIEW"
or push it to go to previous display.
Received message
*
*
FORMAT
: INDIVIDUAL
ADDRESS
: 987654321
CATEGORY
: ROUTINE
SELF-IDENTITY
: 123456789
1ST TELECOMMAND : J3E TELEPHONE
2ND TELECOMMAND : NO INFORMATION
3-6
Format (individual)
ID of your station
Category (Routine, Business, Safety, Urgency)
ID of sending station
1st Telecommand (class of emission)
2nd Telecommand (class of emission)
3 DSC OVERVIEW
3.4.2 Send calls

Below are sample distress and individual send calls. The content of other types of send
calls is similar to that of the individual call.
Distress send call
Distress
call in progress!
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :
2187.5 KHZ
30S
Nature of Distress (Undesignated, Fire, Flooding,

Collision, Grounding, Listing, Sinking, Disable,
Abandoning, Piracy, Man Overboard)
Position of ship in distress (your ship)
DSC frequency used to send distress call
Time to go until distress alert is transmitted
Individual send call

Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE:
INDIVIDUAL
STATION ID:
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
123456789
: ROUTINE
: TELEPHONE
: CH 401
: 2M-INTL
Call type (Individual)

ID of station where message is to be sent
Priority (Routine, Business, Safety, Urgency)
Mode of communication (Telephone, NBPD-ARQ, NBDP-FEC)
Working channel (or frequency)
DSC frequency
GO TO ALL VIEW
Rotate [ENTER] knob to

choose GO TO ALL VIEW
and then push it.
** Compose message **
WORKING FREQ.
: CH 401
END OF SEQUENCE: ACK. RQ

DSC FREQUENCY TX: 2177.0 KHZ
RX: 2177.0 KHZ
Working frequency
End of sequence (Acknowledge request)
DSC frequency used
GO TO EASY VIEW
Rotate [ENTER] knob.
Compose message
*
*
FORMAT
: INDIVIDUAL
ADDRESS
: 987654321
CATEGORY
: ROUTINE
SELF-IDENTITY
: 123456789
1ST TELECOMMAND : J3E TELEPHONE
2ND TELECOMMAND : NO INFORMATION
Calling format
Own ship ID
Communications category
ID no. of transmitting station
1st telecommand
2nd telecommand
3-7
DSC OVERVIEW
3-8
DISTRESS OPERATIONS
4.1 Sending Distress Alert

GMDSS ships carry a DSC terminal with which to transmit the distress alert in the event of
a life-endangering situation. A coast station receives the distress alert and sends the
distress alert acknowledge call to the ship in distress. Then, voice or telex communications
between the ship in distress and coast station begins.
Transmission of the distress alert and receiving of the distress alert acknowledgement are
completely automatic - simply press the [DISTRESS] button to initiate the sequence. Note
that the distress can also be transmitted from the Telex Distress Alert Button IC-302-DSC.
Russian version
Audio alarm is released continuously after transmitting distress alert.

The [CANCEL] key can be used during the transmission of the distress alert. The
transmission sequence is stopped at the end of the fifth transmission.
4.1.1 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress

not specified
1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press and hold down the [DISTRESS] button
more than three seconds. The button flashes in red and the buzzer sounds rapidly. The
display shows the contents of the distress alert call: your ships nature of distress,
position, time and the DSC frequency over which the alert has been transmitted.
The number of seconds to continue pressing the [DISTRESS] button appear at the
bottom of the display. The buzzer sounds continuously and the lamp in the button lights
when the button has been pressed three seconds. You can release the button at that
time.
Distress button
pressed!
Nature of Distress
Position, Time
DSC Distress
Frequency used
to transmit the
distress alert
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
2187.5 KHZ
KEEP PRESSED FOR 3S
Displays number of seconds to continue

pressing the [DISTRESS] button to
transmit the distress alert.
4-1
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
2. The display changes as below. It takes about 40 seconds to transmit the distress alert,
and the number of seconds until transmission is completed is shown at the bottom of
the display. At this time the output power of the radiotelephone is automatically set to
maximum.
Distress
call in progress!
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :
2187.5 KHZ
38S
Time to go until distress

alert is completely transmitted.
3. After the distress alert has been sent, the display changes as below and the audio
alarm is stopped. Wait to receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station,
which usually takes 1 to 2 min 45 seconds. (The [DISTRESS] button remains lit until
the equipment receives the distress acknowledge call from a coast station.) The timer
counts down the number of minutes before next retransmission (if necessary), from
3.5 to 4.5 minutes, randomly set.
At this time, the equipment cannot receive any calls except the distress alert
acknowledge call. The distress alert you sent is recorded in the TX log.
Wait for distress
acknowledgement.
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2187.5 KHZ
2M10S
4. When the distress acknowledge call is received, the audio alarm sounds and the
display changes as below.
call received.
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
2182.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
STOP ALARM
Note: If you do not receive the distress alert acknowledge call, the equipment
automatically re-transmits the distress alert and then awaits the distress alert
acknowledge call. This is repeated until the distress alert is acknowledged.
5. Silence the alarm with the [CANCEL] key. The contents of the distress acknowledge
call appear.
4-2
Received message
JAN-23-2002-23:59
ECC: OK
DISTRESS ACKNOWLEDGE
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Communicate with the coast station via radiotelephone, following the instructions
below. The radiotelephone automatically sets working frequency and class of emission,
as specified in the distress acknowledge call.
a)
b)
c)
d)
Say MAYDAY three times.

Say This is name of your vessel and call sign three times.
Give nature of distress and assistance needed.
Give description of your vessel (type, color, number of persons onboard, etc.).
4.1.2 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress

specified
If you have the time to designate the nature of distress, send the distress alert as follows:
1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press the [DISTRESS] button momentarily to
show the following display.
**
CALL TYPE
: All ships
UNDESIGNATED
FIRE
NATURE
FLOODING
: 987654321
POS. COLLISION
:Undesignated
GROUNDING
COM.TYPE
LISTING:
DSC FREQ
:
Rotate [ENTER] knob to scroll.
**
Compose message
SINKING
DISABLE
ABANDONING
PIRACY
MAN OVERBOARD
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose nature of distress and then push the [ENTER]
knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the POS. menu. This is where you enter your position,
automatically or manually. The INPUT TYPE option, that is, the source of position data,
is selected to AUTO, MANUAL or NO INFO. For AUTO, if the position is correct, push
the [ENTER] knob twice and go to step 10. For manual input, or you do not know your
position, go to step 4.
INPUT TYPE: AUTO
LAT : 34 41 NORTH
LON : 135 30 EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
Note: If the message No Position Data appears when you change INPUT TYPE
from MANUAL to AUTO, confirm that the navigation device is functioning and
then choose AUTO again.
4-3
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu.

INPUT TYPE: AUTO
AUTO
LAT : 34 41 NORTH
N
MANUAL
LON : 135 30 EAST
NO INFO
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob. If you
cannot confirm your position, choose NO INFO, push the [ENTER] knob and then go
to step 10.
6. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the latitude input window. Use the numeric keys to
enter latitude (in four digits). (If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to
North; [2] key to switch to South.) Push the [ENTER] knob.
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL
LAT
NORTH
34
41 : 34 4134
00 N
12
LON : 135 30 EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
35
00 N
12
After last digit

is entered
NORTH: [1] KEY

SOUTH: [2] KEY
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the longitude input window. Use the numeric keys to
enter longitude (in five digits). (If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to
East; [2] key to switch to West.) Push the [ENTER] knob.
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL
LAT
3541
00NORTH
NORTH
LAT: : 34
LON
:
135
30
LON
: 135
30
EAST
135
30 E
12EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
135
1200 E
After last digit

is entered
EAST: [1] KEY

WEST: [2] KEY
8. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the time input window.

INPUT TYPE: MANUAL
LAT : 35
00 NORTH
: 34
41 NORTH
LON
00 EAST
LON : 135
: 135
30 EAST
TIME 09:
: 12
09:
00 UTC
TIME:
00: 34
UTC
9. Key in UTC time with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time.
4-4
10. The COMPOSE MESSAGE screen is redisplayed. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the
COM. TYPE menu.
CALL TYPE:
DISTRESS
NATURE: FLOODING
TELEPHONE
POS: 3500N 13500E
AT 23:25
NBDP-FEC
COM. TYPE: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ : 2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
11. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TELEPHONE or NBDP-FEC as appropriate and
then push the [ENTER] knob. (Telephone is the usual mode, however NBDP may also
be used.)
12. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
message
AUTO
** ComposeDISTRESS
**
CALL TYPE:
2187.5
4207.5
NATURE: FLOSIGNATED
6312.0AT 23:34
POS: 3500N 13500E
8414.5
12577.0
DSC FREQ : 16804.5
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
13. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose a DSC frequency (normally 2187.5 kHz) and then
push the [ENTER] knob. (AUTO retransmits the distress alert on the distress and
safety frequencies 2 MHz, 8 MHz, 16 MHz, 4 MHz, 12 MHz and 6 MHz in that order if
the distress alert is not acknowledged.)
14. The display changes as below (example).
Compose message
CALL TYPE:
DISTRESS
NATURE: FLOODING
POS: 3500N 13500E AT 12:34
COM. TYPE
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
15. Press the [DISTRESS] button more than three seconds to send the distress alert.
Distress
call in progress!
NATURE: FLOODING
POS: 3500N 13500E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :
2187.5 KHZ
38S
16. For telephone, follow steps 3 to 6 on page 4-2 and 4-3. For NBDP, follow the
procedure below.
4-5
Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit

1. The message STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to
escape. appears on the NBDPs display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to
erase the message.
2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the
Operate menu.
3. Choose Call Station and then press the [Enter] key.
Station List
DSC
ABC-6M
ABC-12M
ABC-8M
FURUNO
Call Station
Station Set up
Station
ID Code
Mode
Tx Freq
Rx Freq
:
:
:
:
:
DSC
ARQ FEC
2174.50
2174.50
4. DSC is selected; press the [Enter] key to connect the communications line.
5. Connect appears in reverse video. Type and transmit your message, giving the
following information:
a) Ships name and call sign
b) Nature of distress and assistance needed
c) Description of your vessel
6. Press the function key [F10] (BREAK) to disconnect the line.
4.2 Receiving a Distress Alert

When you receive a distress alert from a ship in distress, the audio alarm sounds and the
message "Distress call received." appears on the display. Press the [CANCEL] key to
silence the audio alarm. Wait for the distress acknowledge call from a coast station. If you
do not receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station, which usually takes
about five minutes from the time of reception of a distress alert, follow the appropriate flow
chart in this section to determine your course of action.
Note 1: An asterisk (*) appearing in a distress alert call indicates error at asterisk location.
Note 2: If the Telex Distress Alert Button IC-302-DSC is connected, the aural alarm
sounds and the IC-302-DSCs alarm lamp lights in red when a distress alert is
received. To silence the aural alarm, press the [ALARM STOP] key.
Russian version
If another distress alert or urgent call is received just after pressing the [CALL] key (for
distress alert relay and distress acknowledgement), the most recently received call has
priority.
4-6
4.2.1 Distress alert received on MF band

Do the following:
Continue watching on 2182 kHz. Wait for coast station to acknowledge the distress call.
Watch until SEELONCE FINI is announced.
If multiple DSC distress alerts are received from the same ship in distress and it is
beyond a doubt in your vicinity, a DSC acknowledgement may, after consultation with an
RCC or Coast Station, be sent to terminate the call by DSC.
In no case is a ship permitted to transmit a DSC distress relay call upon receipt of a
DSC distress alert on MF channel 2187.5 kHz.
Action for ship receiving distress alert on MF band
DSC Distress alert received.
Press [CANCEL] key to

silence alarm.
Listen on 2182 kHz

for 5 minutes.
Did you receive

acknowledge from
CS and/or RCC?
No
Is distress traffic
in progress?
No
Yes
Yes
CS = Coast Station
RCC = Rescue Co-ordination Center
Enter details in log.
Is own
vessel able
to aid
ship in
distress?
Is the DSC distress

call continuing?
No
Yes
Yes
Acknowledge the alert by

radiotelphony to the ship
in distress on 2182 kHz.
No
Inform CS and/or RCC.
4-7
Sending the distress acknowledge call to ship in distress (on MF band)

Transmit the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress only when you do not
receive it from a coast station and you are able to aid the ship in distress. First, transmit
the distress acknowledge to the ship in distress by telephone. If the DSC call is continuing,
terminate transmission of the distress alert as follows:
1. The audio alarm sounds and the display shows the message Distress call received.
when your ship receives a distress call.
Distress
call received.
DISTRESS
CALL
123456789
SHIP IN DIST:
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
2182.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm and the display changes as below.
* Received message
*
ECC: OK
JAN-23-2002-23:59
DISTRESS CALL
SHIP IN DIST:
123456789
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
ANSWER
3 4
ALL VIEW
3. If you do not receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station and you
have received the distress alert more than twice, contact the ship in distress over
radiotelephone. If the distress alert continues, terminate the alert by rotating the
[ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER, push the [ENTER] knob and then go to step 4 to
send the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress.
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
CALLTYPE
RELAY ALL
RELAY COAST
COAST
ID IN ACKNOWLEDGE
DSC FREQ
:
2182.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ACKNOWLEDGE and then push the [ENTER]
knob. The following display appears.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE : ALL SHIPS
DISTRESS ACKNOWLEDGE
123456789
ID IN DIST :
DSC FREQ
2182.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4-8
6. Press the [CALL] key, and the message Category distress transmit sure? appears.
Continue press the key until the message Distress acknowledge call in progress
appears, to transmit the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress.
call in progress!
Category distress
transmit sure?
SHIP IN DIST :
ID IN DIST: 123456789
DSC FREQ :
2187.5 KHZ
KEEP PRESSED FOR
3S
[CALL] key
pressed
3 seconds
DSC FREQ
123456789
2187.5 KHZ
TIME TO GO 4S
4.2.2 Distress alert received on HF band

If you receive a distress alert on the HF band, the ALARM lamp lights and the audio alarm
sounds. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm. Wait for the distress
acknowledge from a coast station. If you do not receive the distress acknowledge within
five minutes, follow the instructions below to determine your course of action.
Watch on the distress frequency.
Relay the distress alert in the following cases:

- You have not received a distress acknowledge call from a coast station within five
minutes after receiving a distress call.
- You have not received a distress relay from other ship.
- You cannot receive distress communications from other ship over radiotelephone.
- If it is clear the ship or persons in distress are not in the vicinity and/or other crafts are
better placed to assist, superfluous communications which could interfere with search
and rescue activities should be avoided. Details should be recorded in the appropriate
log book.
- The ship relaying the distress alert should establish communications with the station
controlling the distress as directed and render such assistance as required and
appropriate.
4-9
Action for ships receiving distress alert on HF band

DSC Distress alert received.
HF DSC, RTF AND NBDP CHANNELS (kHz)
Press [CANCEL] key to

silence alarm.
Listen to associated RTF or

NBDP channel(s) for 5 minutes.
Is the alert
acknowledged or
relayed by CS and
or RCC?
DSC
RTF*
NBDP
4207.5
6312.0
8414.5
12577.0
16804.5
4125
6215
8291
12290
16420
4177.5
6268
8376.5
12520
16695
* = Radiotelephone
Is distress commuTransmit distress
nication in progress
relay on HF to coast
No on associated RTF No station and inform
channels?
RCC.
Yes
Is own
vessel able
to assist?
Yes
Yes
Contact RCC via most

efficient medium to offer
assistance.
No
CS = Coast Station
RCC = Rescue Co-ordination Center
Enter details in log.
Sending the distress relay to coast station (on HF band)

1. The audio alarm sounds and the display changes as below when a distress call is
received.
Distress
call received.
DISTRESS
CALL
123456789
ID IN DIST:
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
8291.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm, and the display changes as below.
* Received message
*
ECC: OK
JAN-23-2002-23:59
DISTRESS CALL
SHIP IN DIST:
123456789
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
8291.0 KHZ
ANSWER
3 4
ALL VIEW
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the [ENTER] knob.
4-10
CALL TYPE* INDVIDUAL
RELAYRELAY
ALL
DISTRESS
RELAY
COAST
ID IN DIST:
987654321
DSC FREQ
:
8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
5. If you know the ID of the nearest coast station, choose RELAY COAST and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
6. Push [ENTER] knob and key in ID of coast station where to send the distress relay and
then push the [ENTER] knob.
CALL TYPE : INDIVIDUAL

DISTRESS RELAY
COAST ID: 000000000
ID IN DIST:
8414.5 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
GO
TO
VIEW
GO TOEASY
ALL VIEW
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ. menu.
CALL TYPE: RELAY

2187.5ALL
DISTRE4207.5
123456789
COAST ID:
6312.0
8414.5
ID IN DIST:
12577.0
16804.5
DSC FREQ
KHZ
GO
TOALL
EASY
VIEW
GO TO
VIEW
8. Choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. You should first
choose 8414.5 kHz.
9. Press the [CALL] key, and the display changes as shown at the top of the next page.
4-11
Category distress
transmit sure?
COAST ID: 001234567
ID IN DIST: 123456789
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 KHZ
KEEP PRESSED FOR
3S
[CALL] key
pressed 3
seconds.
CALL TYPE : INDIVIDUAL

DISTRESS RELAY
COAST ID: 001234567
ID IN DIST: 123456789
8414.5 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
GO
TO
EASY
VIEW
TIME TO GO :
2M10S
Timer counts
down time
remaining
(See note below.)
Distress relay sel

call in progress!
TO COAST: 001234567
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :
8414.5 KHZ
5S
Note: If a coast station acknowledges the call before the timer counts down to zero, press
the [CANCEL] key to cancel the distress relay call.
10. After the call is transmitted, the message Wait for distress relay acknowledge.
appears. After you have received the distress acknowledgement from the coast station,
communicate with the coast station by telephone, over the DSC frequency specified. If
you do not receive the distress acknowledgement from a coast station after the timer
counts down to zero, transmit the distress relay again, over a different frequency.
4-12
4.3 Sending Distress Relay on Behalf of a Ship in

Distress
4.3.1 Sending distress relay to coast station
You may send the distress relay to a coast station on behalf of a ship in distress in the
following cases:
You are near the ship in distress and the ship in distress cannot transmit the distress
alert.
When the master or person responsible for your ship considers that further assistance is
necessary.
In the above cases never use the [DISTRESS] button to transmit the distress relay.
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob.
message
** ComposeINDIVIDUAL
**
: All ships
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RELAY SEL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID input window.
CALL TYPE: RELAY SEL
COAST ID
ID IN DIST
000000000
POS: NO INFORMATION
COM. TYPE
: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ.
:
8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in COAST ID with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the ID IN DIST window.
Compose message
**
**
: RELAY SEL
CALL TYPE
: --------COAST ID:
000000000
ID IN DIST
NATURE : UNDESIGNATED
: NO INFORMATION
POS.:
COM.TYPE :
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Key in ID of ship in distress with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. If
you do not know the ID, simply push the [ENTER] knob without entering ID.
4-13
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the NATURE menu.
COAST ID
FIRE
ID IN DIST
FLOODING
: 987654321
COLLISION
NATURE
:Undesignated
GROUNDING
POS: ION.
:
LISTING
COM.TYPE
:
DSC FREQ
Rotate [ENTER] knob to scroll.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: All ships
UNDESIGNATED
SINKING
DISABLE
ABANDONING
PIRACY
MAN OVERBOARD
EPIRB EMISSION
knob. If you do not know the nature of distress, choose UNDESIGNATED.
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the POS. menu.
Compose message
**
**
: ALL SHIPS
CALL TYPE
INPUT TYPE: AUTO
COAST ID DISTRESS RELAY
LAT
: 3445 NORTH
ID IN
DIST
: 987654321
LON :: 13522
EAST
NATURE
UNDESIGNATE
TIME: 10:00 UTC
POS:
COM. TYPE :
DSC FREQ
: 8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
10. Enter position of ship in distress, following 1), 2) or 3) below.

1) For automatic input, push the [ENTER] knob twice and then go to step 11.
2) For manual input, push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the
[ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and
longitude of ship in distress and time as follows:
a) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and then push the [ENTER] knob.
b) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter longitude and then push the [ENTER] knob.
c) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter UTC time and then push the [ENTER] knob. Go to
step 11.
3) If you cannot confirm position of ship in distress, push the [ENTER] knob to open
the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NO INFO and then push
the [ENTER] knob. Go to step 11.
11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE : RELAY SEL
COAST ID: 001234567
ID IN DIST : 123456789
POS: 3445N 13522E AT 10:00
TELEPHONE
COM. TYPE
: NBDP-FEC
2187.5 kHz
DSC FREQ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4-14
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TELEPHONE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
(NBDP-FEC may also be used.) Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ
menu.
CALL TYPE: RELAY

2187.5ALL
DISTRE4207.5
123456789
COAST ID:
6312.0
8414.5
ID IN DIST:
12577.0
16804.5
DSC FREQ
KHZ
GOTO
TOALL
EASY
VIEW
GO
VIEW
13. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC (NBDP) frequency and then
push the [ENTER] knob. The display now looks something like the one below in case
of radiotelephone.
CALL TYPE
: RELAY SEL
COAST ID
: 001234567
ID IN DIST
: NO INFO
NATURE
: SINKING
POS: 3445N 13522E AT 10:00
COM. TYPE
: TELEPHONE
GO TO ALL VIEW
14. Press the [CALL] key, and the message Category distress transmit sure? appears.
Continue pressing the key until the display shows Distress relay sel call in progress!
to send the distress relay call.
Category distress
transmit sure?
Distress relay sel

call in progress!
TO COAST :
001234567
ID IN DIST : NO INFO
POS : 3445N 13522E AT 10:00
TELEPHONE
8291.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 KHZ
KEEP PRESSED FOR
3S
TO COAST : 001234567
SHIP IN DIST : NO INFO
[CALL] key
pressed 3
seconds
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 KHZ
TIME TO GO : 8S
15. The equipment then waits for acknowledgement of the distress relay, displaying the
message shown below. If the distress relay is not acknowledged within five minutes,
the message No response. Try relay again. appears. If this occurs, send the distress
relay again.
Wait for distress
relay acknowledge.
FROM COAST : 001234567
SHIP IN DIST: NO INFO
DSC FREQ
TIME TO GO :
: 8414.5 KHZ
4M59S
4-15
16. When you receive the distress relay acknowledge call, the audio alarm sounds and
the display shown below appears.
Distress relay ack
call received.
COAST ID :
001234567
NATURE
: SINKING
POS : 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
8291.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
17. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm. The following display appears.
* Received message
*
ECC:OK
JAN-23-2002-23:59
DISTRESS RELAY ACK

COAST ID :
001234567
NATURE
: SINKING
POS : 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
8291.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
18. Communicate with the coast station.
4.3.2 Sending distress relay to all ships

Use this procedure to send the distress relay to all ships.
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob.
message
**
: All ships
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RELAY ALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the ID IN DIST menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE: RELAY ALL
ID IN DIST
000000000
POS: 3445N 13545E AT 9:30
COM. TYPE
: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ.
:
8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in ID of ship in distress (if known) with the numeric keys and then push the
[ENTER] knob. (If you do not know the ID enter push the [ENTER] knob without
entering ID.)
4-16
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the NATURE menu.

Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: All ships
UNDESIGNATED
FIRE
ID IN DIST
FLOODING
: 987654321
NATURE
COLLISION
:Undesignated
POS: ION.
GROUNDING
COM.TYPE
LISTING:
DSC FREQ
:
knob. (If you do not know the nature of distress, choose UNDESIGNATED.)
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the POS. menu, where you enter the position of the
ship in distress and time, manually or automatically.
Compose message
**
**
: ALL SHIPS
CALL TYPE
INPUT TYPE: AUTO

ID IN
DIST
DISTRESS
RELAY
LAT
: 3445
NORTH
NATURE
:
UNDESIGNATE
:
987654321
LON : 13545 EAST
POS:TIME: 09:30 UTC
COM. TYPE :
DSC FREQ
: 8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
8. Enter position of the ship in distress, following 1), 2) or 3) below.

1) For automatic input, push the [ENTER] knob twice. Go to step 9.
2) For manual input, push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the
[ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and
longitude of ship in distress and time as follows:
a) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and then push the [ENTER] knob.
b) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter longitude and then push the [ENTER] knob.
c) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter UTC time and then push the [ENTER] knob. Go to
step 9.
3) If you cannot confirm position of ship in distress, push the [ENTER] knob to open
the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NO INFO and then push
the [ENTER] knob. Go to step 9.
Compose message
**
**
ID IN DIST: 123456789
NATURE :
NDESIGNATED
TELEPHONE
POS: 3445N NBDP-FEC
: TELEPHONE
COM. TYPE
DSC FREQ
8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TELEPHONE (or NBDP-FEC) and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
4-17
CALL TYPE: RELAY

2187.5ALL
ID IN DIST: 123456789
4207.5
NATURE: UN 6312.0
POS: 3445N 8414.5
COM TYPE: 12577.0
DSC FREQ 16804.5
KHZ
GOTO
TOALL
EASY
VIEW
GO
VIEW
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER]
knob. The display now looks something like the one below.
Compose message
**
**
ID IN DIST: 123456789
POS: 3445N 13545E AT 09:30
COM TYPE :
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
13. Press the [CALL] key, and the message Category distress transmit sure! appears.
Continue pressing the key until the display shows Distress relay all call in progress! to
send the distress relay call.
Category
SENDdistress
MESSAGE
***
***
transmit
sure?
CALL TYPE
: ALL SHIPS
Distress
all
SENDrelay
MESSAGE
***
***
call
in
progress!
CALL TYPE
: ALL SHIPS
POS: 3445N 13545E AT 09:30
COM TYPE :
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 KHZ
KEEP PRESSED FOR
3S
[CALL] key
pressed 3
seconds
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
8414.5 KHZ
29S
14. After the call is sent, the radiotelephone screen automatically appears.
4-18
4.4 Receiving Distress Relay All Ships

When you receive a distress relay for all ships, continue monitoring distress and safety
frequencies.
1. The audio alarm sounds and the display looks like the one below when a distress relay
all ships call is received.
Distress relay all
call received.
FROM SHIP:
234567890
SHIP IN DIST:
123456789
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
8291.5 kHZ
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm, and the display changes as below.
Received message
JAN-23-2002-23:59
ECC: OK
DISTRESS RELAY ALL

FROM SHIP:
234567890
SHIP IN DIST:
123456789
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
8291.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen.

4. Watch distress/safety frequency.
4.5 Receiving Distress Relay from Coast Station

When you receive a distress relay call from a coast station, continue monitoring distress
and safety frequencies.
1. The audio alarm sounds and the display looks like the one in the left-hand figure below
when a distress relay is received from a coast station. Press the [CANCEL] key to
silence the audio alarm, and the display changes as in the right-hand figure below.
Distress relay all
call received.
FROM COAST:
001234567
SHIP IN DIST:
123456789
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
8291.5 KHZ
STOP ALARM
Received message
Press the
[CANCEL] key.
JAN-23-2002-23:59
ECC: OK
DISTRESS RELAY ALL

FROM COAST:
001234567
SHIP IN DIST:
123456789
POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
8291.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen.

3. Watch distress/safety frequency.
4-19
4-20
CALLING, RECEIVING
This chapter provides the information necessary for general calling and receiving.
5.1 All Ships Call

When an urgent but not life-endangering situation arises on your ship, for example, engine
trouble, send an all ships call to request assistance.
After sending the call, you can communicate by voice over the radiotelephone, or send a
message by telex. For telephone, do the following before beginning actual communications:
URGENCY priority: Say PAN three times followed by your call sign.
SAFETY priority: Say SECURITE three times followed by your call sign.
Coast
Station
Own Ship
5.1.1 Sending an all ships call

1. Press the [2/DSC] key followed by pushing the [ENTER] knob to display the CALL TYPE
menu.
message
**
: All ships
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ALL SHIPS and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-1
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to display the PRIORITY menu.
CALL TYPE:
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
ALL SHIPS
SAFETY
URGENCY
: TELEPHONE
DISTRESS
DSC FREQ
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose SAFETY or URGENCY as appropriate and then
push the [ENTER] knob. (DISTRESS should be used only when there is a life
endangering situation on board your vessel.)
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE :
ALL SHIPS
PRIORITY :
COM TYPE
COM.
TYPE
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
NBDP-FEC
DSC FREQ
: 2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate communications mode and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
Compose2187.5
message
**
**
4207.5
CALL TYPE
: ALL SHIPS
PRIORITY
COM TYPE
DSC FREQ
:6312.0
SAFETY
:8414.5
TELEPHONE
12577.0
16804.5
2187.5KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob.
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the call. For safety and urgency call the display shows All
ships call in progress. For distress call, the display shows Category distress transmit
sure? If you are sure to transmit with distress priority, continue pressing the [CALL] key
to show "All ships call in progress!".
All ships
call in progress!
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2182.0 KHZ
2187.5 KHZ
5S
10. The radiotelephone screen automatically appears after the call is sent (timer counts
down to zero). The equipment is then set up for telephone (or NBDP) and safety or
urgency priority, using DSC pair frequencies.
5-2
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit

1. The message STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.
appears on the NBDPs display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the
message.
Operate menu.
4. DSC is selected; press the [Enter] key. Connect appears in reverse video.
5. Type and transmit your message.
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the
line.
5.1.2 Receiving an all ships call

1. When an all ships call is received, the audio alarm sounds and the display looks
something like the one shown below.
All ships
call received.
FROM SHIP:
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
123456789
2182.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display shows partial contents of the
all ships call as below.
Received message
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59
ECC: OK
ALL SHIPS CALL
FROM SHIP:
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
123456789
2182.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
To view detailed contents,

3. Press the [CANCEL] key again to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch for
communications about all ships call on the radiotelephone.
5-3
5.2 Individual Call

The individual call is for calling a specific station. After sending an individual call, called ACK
RQ transmission, wait to receive the acknowledge back (ACK BQ) signal from the receiving
station.
5.2.1 Sending an individual call

1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
message
**
: All ships
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose INDIVIDUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the STATION ID menu.
message
** Compose: INDIVIDUAL
**
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
0: 0 0:0 0 0 0 0 0
: ROUTINE
: TELEPHONE
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Use the numeric keys to key in the ID of the station where to send the call and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.
Compose message
**
**
: INDIVIDUAL
CALL TYPE
ROUTINE
: --------STATION ID
BUSINESS
:
PRIORITY
: TELEPHONE
COM. TYPE SAFETY
: NO INFOR
COM. FREQ URGENCY
: 2M-INTL
DSC FREQ
GO TO ALL VIEW
5-4
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate priority (normally ROUTINE) and then
Routine or
Business Priority
Compose message
**
: INDIVIDUAL **
CALL TYPE
: --------STATION ID
TELEPHONE
: ROUTINE
PRIORITY
NBDP-ARQ
:
COM. TYPE
NBDP-FEC
: NO INFOR
COM. FREQ
SPECIAL
: 2M-INTL
DSC FREQ
GO
5
MAIN
TTY RCV
TTY
MORSE KEY
MORSE TAPE
FACSIMILE
DATA
For Safety or
Urgency Priority
TELEPHONE
NBPD-ARQ
NBDP-FEC
Push [ENTER]
knob to display.
V21
V22
V22 BIS
V23
V26 BIS
V26 TER
V27 TER
V32
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communications type desired and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
9. For routine and business priority, push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ
menu. For safety and urgency priority, go to step 11.
Compose message
**
**
: INDIVIDUAL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: 123456789
NO INFO
FREQUENCY
CHANNEL
POSITION*
: 12M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
* POSITION is displayed if a coast

station is specified at step 3.
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication frequency setting method desired
and then push the [ENTER] knob. For FREQUENCY and CHANNEL, see How to Set
Working Frequency, Channel on the next page. NO INFO and POSITION let the
receiving station set the working frequency. Choose NO INFO or POSITION to send the
call to a coast station; FREQUENCY or CHANNEL to send the call to a ship station.
5-5
How to Set Working Frequency, Channel

To send a call, set the working frequency as below, to communicate with the receiving station.
The working frequency can be entered by Tx and Rx frequencies or channel number.
Routine or ship's business priority

1. After selecting FREQUENCY or CHANNEL, one of the following pop-up windows appears.
TX:
RX:
0.0 KHZ
0.0 KHZ
CH:
Channel
Frequency
2. Key in TX frequency or channel with the numeric keys. (For channel, push the [ENTER] knob
to finish.)
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the RX field, key in RX frequency and then push the
[ENTER] knob to finish.
Safety or urgency priority

For safety or urgency priority the communication frequency cannot be selected; it is automatically
set to the pair frequency as set for the DSC frequency.
11. Follow the instructions on the next page to choose DSC frequency desired.
5-6
How to Set DSC Frequency

Routine or ships business priority
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC FREQ and then push the [ENTER] knob.
** Compose message
**
INDIV
2 MHZ
CALL TYPE:
STATION ID:
PRIORITY:
COM. TYP:
COM. FREQ:
DSC FREQ
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
4123456
MHZ
6 RO
MHZ
8 MHZ
TELEP
12
MHZ
NO I
: 2M-INTL
Rotate the [ENTER]

knob to scroll.
OTHER: Private channel
GO TO ALL VIEW
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the [ENTER] knob.
One of the menus shown below appears depending on the band selected.
message
** Compose: Individual
**
CALL TYPE
2 MHz
4 MHz
Station
: 001234567
INTL ID : T12577.5/R12657.0
6 MHz
Priority
: Routine
LOCAL1 : T12578.0/R12657.5
8 MHz
LOCAL2
Com.
type : T12578.5/R12658.0
:12
Telephone
MHz
COM. FREQ : No infor
DSC FREQ
: 12M-INTL
Rotate the [ENTER] knob

to scroll menu to view user
channels (if registered).
LOCAL = Local channel
USER CH1 : T12345.0/R12345.0

USER CH2 : T12345.5/R12345.5
USER CH3 : T12346.0/R12346.0
USER CH4 : T12346.5/R12346.5
GO TO ALL VIEW
2MHz menu
INTL
:T 2189.5/R 2177.0
8MHz menu
INTL
:T 8415.0/R 8436.5
LOCAL :T 8415.5/R8437.0
LOCAL :T 8416.0/R8437.5
18MHz menu
INTL
:T18898.5/R19703.5
LOCAL1 :T18899.0/R19704.0
LOCAL2 :T18899.5/R19704.5
4MHz menu
INTL
:T 4208.0/R 4219.5
LOCAL1 :T 4208.5/R 4220.0
LOCAL2 :T 4209.0/R 4220.5
12MHz menu
INTL
:T 12577.5/R12657.0
LOCAL1 :T 12578.0/R12657.5
LOCAL2 :T 12578.5/R12658.0
22MHz menu
INTL
:T 22374.5/R22444.0
LOCAL1 :T 22375.0/R22444.5
LOCAL2 :T 22375.5/R22445.0
6MHz menu
INTL
:T 6312.5/R 6331.0
LOCAL1 :T 6313.0/R 6331.5
LOCAL2 :T 6313.5/R 6332.0
16MHz menu
INTL
:T 16805.0/R16903.0
LOCAL1 :T 16805.5/R16903.5
LOCAL2 :T 16806.0/R16904.0
25MHz menu
INTL
:T 25208.5/R26121.0
LOCAL1 :T 25209.0/R26121.5
LOCAL2 :T 25209.5/R26122.0
Other menu
INTL
:T 458.5/R 455.5
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. The
display shows the DSC frequency band selected, at "DSC FREQ".
Safety or urgency priority

For safety or urgency priority "COM. FREQ" is automatically set to the same pair frequency as the
DSC frequency.
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC FREQ and then push the [ENTER] knob.
message
**
2187.5
CALL TYPE:
STATION ID:
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
001234567
4207.5
6312.0
: SAFETY
8414.5
: TELEPHONE
:12577.0
2182.0KHZ
16804.5
: 2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-7
12. Press the [CALL] key to send the individual call (transmission time: about seven
seconds). The display shows the message "Individual request call in progress!" while
the call is being sent.
Individual request
call in progress!
123456789
TO SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
2138.0 KHZ
2177.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
7S
Note: When the channel is in use,

"CH BUSY" appears at the
lower left-hand side of the
screen.
Press [CALL] key for forced
transmission.
13. After the call is sent, the equipment waits for acknowledgement of the call, showing the
display below.
Waiting for
acknowledgement.
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
123456789
2138.0 KHZ
2177.0 KHZ
4M30S
14. The timer starts counting down the maximum time to wait for acknowledgement, five
minutes, randomly set. One of the following three messages appears. (No response!
Try calling again. appears after the timer counts down to zero. It means the receiving
station did not respond.)
Able acknowledge
call received.
Unable acknowledge
call received.
No response!
Try calling again?
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
NO REASON GIVEN
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ
:
123456789
2138.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
Able acknowledge call received
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
123456789
STOP ALARM
Unable acknowledge call received
2138.0 KHZ
2177.0 KHZ
CALL AGAIN
No response from station
15. Do one of the following depending on the message shown in step 14.
5-8
123456789
Able acknowledge call received

Communicating by radiotelephone
The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence it, and the display changes as
below. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. The working frequency
is automatically set; you may start voice communications by radiotelephone.
MAR-23-2002-23:59
ABLE ACKNOWLEDGE
123456789
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
2138.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
GO TO ALL VIEW

message.
Operate menu.
line.
The alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display looks
something like the one below. Send the call again later. If the coast station sends the
message QUEUE INDICATION, wait until your turn arrives.
* Received message
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59
ECC: OK
UNABLE ACKOWLEDGE
NO REASON GIVEN
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
123456789
GO TO ALL VIEW
Reason for unable to acknowledge:

NO REASON GIVEN
CONGESTION AT SWITCHING CENTRE*
BUSY
QUEUE INDICATION*
STATION BARRED*
NO OPERATOR AVAILABLE*
OPERATOR TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE*
EQUIPMENT DISABLE
MODE NOT USABLE
CHANNEL NOT USABLE
* Coast station use
No response! Try calling again?

Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob followed by pressing the [CALL] key.
Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key to go to radiotelephone screen.
5-9
5.2.2 Receiving an individual call

When own ship receives an individual call, acknowledgement is automatically or manually
sent depending on the comply-type setting (see paragraph 7.2). The relationship between
comply type and automatic/manual acknowledge is as shown in the table below.
Comply type
Setting of
[5/ACQ /SQ] key
ABLE
UNABLE
AUTO ACK
Can send acknowledge

automatically
Can send UNABLE

automatically.
MANUAL ACK

manually
Can send UNABLE manually.
Note: The handset must be on hook to enable automatic acknowledge.

Sending automatic acknowledge (ACK BQ) with comply type ABLE
1. When an individual call is received and the automatic acknowledge feature is active
(AUTO ACK) and the comply type is ABLE, the display shown below appears. This
display indicates that the auto acknowledge (ACK BQ) call is being sent.
Able acknowledge
call in progress!
TO SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
123456789
CH 201
2177.0 KHZ
6S
2. It takes about seven seconds to transmit the call, after which the audio alarm sounds
and the following message appears.
Able acknowledge
call transmitted.
TO SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
123456789
CH 201
STOP ALARM
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The following display appears.
* Xmitted message *
MAR-23-2002-23:01
ABLE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
123456789
TO SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
CH 201
RE-SEND
4 ALL VIEW
4. Press the [CANCEL] key. You can now communicate with the party, over the
radiotelephone frequency specified or by the NBDP terminal unit.
5-10

After acknowledging an individual call, do the following to send a message by NBDP
Terminal Unit.
1.
2.
3.
4.
The control units display shows OCCUPIED and the TX and RX frequencies.
The message from the other station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.
After receiving the message from other station, type your message and then transmit it.
Press the function key [F10] (BREAK) to disconnect the line.
Sending automatic acknowledge (ACK BQ) with comply type UNABLE

1. When an individual call is received and the automatic acknowledge feature is active
(AUTO ACK) and comply type is UNABLE, the display shown below appears,
indicating that the auto acknowledge call with UNABLE (ACK BQ) is being sent.
Unable acknowledge
call in progress!
BUSY
TO SHIP
: 121234567
ROUTINE
TIME TO GO : 6S
2. It takes about seven seconds to transmit the call, after which the audio alarm sounds
and the following message appears.
Unable acknowledge
call transmitted.
BUSY
TO SHIP :
ROUTINE
121234567
STOP ALARM
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The following display appears.
* Xmitted message *
JUL-23-2002-23:01
UNABLE ACKNOWLEDGE
BUSY
TO SHIP :
ROUTINE
RE-SEND
121234567
ALL VIEW
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to confirm the message. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to scroll the
message. Choose GO TO EASY VIEW and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-11
5. If you want to send a proposal, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RE-SEND and then
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE : UNABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
STATION
ID : 001234567
REASON: NO REASON
GIVEN
STATION ID: 001234567
DSC FREQ : 12M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
a) Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.

b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ABLE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
c) Prepare message as appropriate and then press the [CALL] key to transmit the message.
After you receive acknowledgement from the other party you can start communications.
Manually acknowledging individual call with ABLE

1. When an individual call is received and the equipment is set up with manual
acknowledge (MANUAL ACK)and comply type ABLE, the alarm sounds and the
display looks like the one below.
Individual request
call received.
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
121234567
CH 401
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as shown below.
Received message
MAR-23-2002-23:00:00
ECC: OK
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST
001234567
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
CH 401
ANSWER
3 4 ALL VIEW
To view contents, rotate [ENTER] knob

to choose ALL VIEW and then push
[ENTER] knob.
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the [ENTER] knob. Push
the [ENTER] knob again to open the CALL TYPE menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE : ABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
STATION ID ABLE
: 001234567
COM. TYPE UNABLE
: TELEPHONE
COM. FREQ
: CH 401
DSC FREQ
: 4M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
5-12
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ABLE and then push the [ENTER] knob. The
display changes as below. (Working frequency is automatically set as specified by other
party.)
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE: ABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
COM. FREQ: CH401
DSC FREQ: 4M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
5. Press the [CALL] key to send the call. The display changes as below.
Able acknowledge
call in progress!
TO SHIP
: 121234567
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
CH 401
DSC FREQ :
4208.0 KHZ
TIME TO GO:
7S
6. After the call is completely sent (transmission time: 7 sec.), the radiotelephone screen
appears (if the communications mode is telephone). You can begin voice
communications by radiotelephone. For NBDP operation, do the following:

After acknowledging an individual call, do the following to communicate by NBDP Terminal
Unit.
1.
2.
3.
4.
The control units display shows OCCUPIED and the TX and RX frequencies.
The message from the other party appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.
After receiving the message from the other party, type your message and transmit it.
Press the function key [F10] (BREAK) to disconnect the line.
5-13
Manually acknowledging individual call with UNABLE

1. When an individual call is received and the equipment is set up with manual
acknowledge, the alarm sounds and the display shows the message "Individual request
call received."
Individual request
call received.
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
121234567
CH 401
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.
* OK
MAR-23-2002-23:00:00
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST
121234567
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
CH 401
ANSWER
3 4 ALL VIEW
To view contents, rotate [ENTER] knob

to choose ALL VIEW and push the
[ENTER] knob.
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE : ABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
ABLE
TO SHIP
: 001234567
COM. TYPE UNABLE
: TELEPHONE
COM. FREQ
: CH401
DSC FREQ:
4M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose UNABLE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
6. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the REASON menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE : UNABLE
NO REASON
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
REASON BUSY
: NO REASON
EQUIPGIVEN
DISABLE
TO SHIP MODE
:
001234567
NOT USABLE
DSC FREQCH :NOT
12,577.5
KHZ
USABLE
7. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose an appropriate reason and then push the [ENTER]
knob.
5-14
8. The display changes as below.

Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE : UNABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
REASON
: CHANNEL
NOT USABLE
STATION ID : 121234567
DSC FREQ : 4M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the call. The display shows "Unable acknowledge call in
progress!" while the call is being sent.
Unable acknowledge
call in progress!
CHANNEL NOT USABLE
TO SHIP:
ROUTINE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
121234567
4208.0 KHZ
6S
10. The timer counts down the time remaining until the call is sent (transmission time: about
seven seconds). The DSC standby screen appears after the call has been transmitted.
5.3 Group Call

A group call is for calling a specific group by specifying its group ID.
5.3.1 Sending a group call

message
**
: All ships
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Choose GROUP CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.

3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the GROUP ID menu.
Compose message
**
**
: GROUP CALL
CALL TYPE
GROUP ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
000000000
: ROUTINE
: TELEPHONE
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in group ID (nine digits) with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-15

Compose message
**
**
: GROUP CALL
CALL TYPE
GROUP ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
:ROUTINE
012345678
SAFETY
URGENCY
NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Compose message
**
**
: GROUP CALL
CALL TYPE
TELEPHONE
GROUP ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
: 012345678
NBDP-FEC
: Routine
SPECIAL
: Telephone
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: No infor
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
For Safety or Urgency
For Routine
Rotate the [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
5
MAIN
TTY RCV
TELEPHONE
NBDP-FEC
TTY
MORSE KEY
MORSE TAPE
FACSIMILE
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
9. For routine priority, push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu. For
safety or urgency priority, go to step 11.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: GROUP CALL
GROUP ID
: 012345678
NO
INFO
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
COM. TYPE FREQUENCY
: TELEPHONE
COM. FREQ : 2164.0 kHz
CHANNEL
DSC FREQ
: 2M-INTL
GO
GOTO
TOALL
ALL VIEW
VIEW
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication frequency desired and then push
the [ENTER] knob. (See page 5-6 for details.) NO INFO lets other party choose
communication frequency.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: Individual CALL
GROUP ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
2 MHZ
: 001234567
4
MHZ
: Routine
E
6 MHZ
: Telephone ONE
8 MHZ
: No infor
12
MHZ
6:
12M-INTL
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
Rotate the [ENTER]

knob to select.
OTHER: Private channels.
GO TO ALL VIEW
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC band desired and then push the [ENTER]
knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency
desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. (See How to set DSC frequency on page
5-7 for details.)
5-16
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: GROUP CALL
GROUP ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: 012345678
: ROUTINE
: TELEPHONE
: 2164.0 KHZ
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
13. Press the [CALL] key to send the group call (transmission time: about seven seconds).
The display shows "Group call in progress!" while the call is being sent.
Group
call in progress!
GROUP ID :
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ
:
TIME TO GO :
012345678
2164.0 KHZ
2177.0 KHZ
6S
14. The radiotelephone screen automatically appears after the call is sent, if frequency was
specified.
15. If you selected TELEPHONE at step 7, communicate by radiotelephone. For NBDP, do
the following:
message.
Operate menu.
line.
5-17
5.3.2 Receiving a group call

Group ID must be registered in order to receive a group call. See paragraph 6.2.
1. The audio alarm sounds and the display shows "Group call received" when a group call
is received.
Group
call received.
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
123456789
TX: 2164.0 KHZ
RX: 2164.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
MAR-23-2002-23:59
GROUP CALL
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
123456789
TX: 2164.0 KHZ
RX: 2164.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working
frequency.
Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit
After receiving a group call, do the following:
1. The controls units display shows OCCUPIED and the TX and RX frequencies.
2. The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.
5-18
5.4 Geographical Area Call

The geographical area call is for sending a call to all ships within the area you designate in
your geographical area call. In the figure below, for example, the call will be sent to all ships
within 24-34N, 135-140W.
Reference point
(For example,
34N 140W)
34N
10
24N
140W
135W
5.4.1 Sending a geographical area call

message
**
: All ships
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AREA CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the AREA menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: AREA CALL
AREA
00N 000E 00 00
: ROUTINE
: TELEPHONE
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Using the numeric keys, enter latitude and longitude of reference point and southerly
degrees and easterly degrees of area. To change coordinate, choose it and press the
[1] key for North or East; [2] key for South or West. After entering data, push the
[ENTER] knob.
5-19

Compose message
**
**
: AREA CALL
CALL TYPE
ROUTINE
W 12 5
AREA : 3400N 123
PRIORITY
:SAFETY
Routine
COM. TYPE
:URGENCY
Telephone
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
For Safety or Urgency
For Routine
Compose message
**
CALL TYPE
**
: AREA CALL
TELEPHONE
AREA : 3400N 133W 120 12
NBDP-FEC
PRIORITY
: Routine
SPECIAL
: Telephone
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
Rotate the [ENTER]

knob to scroll.
5
MAIN
TTY RCV
TELEPHONE
NBDP-FEC
TTY
MORSE KEY
MORSE TAPE
FACSIMILE
GO TO ALL VIEW
[ENTER] knob.
9. For routine priority, push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu. For
safety or urgency priority, go to step 12.
Compose message
**
**
: AREA CALL
CALL TYPE
AREA: 34N 140W 10 5
NO INFO
PRIORITY
FREQUENCY
COM. TYPE
CHANNEL
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose frequency or channel and then enter frequency or
channel. (See page 5-6 for details.)
Compose message
**
CALL TYPE:
AREA:
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
Individual
2 MHZ
4 MHZ
001234567
6 MHZ
: Routine
8 MHZ
: Telephone
12 MHZ
: No infor
:
12M-INTL
**
TL
Rotate the [ENTER]

knob to scroll.
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
GO TO ALL VIEW
knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
5-20
13. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the
[ENTER] knob. (See How to set DSC frequency on page 5-7 for details.) Your display
should now look something like one below.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: AREA CALL
AREA : 34N 140W 10 5
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
COM. TYPE
: TELEPHONE
COM. FREQ
: 2164.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
14. Press the [CALL] key to send the geographical area call (transmission time: about
seven seconds). The display shows "Geographical area call in progress!" while the call
is being sent.
Geographical area
call in progress!
AREA: 34N 140W 10 5
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
2164.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ
TIME TO GO
:
:
2M-INTL
7S
15. After the call is sent the radiotelephone screen appears. If you chose radiotelephone at
step 8, you can now communicate with the other party. For NBDP, do the following:
message.
Operate menu.
line.
5-21
5.4.2 Receiving a geographical area call

1. The alarm sounds and the display shows "Geographical area call received" when a
geographical area call is received.
Geographical area
call received.
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
123456789
TX: 2164.0KHZ
RX: 2164.0KHZ
STOP ALARM
* Received message
*
ECC: OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
GEOGRAPHICAL AREA
123456789
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
TX: 2164.0KHZ
TELEPHONE
RX: 2164.0KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
frequency specified in the geographic area call.
After receiving a geographic call, do the following to watch by NBDP Terminal Unit:
1. The control units display shows OCCUPIED and the TX and RX frequencies.
5-22
5.5 Neutral Craft Call

The neutral craft call, which contains own ship position and ID, informs all ships that your
ship is not a participant in armed conflict. Send the call BEFORE entering an area of armed
conflict.
5.5.1 Sending a neutral craft call

1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the CALL TYPE
menu.
message
**
: All ships
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NEUTRAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
message
** Compose: NEUTRAL
**
CALL TYPE
PRIORITY
craft
SAFETY
:URGENCY
Safety
COM. TYPE
: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate priority and then push the [ENTER]
knob.
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired (radiotelephone or
NBDP-FEC) and then push the [ENTER] knob.
message
2187.5
Neutral
** Compose:4207.5
**
CALL TYPE
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
DSC FREQ
craft
6312.0
:8414.5
Safety
12577.0
: Telephone
16804.5
:2187.5 kHz
KHZ
VIEW
GO TO ALL VIEW
knob.
5-23
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: NEUTRAL
CRAFT
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
: SAFETY
: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ
: 2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the neutral craft call (transmission time: approx. 7 sec.).
Neutral craft
call in progress!
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2182.0 KHZ
2187.5 KHZ
7S
10. After the call is sent the radiotelephone screen appears. Inform all ships by
radiotelephone that your ship is not a participant in armed conflict.
message.
Operate menu.
line.
5-24
5.5.2 Receiving a neutral craft call

1. When a neutral craft call is received the alarm sounds and the display changes as
below.
Neutral craft
call received.
FROM SHIP:
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
123456789
2182.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
* OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
NEUTRAL CRAFT
FROM SHIP:
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
123456789
2182.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
frequency specified by radiotelephone or NBDP.
After receiving a neutral craft call, do the following to watch by NBDP Terminal Unit.
1. The control units display shows OCCUPIED and the TX and RX frequencies.
5-25
5.6 Medical Transport Call

The medical transport call informs all ships, by urgency priority, that own ship carries
medical supplies.
5.6.1 Sending a medical transport call

message
**
: All ships
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MEDICAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Note: PRIORITY is automatically selected to URGENCY.

4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired (radiotelephone and
NBDP-FEC) and then push the [ENTER] knob.
message
** Compose2187.5
**
CALL TYPE
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
DSC FREQ
: Medical
4207.5
transport
6312.0
:8414.5
Urgency
12577.0
: Telephone
16804.5:2187.5 KHZ
VIEW
GO TO ALL
VIEW
knob. The display changes as below.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: MEDICAL
TRANSPORT
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
: URGENCY
: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
7. Press the [CALL] key to send the call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The
display shows Medical transport call in progress! while the call is being sent.
5-26
Medical transport
call in progress!
URGENCY
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :
2182.0 KHZ
2187.5 KHZ
7S
8. After the call is sent the radiotelephone screen automatically appears. Inform all ships
(by radiotelephone) that your ship is transporting medical supplies. For NBDP do the
following:

message.
Operate menu.
line.
5.6.2 Receiving a medical transport call

1. When a medical transport call is received, the alarm sounds and the display looks as
below.
Medical transport
call received.
FROM SHIP:
URGENCY
TELEPHONE
123456789
2182.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
MAR-23-2002-23:59
MEDICAL TRANSPORT
123456789
FROM SHIP:
URGENCY
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL
ALL VIEW
VIEW
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen to watch on frequency

specified.
5-27

After receiving a neutral craft call, do the following to watch by NBDP Terminal Unit.
1. The display shows OCCUPIED and the TX and RX frequencies.
5.7 Polling Call

Polling means confirming if own station is within communicating range with other station.
This function only provides affirmative or negative response; it does not provide position
information. Note that simultaneous polling to more than one station is not possible.
1 Polling
2 Acknowledge
3 Polling
4 Acknowledge
5.7.1 Sending a polling call

1. Press the [2/DSC] key followed by pushing the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE
menu.
message
**
: All ships
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose POLLING and then push the [ENTER] knob.
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
: POLLING
000000000
: ---------
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
DSC FREQ
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in ID of station with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-28
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ
: Polling
ROUTINE
: 987654321
BUSINESS
: Routine
SAFETY
: 12M-INTL
URGENCY
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired (usually ROUTINE) and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
**
Compose message
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ
2 MHZ
: Medical
4 MHZ
6transport
MHZ
:8Urgency
MHZ
12
MHZ
: Telephone
6:267.5 kHz
VIEW
**
TL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
GO TO ALL VIEW
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the [ENTER]
knob. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the
[ENTER] knob. The display changes as below.
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ
: POLLING
: 123456789
: ROUTINE
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
display changes as below.
Polling request
call in progress!
TO SHIP:
ROUTINE
123456789
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2177.0 KHZ
7S
5-29
10. After the call is sent, the following display appears.
Waiting for polling

acknowledgement.
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
123456789
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2177.0 KHZ
4M59S
11. The timer counts down the time remaining to wait for acknowledgment of the call. One of
the following displays appears. (No response! Try calling again? appears when there
is no response from receiving station. The timer counts down to zero in this case.)
Polling acknowledge
call received.
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
NO INFORMATION
123456789
No response!
Try calling again?
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
DSC FREQ
STOP ALARM
Polling acknowledge
call received
123456789
2177.0 KHZ
CALL AGAIN
No response
Polling acknowledge call received
The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display
changes as below. You can confirm if called party is within communicating range.
MAR-23-2002-23:59
POLLING ACKNOWLEDGE
123456789
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
NO INFORMATION
GO TO ALL VIEW

Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob followed by the [CALL] key.
Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.
5-30
5.7.2 Receiving a polling call

Automatic reply
1. The display changes as shown in the illustration below and the audio alarm sounds
when a polling request call is received and the equipment is set up for automatic
acknowledge: POLLING on the Auto Ack menu is ON and the [5/ACK/ SQ] key is set to
show AUTO ACK on the display. For details see paragraph 7.2.
Polling auto acknowledge

call in progress!
TO SHIP :
ROUTINE
123456789
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :
2177.0 KHZ
7S
2. After the polling automatic acknowledge call is transmitted, the following display appears
and the audio alarm sounds.
Polling auto acknowledge

call transmitted.
TO SHIP :
ROUTINE
123456789
STOP ALARM
** Xmitted message **
MAR-23-2002-23:00:09
POLLING ACKNOWLEDGE
TO SHIP : 123456789
ROUTINE
RE-SEND
ALL VIEW
5-31
Manual reply
1. The display changes as shown in the illustration below and the audio alarm sounds
when a polling request call is received and the status of the [5/ ACK/SQ] key is MANUAL
ACK.
Polling request
call received.
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
987654321
STOP ALARM
Received message
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:01
POLLING REQUEST
987654321
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
ANSWER
ALL VIEW
3. To respond to the call, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the
CALL TYPE : POLLING
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
: 2M-INTL
DSC FREQ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Press the [CALL] key to send the polling acknowledge call. The display changes as
below.
Polling acknowledge
call in progress!
TO SHIP
ROUTINE
987654321
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2177.0 KHZ
7S
After the call is sent the DSC standby screen appears.
5-32
5.8 Position Call

There are two types of position calls: other station requires your ships position and your
ship requests position of another ship.
Finding position of other station
(1) Position request call
(2) Position Information
Own Station
Other Station
Sending own ship's position to other station
(1) Requests ship's position
(2) Sends position Information
Own Ship
5-33
5.8.1 Position call: requesting other ships position

message
**
: All ships
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose POSITION and then push the [ENTER] knob.
POSITION
REQUEST
CALL TYPE:
STATION ID
000000000
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ
: ROUTINE
:2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in ID of station (nine digits) which you want to know its position and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
: Position
ROUTINE
request
BUSINESS
: 987654321
SAFETY
: Routine
URGENCY
:12M-INTL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired (usually ROUTINE) and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
message
** Compose2 MHZ
**
CALL TYPE
: POSITION
4 MHZ
REQUEST
6 MHZ
8
MHZ
STATION ID
: 987654321
PRIORITY 12 :MHZ
ROUTINE
DSC FREQ
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
OTHER: Special, private channels.
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the [ENTER]
knob. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
5-34
9. The display now looks something like the illustration below.
CALL TYPE:
POSITION
REQUEST
STATION ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ
: 123456789
: ROUTINE
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
following display appears.
Position request
call in progress!
TO SHIP :
ROUTINE
123456789
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2177.0 KHZ
7S
11. After the call has been sent, the following display appears.
Waiting for pos

acknowledgment.
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
123456789
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2177.0 KHZ
4M30S
12. One of the following messages appears. (No response! Try calling again? appears
after the time has counted down to zero, meaning there was no response from the party
called.)
Pos acknowledge
call received.
FROM SHIP :
123456789
ROUTINE
1234N 12345E AT 12:34
POS :
STOP ALARM
Position acknowledge call received
No response!
Try calling again?
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
123456789
DSC FREQ :
2177.0 KHZ
CALL AGAIN
No response
5-35
13. Do one of the following depending on the message displayed at step 12.
Acknowledge call received

The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display looks as
below. You can now confirm position of other ship.
* Received message
*
ECC: OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
POSITION ACKNOWLEDGE
123456789
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
1234N 12345E AT 12:34
POS :
GO TO ALL VIEW

Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key.
5.8.2 Position call: other ship requests your position

You may turn automatic acknowledge of position request on or off with POSITION CALL in
the AUTO ACK menu. For further details, see page 8-3.
Automatic reply
1. When another ship requests your position and the status of the [5/ ACK/SQ] key is
AUTO ACK and the setting of POSITION CALL on the Auto ack menu is ON, the
FS-1570/2570 transmits own position data (transmission time: approx. 7 sec.), showing
the display below.
Position auto acknowledge
call in progress!
TO SHIP :
123456789
ROUTINE
POS: 3530N 13530E AT 23:54
DSC FREQ :
2177.0 KHZ
TIME TO GO :
7S
2. After the call is sent the audio alarm sounds and the display below appears.
Position auto acknowledge

call transmitted.
TO SHIP:
123456789
ROUTINE
POS: 3530N 13530E AT 23:54
STOP ALARM
5-36
Xmitted message
**
**
MAR-23-2002-23:59:09
POSITION ACKNOWLEDGE
TO SHIP : 987654321
ROUTINE
POS : 3500N 13500E AT 23:59
GO TO ALL VIEW

Manual reply
1. When a position request call is received and the status of the [5/ ACK/SQ] key is
MANUAL ACK, the audio alarm sounds and the display changes as below.
Position request
call received.
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
123456789
STOP ALARM
* Received message
*
ECC: OK
MAR-23-2002-23:00:01
POSITION REQUEST
123456789
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
4 ALL VIEW
ANSWER
3. To send your ships position, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then
push the [ENTER] knob. Your display should now look something like the one below.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE: POSITION
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
POSITION: 35 00N 135 00E AT 23:01
DSC FREQ :
2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
5-37
4. Confirm the position shown and then press the [CALL] to send the position data call
(transmission time: approx. 7 sec.). The display changes as below.
Pos acknowledge
call in progress!
TO SHIP : 123456789
ROUTINE
POS: 3500N 13500E AT 23:01
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2177.0 KHZ
7S
5. The DSC standby screen automatically appears after the call is sent.
5.9 PSTN Call

The PSTN call allows the making and receiving of telephone calls over public switched
telephone networks. To use the PSTN call feature, use a handset which has a HOOK
ON/OFF function. The standard supply handset has this feature.
5.9.1 Sending a PSTN call, receiving acknowledge back (ACK BQ)

message
**
: All ships
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose PSTN CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID menu.
Compose message
**
**
PSTN CALL
CALL TYPE:
COAST ID
TEL NO. :
DSC FREQ
00000000
:12M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in ID of coast station (seven digits) with the numeric keys and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
5-38
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the TEL NO. menu.

Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE:
PSTN CALL
COAST ID
TEL NO.
: 001234567
---------------:12M-INTL
DSC FREQ
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Enter telephone no. (up to 16 digits) with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER]
knob.
Compose message
**
CALL TYPE
**
2: PSTN
MHz CALL
4: 123456789
MHz
6 MHz
8: 123456789012345
MHz
12 MHz
:12M-INTL
COAST ID
TEL NO.
DSC FREQ
Rotate [ENTER] knob

to scroll.
16 MHz
18 MHz
22 MHz
25 MHz
OTHER
OTHER: Special, private channel
GO TO ALL VIEW
knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC
frequency desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. The display changes as below.
message
**CALLCompose
**
TYPE : PSTN CALL
COAST ID : 001234567
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
12M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the PSTN call (transmission time: about seven seconds).
The display shows the following message.
PSTN request
call in progress!
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
12577.5 KHZ
7S
10. One of the following three displays appears. (No response. Try calling again. Appears
after timer counts down to zero and it means there was no response from the coast
station.)
5-39
Waiting for
acknowledgement.
Unable acknowledge
call received.
No response!
Try calling again?

TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
BUSY

TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:

TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
12577.5 KHZ
25S
DSC FREQ
: 12577.5 KHZ
STOP ALARM
RE-SEND
11. Do one of the following depending on the message shown at step 10.
Waiting for acknowledgement
1) If the PSTN call is accepted, the PSTN connection call is sent (transmission time: about
seven seconds), showing the display below.
PSTN connection
call in progress!
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
12577.0 KHZ
7S
2) After the call is sent the following messages appears.
Waiting for
acknowledgement.
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
12577.5 KHZ
25S
3) Then, one of the following displays appears.

PSTN call connected.
PSTN end of call

in progress!
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
12577.5 KHZ
PSTN call connected
Note: Volume may be adjusted

in this condition. Rotate the
[ENTER] knob and the popup
window below appears.
Continue rotating to adjust
volume.
12577.5 KHZ
8S
VOL
PSTN end of call
4) Follow the instructions below depending on the message shown in 3) above.

PSTN call connected: Your phone rings; pick up the handset and communicate with
the party you called.
PSTN end of call in progress: This means channel could not be used. After the timer
counts down to zero repeat this procedure to re-send the call.
5-40

1) The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key or [ENTER] knob to silence the alarm.
The display shown below appears.
* Received message
ECC:*OK
MAR-23-2002-23:01
UNABLE ACKNOWLEDGE
BUSY
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
GO TO ALL VIEW
2) Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen. Try the call again later.
5-41
5.9.2 Receiving a PSTN call, sending acknowledge back (ACK BQ)

1. The following display appears when a PSTN call is received when automatic
acknowledge is turned on.
Able acknowledge
call in progress!
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
4208.0 KHZ
8S
2. The timer counts down to zero and then the following display appears.
Pick up the handset

or press CALL key.
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
4208.0 KHZ
60S
3. Pick up the handset or press the [CALL] key within one minute.
PSTN connection
call in progress!
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
4208.0 KHZ
7S
4. When the timer counts down to zero the following message appears.
Waiting for
acknowledgement.
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
5-42
4208.0 KHZ
25S
5. Shortly thereafter, one of the following messages appears.

PSTN call connected.
PSTN connection
call in progress!
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
4208.0KHZ
PSTN call connected
PSTN end of call

in progress!

TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
4208.0KHZ
DSC FREQ :
4208.0KHZ
TIME TO GO:
25S
TIME TO GO:
7S
PSTN connection call in progress
PSTN end of call
6. Do one of the following depending on the message shown at step 5. Note that volume
can be adjusted in this condition. Rotate the [ENTER] knob and the VOL popup window
appears. Continue rotating to adjust volume.
PSTN call connected: Your phone rings; communicate with party.
PSTN connection call in progress!: If the channel assigned is appropriate, the message
Waiting for acknowledgment. appears. (If the channel cannot be used the message PSTN
end of call in progress! appears. In this case, start this procedure again.)
PSTN end of call in progress!: The channel could not be used. Press the [CANCEL]
key to return to the DSC standby screen.

(ship disconnects line)
1. After hanging up the handset or pressing the [CANCEL] key to complete your call, the
display shows the following message.
PSTN end of call
in progress!
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
12577.5 KHZ
8S
2. After the call is sent, the following messages appears.

Waiting for
charge information.
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
12577.5 KHZ
20S
3. When the timer counts down to zero one of the following displays appear.
Charge information
call received.
CHARGE TIME :
00H 12M 34S
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
No response!
charge information.
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
STOP ALARM
5-43
4. For No response! charge information., the equipment reverts to step 2 in this

procedure to await charge information. For Charge information call received., the
audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key or [ENTER] knob to silence the audio
alarm. The display shown below appears.
Received message
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59
ECC: OK
CHARGE INFORMATION
00H 12M 34S
CHARGE TIME :
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
GO TO ALL VIEW

(coast station disconnects line)
1. The PSTN line is disconnected by the coast station when it finds no evidence of
communications or the land subscriber hangs up. The coast station then sends charge
information as below.
MAR-23-2002-23:59
CHARGE INFORMATION
CHARGE TIME : 00H 12M 34S
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
GO TO ALL VIEW
2. For no charge information the display looks as below.
MAR-23-2002-23:59
CHARGE INFORMATION
CHARGE TIME : NO INFO
TEL NO.
1234567890123456
GO TO ALL VIEW
5-44
5.10 Log File

Three log files are provided for storage of calls: received ordinary log, received distress log
and transmitted log. Each log file stores 50 calls, on a first-in, first-out basis. This means
that the latest call is saved as log no.1 and the log no. of all previous calls in that log
increments by one. When the storage capacity is exceeded, the oldest call is deleted to
make room for the latest. An asterisk (*) marks unread or unacknowledged calls. Received
distress calls are automatically deleted 48 hours after being read.
5.10.1 Opening a log file

The procedure for opening a log is common to all logs. The example below shows how to
open the received distress log.
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [LOG/TUNE] key to open the Log file menu.
WATCH KEEPING
Select log file AUTO ACK
DISTRESS
2187.5
6312.0
4207.5
RECEIVED
ORDINARY
16804.5
12577.0
8414.5
RECEIVED DISTRESS
ROUTINE
TRANSMITTED
2177.0
6331.0
4219.5
8436.5
16903.0
12657.0
3500.000N
MANUAL
13500.000E 23:59
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose desired log and push the [ENTER] knob. For
example, choose the RECEIVED DISTRESS log and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to scroll the log. Asterisk indicates unread message.
log
* Rcvd distress
*
DISTRESS
01.APR-10-19:58
02.APR-10-19:56
03.APR-10-13:45
04.APR-10-11:52
05.APR-10-11:43
06.MAR-22-21:18
DISTRESS
DISTRESS
*
DISTRESS
DISTRESS
DISTRESS
log
* Rcvd distress
*
DISTRESS
*
Scroll with
the [ENTER]
knob.
45.MAR-01-23:45
46.FEB-28-19:56
47.FEB-28-19:48
48.FEB-28-19:44
49.FEB-21-12:36
50.FEB-17-12:34
OLD
OLD
NEW
*DISTRESS
*DISTRESS
*DISTRESS
*DISTRESS
*DISTRESS
3. To view the contents of a file, do the following:

a) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the file desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
DETAIL
DELETE
b) DETAIL is selected; push the [ENTER] knob.
* Received message
ECC:*
OK
FEB-17-2002-12:34:56
DISTRESS CALL
SHIP IN DIST : 987654321
POS : 1234N 12345E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
ANSWER
ALL VIEW
5-45
4. To scroll the log up and down, use the [FILE/CURSOR] and [#/SETUP] keys,
respectively. Use [FILE/CURSOR] key to scroll forward; the [#/SETUP] to scroll
backward.
5. To print all files in the log selected, press the [8/PRINT] key.
6. To reply to an unanswered call, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER, press
the [ENTER] knob, and then press the [CALL] key.
7. To return to the log selected, press the [CANCEL] key.
Deleting files
1. Do steps 1-2 and 3a) in the previous procedure to choose the file you wish to delete.
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DELETE and then press the [ENTER] knob.
The log files are renumbered to reflect the deletion. Unread files cannot be deleted.
5.11 Erasing Message Files

The Erase file menu allows you to erase the entire contents of the received ordinary log,
received distress log, transmitted log and send message log.
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ERASE and then push the [ENTER] knob to display
the Erase file menu.
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the item to erase and then push the [ENTER] knob.
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose YES and then push the [ENTER] knob.
**** Erase file ****

RCVD ORDINARY LOG?
RCVD DISTRESS LOG?
TRANSMIT?
SEND MESSAGE?
5-46
To cancel, press [ENTER] knob or [CANCEL] key.

[ENTER]
knob
ERASE
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.
ARE YOU SURE?
YES NO
Item selected for erasure

appears in 2nd row.
To erase, select YES with
the [ENTER] knob and then
6.
PREPARING TX CALLS
In Chapter 5 you learned how to prepare and send various types of DSC calls. In this
chapter you will learn how to prepare and store individual, PSTN, group, area and test
calls for future transmission. 150 calls can be stored.
.
6.1 Preparing Individual Calls

1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.
Setup menu
ALARM
AUTO ACK
ERASE
MESSAGE
POSITION
PRINT OUT
SCAN FREQ
AUTO FREQ
VOLUME
TEST
SYSTEM
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
file entry
* MessageINDIVIDUAL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: INDIVIDUAL
CALL
--------:PSTN
GROUP
CALL
: TELEPHONE
AREA CALL
: NO INFO
TEST CALL
: 2M-INTL
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose INDIVIDUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the STATION ID entry window.
* Message file entry
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: INDIVIDUAL
: --------000000000
: TELEPHONE
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
6. Key in ID of coast station or ship station with the numeric keys and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
6-1
6 PREPARING TX CALLS
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE window.

entry
* Message: file
GROUP CALL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: INDIVIDUAL
TELEPHONE
: 012345678
: 001234567
NBDP-ARQ
: Routine
: TELEPHONE
NBDP-FEC
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
[ENTER] knob.
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ window.
CALL TYPE:
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
INDIVIDUAL
: 123456789
NO INFO
: TELEPHONE
FREQUENCY
: NO
INFO
CHANNEL
: 2M-INTL
POSITION*
* POSITION appears when

coast station ID is entered
in the field STATION ID.
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate item and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Call to coast station: NO INFO or POSITION.
Call to ship station: FREQUENCY or CHANNEL. Enter appropriate frequency or
channel, referring to page 5-6.
Message2file
entry
MHZ
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
4 MHZ
: INDIVIDUAL
6 MHZ
: 001234567
8 MHZ
: 12
TELEPHONE
MHZ
: NO INFO
: 2M-INL
Rotate [ENTER] knob

to scroll.
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
13. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
14. Enter file name and number as shown on the next page.
6-2
How to Enter File Name and Number

1. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the file name entry window.

FILE NAME
: ---------------FILE NUMBER : --FILE ENTRY
2. Use the numeric keys and [ENTER] knob to enter file name (max. 16 characters).
For example, enter FURUNO as the file name. Push the [ENTER] knob after entering.
Key and available character, symbol
[1]
: 1(blank)1
[2ABC] : 2ABC2
[3DEF] : 3DEF3
[4GHI] : 4GHI4
[5JKL] : 5JKL5
[6MNO] : 6MNO6
[7PQRS] : 7PQRS7
[8TUV] : 8TUV8
[9WXYZ] : 9WXYZ9
[0]
: 0_ 0
How to enter "FURUNO" as file name
1. Rotate [ENTER] knob to select location.

2. Press appropriate key.
1. Press the [3] key to display F.

2. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor.
3. Press the [8] key to select U.
5. Press the [7] key to select R.
7. Press the [8] key to select U.
9. Press the [6] key to select N.
11. Press the [6] key to select O.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the file number entry window. Key in file number in three
digits with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. For example, press [0], [0],
[1], [ENTER] knob to enter file number 001.
Note: The available file number is 001-799 and

900-999.
FILE NAME
: FURUNO
--FILE NUMBER : 001
FILE ENTRY
4. Push the [ENTER] knob. The display shows the name and file number entered.

FURUNO
No.001 file entered
Go to next file?
YES: [ENT] key
NO: [CANCEL] key
If the file name or number exists the message

"Duplicate name (number) ! Overwrite OK?" appears.
Push the [ENTER] knob to write over the name, or
press the [CANCEL] key to escape.
FILE ENTRY
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to continue.
6-3
6.2 Preparing Group Calls

Setup menu
****
****
ALARM
SCAN FREQ
AUTO ACK
ERASE
MESSAGE
POSITION
PRINT OUT
VOLUME
TEST
SYSTEM
file entry
* MessageINDIVIDUAL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: INDIVIDUAL
CALL
--------:PSTN
GROUP
CALL
: TELEPHONE
AREA CALL
: NO INFO
TEST CALL
: 2M-INTL
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob choose GROUP CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the GROUP ID entry window.
CALL TYPE:
GROUP ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GROUP CALL
-------: 0000000000
: TELEPHONE
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
6. Key in ID of group with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
CALL TYPE:
GROUP ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GROUP CALL
: 012345678
: TELEPHONE
: NO
INFO
NBDP-FEC
: 2M-INTL
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate communications type and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu.
6-4
CALL TYPE:
GROUP ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GROUP CALL
: 012345678
NO INFO
: TELEPHONE
FREQUENCY
: NO
INFO
CHANNEL
: 2M-INTL
10.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate item and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Enter frequency or channel. (See page 5-6 for details for how to enter frequency and
channel.)
Message 2file
entry
MHZ
CALL TYPE
GROUP ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
4 MHZ
: INDIVIDUAL
6 MHZ
: 001234567
8 MHZ
: 12
TELEPHONE
MHZ
: NO INFO
:
2M-INTL
Rotate [ENTER] knob

to scroll.
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
[ENTER] knob. Choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob.
13. Follow How to Enter File Name and Number on page 6-3 to enter file name and
number.
6.3 Preparing Geographical Area Calls

file entry
* MessageINDIVIDUAL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: INDIVIDUAL
CALL
--------:PSTN
GROUP
CALL
: TELEPHONE
AREA CALL
: NO INFO
TEST CALL
: 2M-INTL
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AREA CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the AREA entry window.
CALL TYPE:
AREA CALL
AREA : --N
00N ---E
000E --
00
-00
: TELEPHONE
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ : NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
DSC FREQ
6-5
6. Using the numeric keys, enter latitude and longitude of reference point and southerly
degrees and easterly degrees of area. To change coordinate, choose it and press the
[1] key for North or East; [2] key for South or West. After entering data, push the
[ENTER] knob.
CALL TYPE:
AREA: 3400N
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: GROUP CALL
13500W 10 10
: TELEPHONE
: NO
INFO
NBDP-FEC
: 2M-INTL
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate communications type and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu.
CALL TYPE:
AREA CALL
AREA : 3400N 13500E 10 10
NO INFO
: TELEPHONE
COM. TYPE
FREQUENCY
INFO
COM. FREQ : NO
CHANNEL
: 2M-INTL
DSC FREQ
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate item and then push the [ENTER]
knob. Enter channel or frequency. (See page 5-6 for how to enter channel and
frequency.)
Message 2file
entry
MHZ
4 MHZ
CALL TYPE : AREA CALL
6 MHZ
E 12 10
AREA : 3400N 123
8 MHZ
: 12
TELEPHONE
COM. TYPE
MHZ
COM. FREQ : NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
DSC FREQ
Rotate [ENTER] knob

to scroll.
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
number.
6-6
6.4 Preparing PSTN Calls

file entry
* MessageINDIVIDUAL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: INDIVIDUAL
CALL
--------:PSTN
GROUP
CALL
: TELEPHONE
AREA CALL
: NO INFO
TEST CALL
: 2M-INTL
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose PSTN CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID entry window.
CALL TYPE
COAST ID
TEL NO. :
: PSTN CALL
: 000000000
0----------------------
DSC FREQ
: 2M-INTL
6. Key in ID of coast station (seven digits) with the numeric keys then push the [ENTER]
knob.
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the TEL. NO. entry window.
CALL TYPE:
COAST ID
TEL NO. :
PSTN CALL
: 001234567
: ----------------
DSC FREQ
: 2M-INTL
8. Key in telephone no. (up to 16 digits) with the numeric keys and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
Rotate the [ENTER] knob

to scroll.
Message file
entry
2 MHZ
CALL TYPE:
COAST ID
TEL NO. :
DSC FREQ
4 MHZ
PSTN
CALL
6 MHZ
001234567
8 MHZ
1234567890--12 MHZ
: 2M-INTL
TL
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
6-7
number.
6.5 Preparing Test Calls

file entry
* MessageINDIVIDUAL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: INDIVIDUAL
CALL
--------:PSTN
GROUP CALL
: TELEPHONE
AREA CALL
: NO INFO
TEST CALL
: 2M-INTL
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TEST CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID entry window.

CALL TYPE
COAST ID
DSC FREQ
: TEST
000000000
2187.5 KHZ
6. Enter coast ID where to send the test message and then push the [ENTER] knob.
file entry
* Message2187.5
CALL TYPE
COAST ID
DSC FREQ
: Test
4207.5
: 001234567
6312.0
:8414.5
Safety
:
kHz
12577.0
16804.5
VIEW
KHZ
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
number.
6-8
6.6 Sending Prepared Calls

Sending without modification
1. Press the [FILE/CURSOR] key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message
file list. Below is an example of the send message file list.
Send message file *
*
001 - FURUNO JAPAN
002 - FURUNO USA
003 - FURUNO UK
004 - FURUNO DENMARK
005 - FURUNO NORWAY
006 - FURUNO SPAIN
6DOWN
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose a file.
3. Press the [CALL] key to send the message.
Editing before sending
file list.
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose file desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
DETAIL
DELETE
3. DETAIL is selected; push the [ENTER] knob. The message contents are shown on the
Compose message screen.
4. Edit the message as necessary.
5. Press the [CALL] key to send the message.
6-9
6.7 Deleting Send Message Files

file list.
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose file desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
DETAIL
DELETE
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DELETE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Note: You may collectively erase all send message files. For details see paragraph 5.11.
6.8 Printing List of Send Message Files

You can print a list of send message files as follows:
1. Press the [FILE/CURSOR] key to open the Send message file list.
2. Press the [8/PRINT] key.
3. YES is selected; push the [ENTER] knob to print.
********** Send message file **********
001. FURUNO JAPAN
INDIVIDUAL CALL
002. FURUNO USA
INDIVIDUAL CALL
003. FURUNO UK
PSTN CALL
004. FURUNO DENMARK
GROUP CALL
005. FURUNO NORWAY
INDIVIDUAL CALL
006. FURUNO SPAIN
ALL SHIPS CALL
007. FURUNO FRANCE
INDIVIDUAL CALL
Note: Message not framed in actual printout.
6-10
7.
DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP
7.1 Setting Alarms

The Alarm menu enables/disables internal and external alarms. Note that the
Distress/Urgency alarm cannot be disabled. Press the [#/SETUP] key at the DSC standby
screen, choose ALARM and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the Alarm menu.
Default: ON
OFF
ON
Disables/enables alarm for received Safety,

Ship's Business and Routine calls.
Note: Alarm for Distress and Urgency calls

Rotate
[ENTER]
cannot be disabled.
knob to choose.
Default: ON
OFF
ON
Disables/enables old position alarm in manual

position entry mode, which alerts the operator
when position data is older by the number of
hours or minutes set in the Position Older field.
AUTO ACK
DISTRESS
2187.5
6312.0
4207.5
16804.5
8414.5
12577.0
Warning:
ROUTINE
Update
position6331.0
2177.0
4219.5
8436.5
12657.0
16903.0
3500.000N 13500.000E 23:59
22
VOLUME
WATCH KEEPING
Alarm setup
****
***
INTERNAL AUDIO ALARM
RCVD CALL
OLD POSITION
POSITION OLDER
: ON
: ON
: 4.0 H
Message shown when manually

entered position is older than the
time set on the Alarm setup menu.
EXT ALARM : DSTRS/URG
Default: 4.0 hours

4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.5
Alarm is output when position is older by the

number of hours set here.
Default: DSTRS/URG
Sets type of call to be output to the
DSTRS/URG
ROUTINE
Incoming Indicator IC-303-DSC.
ALL
OFF
DSTRS/URG: Distress or urgency

call output upon receipt.
ROUTINE:
Routine call output
upon receipt.
ALL:
All calls output.
OFF:
No output.
7-1
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP
7.2 Auto Ack Menu

The Auto Ack menu enables/disables automatic acknowledgement of individual, position
and polling calls. Press the [#SETUP] key, choose AUTO ACK at the DSC standby screen
and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the Auto Ack setup menu.
Comply type
Setting of
[5/ACQ /SQ] key
ABLE
UNABLE
AUTO ACK

automatically
Can send UNABLE

automatically.
MANUAL ACK

manually
Can send UNABLE manually.
Default: ABLE
UNABLE
ABLE
Choose ABLE or UNABLE as automatic

acknowledgement reply to Individual
calls.
Note: Automatic acknowledge is
automatically disabled when RX
call contains error, as required by
law. Further, automatic
acknowledge is disabled in case of
OFF HOOK.
Default: NO REASON
Rotate [ENTER]
NO REASON
BUSY
knob to choose
**
Auto ack setup
**
COMPLY TYPE
: ABLE
UNABLE REASON :
NO REASON GIVEN
POSITION CALL
POLLING CALL
: OFF
: ON
EQUIP DISABLE
MODE NOT USABLE
CH NOT USABLE
Sets reason for UNABLE.

Note: This menu is the same as manual
acknowledgement. EQUIPMENT
DISABLE is shown in calls when
EQUIP DISABLE is selected.
Default: ON
Effective when [5/ACK/SQ] key
OFF
ON
is set for "AUTO ACK."
OFF: Disables automatic
acknowledgement of
position request.
ON: Enables automatic
acknowledgement of
position request.
Default: ON
OFF
ON
7-2
Effective when [5/ACK/SQ] key

is set for "AUTO ACK."
OFF: Disables automatic
acknowledgement of
polling request.
ON: Enables automatic
acknowledgement of
polling request.
7.3 Printing Messages

The Print Out menu enables/disables automatic printing of all transmitted and received
calls and the results of the daily test. Press the [#/SETUP] key at the DSC standby screen,
choose PRINT OUT and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the Print Out menu.
Default: MANUAL
AUTO
MANUAL
Select AUTO to automatically print

transmitted calls.
* Print out setup *

Default: MANUAL
XMIT CALL : MANUAL
RCVD CALL : MANUAL
DAILY TEST : MANUAL

received calls.
AUTO
MANUAL
Default: MANUAL
AUTO
MANUAL

results of Daily Test.
Sample printouts
Printing can be done automatically or manually. For manual printing, press the [8/PRINT]
key. Note that calls having more than one page (for example, received calls) are printed
out in their entirety.
* Received message at JAN-08-2002-16:10:12 *
FORMAT
SELF-IDENTITY
NATURE OF DISTRESS
DISTRESS COORDINATES
DISTRESS TELECOMMAND
END OF SEQUENCE
ERROR-CHECK
DSC FREQUENCY
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
DISTRESS CALL
987654321
UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS
NO INFORMATION
J3E TELEPHONE
EOS
OK
TX: 2187.5 kHz

RX: 2187.5 kHz
* Received message at JAN-08-2002-16:10:12 *

FORMAT
ADDRESS
CATEGORY
SELF-IDENTITY
1st TELECOMMAND
2nd TELECOMMAND
WORKING FREQUENCY
END OF SEQUENCE
ERROR-CHECK
DSC FREQUENCY
Sample Received Message Printout (Distress)
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
INDIVIDUAL CALL
111660000
ROUTINE
987654321
J3E TELEPHONE
NO INFORMATION
NO INFORMATION
ACK. RQ
OK
TX: 2177.0 kHz

RX: 2177.0 kHz
Sample Received Message Printout (Individual)

*************** Send message *************
FORMAT
ADDRESS
CATEGORY
SELF-IDENTITY
1st TELECOMMAND
2nd TELECOMMAND
WORKING FREQUENCY
END OF SEQUENCE
DSC FREQUENCY
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
INDIVIDUAL CALL
111660000
ROUTINE
987654321
J3E TELEPHONE
NO INFORMATION
NO INFORMATION
ACK. RQ
TX: 2177.0 kHz

RX: 2177.0 kHz
Sample Send Message Printout (Individual)
*Transmitted message at JAN-08-2002-16:10:12 *

FORMAT
ADDRESS
CATEGORY
SELF-IDENTITY
1st TELECOMMAND
2nd TELECOMMAND
WORKING FREQUENCY
END OF SEQUENCE
DSC FREQUENCY
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
INDIVIDUAL CALL
987654321
ROUTINE
111660000
J3E TELEPHONE
NO INFORMATION
NO INFORMATION
ACK. RQ
TX: 2177.0 kHz

RX: 2177.0 kHz
Sample Transmitted Message Printout (Individual)
Note: Messages are not framed in actual printouts.
7-3
7.4 Setting Scan Frequencies

The Scan freq menu determines which DSC routine and distress frequencies to scan.
Follow the instructions below to select/deselect DSC routine and distress frequencies to
scan.
7.4.1 Distress frequencies

1. Press the [#/SETUP] key at the DSC standby screen, choose SCAN FREQ and then
push the [ENTER] knob to display the SCAN FREQ menu.
setup
** Scan freqDISTRESS
*
ROUTINE
F1 : 2M-INTL
F2 : 4M-INTL
F3 : 6M-INTL
F4 : 8M-INTL
F5 : 12M-INTL
F6 : 16M-INTL
2M
4M
6M
8M
12M
16M
:
:
:
:
:
:
FIXED
ON
ON
FIXED
ON
OFF
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob clockwise to shift the cursor to the DISTRESS column.
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the frequency to process and then push the
[ENTER] knob. For example, choose 4 MHz.
setup
*
ROUTINE
F1 : 2M-INTL
F2 : 2M-INTL
F3 : 4M-INTL
F4 : 8M-INTL
F5 : 12M-INTL
F6 : 16M-INTL
2M
4M
6M
8M
12M
16M
:
:
:
:
:
:
FIXED
OFF
ON
ON
FIXED
ON
OFF
[ENTER] knob.
5. Press the [CANCEL] key twice to return to the DSC standby screen.
Note: Regulations require that 2 MHz and 8 MHz and one more DSC distress frequency
be watched continuously. These frequencies cannot be turned off. Maximum three
bands may be turned off.
7.4.2 Routine frequencies

1. Press the [#/SETUP] key, choose SCAN FREQ and then push the [ENTER] knob to
display the Scan freq menu.
setup
*
ROUTINE
F1 : 2M-INTL
F2 : 4M-INTL
F3 : 6M-INTL
F4 : 8M-INTL
F5 : 12M-INTL
F6 : 16M-INTL
2M
4M
6M
8M
12M
16M
:
:
:
:
:
:
FIXED
ON
ON
FIXED
ON
OFF
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the frequency to process and then push the
[ENTER] knob. For example, choose F1: 2 M-INTL.
7-4
Scan freq setup

**
*
ROUTINE
DISTRESS
OFF
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
: 22M-INTL
MHZ
: 42M-USR3
MHZ
: 64M-INTL
MHZ
: 88M-INTL
MHZ
: 16M-LCL1
: 25M-LCL2
2M
4M
6M
8M
12M
16M
:
:
:
:
:
:
FIXED
ON
ON
FIXED
ON
OFF
3. Push the [ENTER] knob, and the display looks something like the one below.
** Scan freq setup *
ROUTINE
DISTRESS
F1INTL
: 2M-INTL
2M2177.0
: FIXED
: T2189.5/R
4M : ON
F2 : 2M-USR3
6M2187.5
: ON
F3DIST
: 4M-INTL
: T 2187.5/R
8M : FIXED
F4 : 8M-INTL
12M : ON
F5 : 16M-LCL1
16M : OFF
F6 : 25M-LCL2
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose frequency desired and then push the [ENTER]
knob.
INTL:
International channels
DIST:
Distress channels
LOCAL1/LOCAL2: Local channels
USER CH:
User channels
Note: Distress frequencies can be stored on the routine frequency memory. This is
convenient for backing up the watch keeping receiver.
7-5
7.5 Automatic Frequency Change

If a DSC call is received during NBDP communcations, you can forcibly stop or continue
NBDP communications as desired. For NBDP communications, see Chapter 8.
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key, choose AUTO FREQ and push
the [ENTER] knob to show the Auto Freq Setup sub menu.
Auto Freq Setup
AUTO CHANGE
: AUTO
2. Push the [ENTER] knob.to open the AUTO CHANGE menu.

OFF
AUTO
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose OFF or AUTO as applicable.

OFF: NBDP communications are normally not interrupted. However, when a distress
alert, distress acknowledgement or distress relay is received, NBDP communications
are forcibly stopped and communication frequency is automatically changed.
AUTO: NBDP communications are forcibly stopped when any DSC call is received,
and communication frequency is automatically changed.
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to confirm setting.
7-6
7.6 Adjusting Volume

The Volume menu enables/disables key beep (acknowledges correct key input) and
adjusts the volume of the handset, ordinary alarm and distress/urgency alarm. Press the
[#/SETUP] key at the standby screen, choose VOLUME and then push the [ENTER] knob
to display the Volume setup menu.
Default: ON
OFF
ON
***
Volume setup
KEY CLICK
HANDSET
ORDINARY ALARM
DISTRESS ALARM
***
: ON
: 40
: 30
: 63
Turns on/off beep generated when

keyboard is operated.
Note: Do not confuse keyboard beep
(single beep) with ACK beep
(three beeps).
HANDSET
VOLUME (0~63)
40
Rotate [ENTER] knob

to set.
Sets volume of handset.
ORDINARY ALARM
VOLUME (0~63)
Rotate [ENTER] knob

30 to set.
Sets loudness of Safety, Ships Business, Routine

and Old Position alarms.
DISTRESS ALARM
VOLUME (38~63)
63
Rotate [ENTER] knob

to set.
Sets loudness of Distress and Urgency alarms.
7-7
This page intentionially left blank.
7-9
NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
8.1 Turning on the NBDP System

Turn on the terminal unit and the printer with their respective power switches.
MAIN UNIT
POWER switch
Brilliance, Contrast Control
POWER
Switch
Floppy Disk Drive
PRINTER PP-510
Operating Lamp
POWER Switch
TERMINAL UNIT IB-581
Esc
F1
F2
F11
F12
~
`
F5
5 C
F7
F6
2
Q
Tab
F4
F3
F9
F8
& 7
Num
Lock
F10
U 4
Prt Sc
Scroll
Lock
TER
J 1
O 6
K 2
}
]
"
;
Z
Shift
Fn
Ctrl
Alt
M 0
|
\
Enter
'
<
>
Alt
Backspace
L 3
Delete
Break
[
A
Caps Lock
Insert
Pause
SysRq
Shift
PgUp
Ctrl
Home
End
PgDn
KEYBOARD
Operating Lamp
Floppy Disk
Drive
POWER Switch
TERMINAL UNIT IB-583
NBDP terminal unit, printer and keyboard

Note 1: The Printer PP-510 prints messages. Refer to its operators manual for operating
information.
Note 2: When the NBDP controller has priority the radiotelephone displays OCCUPIED
(NBDP). At this time the volume of the speaker may be adjusted by rotating the
[ENTER] knob and observing the VOL indicator on the radiotelephone.
VOL
8-1
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
8.2 Description of Equipment

8.2.1 Terminal unit
The terminal unit is a visual display incorporating a floppy disk drive, which provides for
storage of files on floppy disks. Two models are available, IB-581 (monochrome) and IB-583
(color). Controls for power and adjustment of display brilliance and contrast are provided on
the front panel of the IB-581. To adjust the brilliance on the IB-583, press [Alt] while
pressing [F6] to lower the brilliance; [F7] to raise it. (The IB-583 does not have a control for
adjustment of contrast.) Eight levels of brilliance are available.
When the terminal unit is turned on, the communication status display, shown below,
appears. This is where all phases of telex communications begin.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break
2002-10-15 2:26:45 UTC
Caps-Eng
Station Name
:
Frequency (T/R) :
/
(kHz) Comm Mode :
Comm Status
: Connect Send Lock Error
Sending Volume :
(%)
ARQ Error : 0
ARQ Time : 0(sec)
Communication status display

Features of the IB-583
The IB-583 is fitted with both English and Russian interface. Choose desired interface as
below:
English: Turn on the IB-583 while pressing the [E] key.
Russian: Turn on the IB-583 while pressing the [R] key.
The IB-583 has a battery (type CR2450-F2ST2L, code no. 000-144-941) on its TERM/CPU
Board (16P0209) and its life is about six years. When the voltage of the battery is low, the
time will be slow. When this occurs, contact your dealer about replacement of the battery.
8-2
8.2.2 Keyboard
The terminal unit is operated from the keyboard, and is almost 100% keyboard controlled.
Operation is simplified by the use of menus which you access by pressing a function key,
labeled F1-F10 at the top of the keyboard. The figure below shows the function menus and
their corresponding function keys.
FILE EDIT OPERATE WINDOW STATION SYSTEM WRU HR OVER BREAK
Esc
F1
F2
F11
F12
~
`
F5
F7
F6
F9
F8
& 7
5 C
Tab
F4
F3
Caps Lock
U 4
Num
Lock
F10
J 1
Prt Sc
Scroll
Lock
O 6
K 2
L 3
M 0
<
,
Fn
Ctrl
Alt
Alt
Backspace
"
;
Shift
Delete
Break
0
5
Insert
Pause
SysRq
Enter
'
>
Shift
PgUp
Ctrl
Home
End
PgDn
Keyboard
Note: C (Euro mark) on
5 C
key is not used.
8-3
8.3 Function Keys, Menu Operation

The function keys at the top of the keyboard control most operations of this unit through a
menu system.
8.3.1 Menu conventions

Inverse video
As you move the cursor down through a menu, a selected item, initially shown as white on
black (monochrome display), inverses to black on white. This highlighting indicates that it is
available for selection.
Underline
The underline shows current selection. In the figure below, for example, the underline is
beneath "Receive."
Station Entry
Station List
Create
Change
Station Set Up
Station : _
ID Code :
Mode
: ARQ FEC
CH/Table : Channel ScanTable
Num/Table:
Inverse Video
Underline
Station entry screen IB-581

Note: The example display screens shown in this manual are taken from the IB-581. The
screens of the IB-583 are nearly identical to those of the IB-581 except cursor
configuration.
Cursor
8-4
IB-581
IB-583
8.3.2 Menu overview

Selecting menus
Press appropriate function key to open a menu. To display the File menu, for example,
press the function key [F1].
File
1: New
2: Open
3: Close
4: Delete
5: Rename
6: Real Time Printing
7: File to Print
8: Cancel Printing
9: Clear Buffer
0: Floppy Disk Format
File menu
Selecting menu items and options
Menu items can be selected by pressing appropriate numeric key or selecting item desired
with the arrow keys and pressing the [Enter] key. Menu options can be selected by
operating the [] or [] keys. After selecting option desired, press the [Enter] key to
register your selection and close the menu.
8-5
8.3.3 Function key description

Function key [F1]: File menu
The File menu is where you will create, open, save and print telex messages. Floppy disks
are also formatted from this menu.
File
1: New
2: Open
3: Close
4: Delete
5: Rename
7: File to Print
8: Cancel Printing
9: Clear Buffer
File menu
1: New
Opens a new untitled window.
2: Open
Opens files.
3: Close
Closes files.
4: Delete
Deletes files.
5: Rename
Renames files.
Turns real time printing on/off.
7: File to Print
Prints files.
8: Cancel Printing
Stops printing.
9: Clear Buffer
Clears the communications buffer.
Formats a floppy disk.
Function key [F2]: Edit menu

The Edit menu provides a full line of editing features.
8-6
Edit
1: Undo
2: Cut
3: Copy
4: Paste
5: Select All
6: Search
7: Replace
8: Goto Top
9: Goto Bottom
0: Goto Line
A: Change Text
Edit menu
1: Undo
Cancels the last change (cut, copy or paste).
2: Cut
Removes the selected text and stores it in the paste buffer. (Previous
text in the paste buffer is cleared.)
3: Copy
Copies the selected text and stores it in the paste buffer. (Previous text
in the paste buffer is cleared.)
4: Paste
Inserts the text stored in the paste buffer at the current location of the
cursor.
5: Select All
Selects the entire current file for cut or copy.
6: Search
Searches a file for a character string.
7: Replace
Replaces a word with a different word or character string.
8: Goto Top
Brings the cursor to the top line of the current file.
9: Goto Bottom
Brings the cursor to last line of the current file.
0: Goto Line
Moves the cursor to the desired line in the current file.
A: Change Text
Switches between the display window 1 and 2.
8-7
Function key [F3]: Operate menu

The Operate menu mainly controls transmitting and receiving.
Operate
1: Call Station
2: Macro Operation
3: File to Send
4: Cancel Sending
5: Scan (Start/Stop)
6: Manual Reception
7: Timer Operation
8: Manual Calling
9: Set Frequency
Operate menu
1: Call Station
Chooses a station from the station list.
2: Macro Operation
Enables macro operation. For details, see paragraph 11.10.
3: File to Send
Selects a file (to transmit).
4: Cancel Sending
Stops sending a file.
5: Scan Start/Stop
Starts/stops frequency scanning.
6: Manual Reception
Selects communication mode for reception; AUTO, ARQ, FEC

DIRC.
7: Timer Operation
Timer programming.
8: Manual Calling
Sets TX mode and subscriber's ID number in manual calling.
9: Set Frequency
Sets TX and RX frequencies in manual calling.
8-8
Function key [F4]: Window menu

The Window menu lets you display the corresponding data of the window below.
Window
1: Calendar
2: Distress Frequency Table
Window menu
1: Calendar
Displays desired calendar month and year. To change

year or month, choose item with [] or [] key and change
setting with [] or [] key.
Displays all distress frequencies.
Distress Frequencies
Telephone (kHz): 2182.0 4125.0 6215.0 8291.0
12290.0
16420.0
NBDP
(kHz) : 2174.5
4177.5
6268.0
8376.5
12520.0
16695.0
DSC
(kHz) : 2187.5
4207.5
6312.0
8414.5
12577.0
16804.5
8-9
Function key [F5]: Station menu

The Station menu provides for storage of stations, timer program setup, user channel
setup, and entry of various ID codes.
Station
1: Station Entry
2: Timer Operation Entry
3: Scan Entry
4: User Channel Entry
5: Answerback Code Entry
6: Group ID Entry (4/5 digit)
7: Group ID Entry (9 digit)
8: Select ID Entry (4/5 digit)
9: Select ID Entry (9 digit)
Station menu
1: Station Entry
Registers stations.
Registers timer programs.
3: Scan Entry
Creates scan groups for scanning.
Registers user channels.
Registers own ship's answerback code.
6: Group ID Entry
Registers own ship's group ID codes (4 or 5 digit).
7: Group ID Entry
Registers own ship's group ID codes (9 digit).
8: Select ID Entry
Registers own ship's selective ID codes (4 or 5 digit).
9: Select ID Entry
Registers own ship's selective ID codes (4 or 5 digit).
8-10
Function key [F6]: System menu

The System menu is mainly for use by technicians and contains diagnostic tests. To
change settings, choose Change from the item Setup and operate arrow keys to
choose item and option. Press the [Enter] key to register selection and close the menu.
System
Lock Change Default
Setup
Slave Delay
8 msec (0- 50 msec)
TX/RX MSG Save

Edit Before sending
OFF O N
OFF O N
Time System
Time & Date
Display Mode*
Self Test
OFF UTC SMT JST

2002/10/16 10:00:00
Normal Reverse
* = "Window Color" shown on IB-583.
System menu
Locks, changes settings; restores default system settings.
Setup
Slave Delay
Sets the length of the slave delay timing from the end of RX to
the start of TX in the ARQ mode. The default setting is suitable in
most cases. This item cannot be adjusted by the user.
ARQ mode
signal
sequence
3 char. RX
3 char. RX
Slave Delay Timing

RX end
ACK signal
TX start
TX/RX MSG Save
Turn on to automatically save incoming and outgoing messages

to a floppy disk. Log appears at the top of the screen when on.
Edit Before sending
"OFF" transmits keying operation one by one. "ON" transmits

message only when the [Enter] key is pressed after confirming
text typed.
Time System
Chooses time system. SMT is local time and JST is Japan

standard time.
Time & Date
Enter date and time manually. If a navigation device is connected,

the time is automatically set when the power is turned on or
whenever the time system is switched. Manual entry takes
priority over automatic entry. This item cannot be adjusted when
using JST or UTC.
Display Mode (IB-581) Selects display mode to normal and reverse alternately.
8-11
Window Color (IB-583) Chooses display colors. To change display colors:

1. Choose the option Change from Setup.
2. Press the [] key to choose Window Color and press the
[Enter] key.
Window Color Change
Window Color Setup
Default Color
To Change: ENTER To quit: ESC
3. The cursor is choosing Window Color Setup; press the

[Enter] key.
Window Color Setup
Window
: Base Window
Fore Color : L_WHITE
Back Color : BLUE
To Change: ENTER
To Change Value: L<=>R
4. Press the [] key to choose the item to change: BASE

WINDOW, BACK SCROLL, EDIT 1-3, FUNCTION, SUB
MENU 1-3, MESSAGE.
5. Press the [] key to choose Fore Color.
6. Press the [] key to choose color: L-WHITE, BLACK, BLUE,
GREEN, CYAN, RED, MAGENTA, BROWN, WHITE, GRAY,
L-BLUE, L-GREEN, L-CYAN, L-RED, MAGENTA, YELLOW.
7. Press the [] key to choose Back Color.
8. Press the [] key to choose color.
9. Press the [] key to choose Window.
10. Repeat the step 4 to 9 to set other colors.
11. Press the [Enter] key followed by the [Esc] key.
Self Test:
Starts diagnostic test.
Function key [F7]: WRU (Who Are You?): In the ARQ mode, requests other station's
answerback code.
Function key [F8]: HR (Here Is): In the ARQ mode, sends your ship's answerback code.
Function key [F9]: OVER: In the ARQ mode, switches the direction of traffic; the
information receiving station becomes the information sending station, the information
sending station becomes the information receiving station.
8-12
NBDP PREPARATIONS
This chapter provides the procedures necessary for preparing the NBDP Terminal Unit for
transmitting and receiving. For automatic telex, you will need to register the following:
Your ship's ID and answerback codes

Stations
Timer programs
Scan channel groups
User channels
9.1 Registering Answerback Code & ID Codes

Enter your ship's answerback code and ID codes as shown below.
Note: The answerback and ID codes cannot be changed once entered; be sure to enter the
codes correctly.
9.1.1 Registering answerback code

1. Press the function key [F5] and then the [5] key. The display should look something like
the illustration below.
Answerback Code Entry
Answerback Code
_
Answerback code entry screen

2. Enter your ship's answerback code (max. 20 characters, including spaces) and press the
[Enter] key. The prompt OK/Cancel asks for verification of data. If the code is correct,
press the [Enter] key again.
Note: Example of answerback code: 12345789 FURU X.
9-1
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
For final verification of the data, the Caution shown in the illustration below appears.
Answerback Code Entry
Answerback Code
O K
123456789 FURU X
Cancel
Caution
Confirm the 'CODE' before pressing ENTER key.
You cannot change the CODE once it has been entered.
Message for confirmation of code entered

3. If the code is correct, press the [Enter] key again.
9.1.2 Registering ID codes

1. Press function key [F5] and then the [6], [7], [8] or [9] key to enter the Group ID Code (4
or 5 digits), Group ID Code (9 digits), Select ID Code (4 or 5 digits) or Select ID Code (9
digits), respectively.
Select ID Entry
Select ID Code (4/5)
_
ID code screen
2. Enter Group ID or Select ID as appropriate and then press the [Enter] key. A prompt
asks you to verify data. If the ID is correct, press the [Enter] key.
For final verification of the data, the Caution shown in the illustration below appears.
Select ID Entry
Select ID Code (4/5)
12345
Cancel
Caution
Confirm the 'CODE' before pressing ENTER key.
You cannot change the CODE once it has been entered.
Message for confirmation of code entered

3. If the ID is correct, press the [Enter] key again.
9.2 Station List

The station list provides for storage of up to 50 stations, one frequency pair (RX and TX)
per station. For stations which have more than one frequency pair, you might add a suffix
9-2
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
to the station name to denote multiple frequency pairs. For example, station name
FURUNO followed by -1, -2, -3, etc. for each frequency pair required.
9.2.1 Registering stations

1. Press the function key [F5] followed by the [1] key to show the Station Entry screen.
Station Entry
Station List
Create
Change
Station Set Up
Station : _
ID Code :
Mode
: ARQ FEC
CH/Table : Channel ScanTable
Num/Table:
Station entry screen

2. On the right-hand side of the screen, Create and Change are shown and Create
should be underlined. If it is not, underline it by pressing [], [] and the [Enter] key.
3. The cursor is now choosing Station. Enter station name, using up to 18 characters.
4. Press the [] key to choose ID Code. Enter station ID code.
5. Press the [] key to choose Mode. Choose communication mode with [] or []
among the following:
ARQ: Automatic Retransmission Request
FEC: Forward Error Correction
6. Press the [] key to choose CH/Table. Choose ScanTable or Channel as appropriate.
7. Press the [] key to choose Num/Table.
9-3
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
8. If you selected "Channel" at step 6, enter ITU channel number (see Appendix) or User
channel number.
If you selected "ScanTable" at step 6, press the [] key to show scan group list registered.
For scan group, refer to paragraph 9.5. Choose a scan group name by using the [] or []
key followed by pressing the [Enter] key.
Scanning Group List
INTREPID
VOYAGER
GLOBAL
Scanning group list

9. Press the [Enter] key. The prompt OK/Cancel asks for verification of data.
O
Cancel
OK/Cancel prompt
10. If the data are correct, press the [Enter] key. (To cancel entry, place the cursor on
Cancel by pressing the [] key, and then hit the [Enter] key. Data entered are erased.)
The station name entered at step 3 appears at the Station List window.
11. To register other stations, press the [Enter] key twice and then repeat steps 3 through
10.
12. Press the [] key. Check data on the Station List for correctness. Stations displayed in
reverse video on the Station List are displayed on Station Set Up.
13. Press the [ESC] key to quit.
Note 1: If you enter a station which already exists, the indication "Station by that name
already exists. Press any key to escape." appears. Press any key to return to the
Station List. Check the list.
Note 2: If you enter an invalid code, the message Input Error. (ID Code) Press any key to
escape. appears. Press any key and reenter ID code.
9.2.2 Editing/Deleting stations

1.
2.
3.
4.
Press the function key [F5] and then the [1] key.
Press the [] key to choose a station name from the Station List.
Press the [] key followed by [] key to choose Change and press the [Enter] key.
Do one of the following;
Edit station:
Use [], [] and the [Backspace] key to make corrections.
Delete station: Erase station name with the [Backspace] key.
5. Press the [Enter] key twice.

6. Press the [Esc] key.
9-4
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
9.3 Timer Programming

A built-in timer allows you to automatically receive and transmit files. 10 timer programs
can be registered.
9.3.1 Registering timer programs

1. Press the function key [F5] and the [2] key to display the Timer Operation Entry screen.
Timer Operation Entry
Timer Operation List
Create
Change
Timer Operation Set Up

Operation
Station
Start Time
Stop Time
Receive/Send
File to Send
: _
:
: 0: 00: 00
: 0: 00: 00
: Receive Send
:
Press [] to show station list, file list.
Timer operation entry screen

2. If Create is not underlined, press [], [] and the [Enter] key to underline it.
3. Operation is selected. Enter a suitable operation name on the Operation line. Any
alphanumeric characters may be used.
Note: If the operation name entered already exists, the display Operation name
already exists. Press any key to escape. Press any key and change the
operation name.
4. Press the [] key to choose Station. Press the [] key to display the Station List (which
you registered stations in the previous paragraph.) Choose a station and press the
[Enter] key.
5. Press the [] key to choose Start Time. Enter start time, in 24-hour notation. To have
the operation start at 8:35 a. m., for example, the keying sequence would be;
[0] [8] [3] [5] [0] [0]
6. Press the [] key to choose Stop Time. Enter stop time, in 24-hour notation.
7. Press the [] key to choose Receive/Send. Choose operation category; Receive or
Send. If you have chosen Send, go to step 8. For Receive, go to step 9.
8. For send, insert the floppy disk which you want to send in the floppy drive, press the []
key to choose File to Send, press the [] key to display the TX window, choose a file,
and press the [Enter] key.
9. Press the [Enter] key.
10. Press the [Enter] key. The operation name appears in the Timer Operation List.
Note: If the station name entered has not been registered, the display shows
Operation name already exists. Press any key to escape. Press any key and
change operation name.
9-5
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
11. To enter another timer program, press the [Enter] key twice and the repeat steps 3-10.
12. Press the [Esc] key to finish.
9.3.2 Editing/Deleting timer programs

1.
2.
3.
4.
Press the function key [F5] and the [2] key.

Choose a timer program name from the Timer Operation List.
Press the [] key to choose Change and press the [Enter] key.
Do one of the following;
Edit program:
Use [], [] and the [Backspace] key to make corrections.
Delete program: Erase operation name with the [Backspace] key.

9.4 User Channels

The user channel list provides storage for up to 100 user channels, numbered 0-99. Note
that user channels may be used in channel scanning.
9.4.1 Registering user channels

1. Press the function key [F5] and then the [4] key to show the User Channel Entry
screen.
User Channel Entry
Channel List
Create
Change
Channel Set Up
Channel
Tx Freq
Rx Freq
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
: _
:
:
0.00
0.00
User channel entry screen

If Create is not underlined, press [], [] and the [Enter] key to underline it.
Channel is selected. Enter channel number. (100 channels may be registered. When
you attempt to register more, the message Channel memory is full. Press any key to
escape. appears. In this case delete unnecessary channels to register new ones.)
Press the [] key to choose Tx Freq. Enter TX frequency.
Press the [] key to choose Rx Freq. Enter RX frequency.
Press the [Enter] key. TheOK/Cancel confirmation window appears.
Press the [Enter] key. Channel number entered appears in the Channel List. (If the
channel entered already exists, the message Channel by that number already exists.
Press any key to escape. appears. Press any key and then reenter number.)
9-6
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
8. To quit, press the [Esc] key.
9.4.2 Editing/Deleting user channels

1.
2.
3.
4.
Press function key [F5] and then the [4] key.

Press the [] or [] key to choose channel from the Channel List.
Press [] and [] keys to choose Change and press the [Enter] key.
Do one of the following:
Edit channel:
Use [], [] and the [Backspace] key to make modifications.
Delete channel: Erase channel number with the [Backspace] key.

9.5 Scan Channel Groups

You may store up to 10 scan groups, 20 channels per group. Note that scanning is only
possible in the ARQ and FEC-collective modes.
The NBDP Terminal Unit can automatically control radio equipment through channel
scanning. The radio equipment scans a number of channels (according to your selection),
stopping when an incoming signal is found. In the ARQ mode it stops when your own ID
code is detected in an incoming signal. Also, in the ARQ mode, the transmitter is then
tuned to the corresponding transmitter frequency, the communication link is established
and the traffic is automatically exchanged. Scanning resumes once the link is
disconnected.
9.5.1 Registering scan channel groups

You may register ITU and user scan channels as follows:
1. Press the function key [F5] followed by the [3] key to display the Scan Entry screen.
Scan Entry
Scanning Group List
Create
Change
Scanning Set Up
Group Name
Ch Dwell Time
Mode
Auto Search
No
0
1
2
3
4
5
Channel
:
:
:
:
_
4.5 sec (2.7-4.5 sec)
AUTO ARQ FEC
OFF ON
Rx Freq
Tx Freq
Pass/Scan
Pass/Scan
Pass/Scan
Pass/Scan
Pass/Scan
Pass/Scan
Scan entry screen

2. If Create is not underlined, press [], [] and the [Enter] key to underline it.
9-7
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
3. Group Name is selected. Enter suitable group name. (10 group names may be entered.
If you attempt to enter more the message Scan group memory is full. Press any key to
escape. appears. Press any key and then delete unnecessary group names to enter
new ones.)
4. Press the [] key to choose CH Dwell Time. Enter channel dwell time in seconds. Dwell
time is the time in seconds the receiver waits on each channel in a scan group before it
selects the next frequency.
5. Press the [] key to choose Mode, and then choose the communication mode; AUTO,
ARQ or FEC.
Note: AUTO is used to register scanning channel group when both ARQ and FEC
exist in the same Scanning Channel Group. When you choose scan group by
the call station menu, set Mode to FEC. See paragraph 11.3.
6. Press the [] key to choose Auto Search. Choose Auto Search to ON or OFF.
Auto Search ON: The radio stops scanning when it finds the strongest signal (highest
S/N ratio). To find the strongest signal, the radio scans all channels,
which may take some time. Therefore, use this setting where signal
propagation is poor.
Auto Search OFF: The radio stops scanning on the first signal it finds. We recommend
that you set Auto Search to OFF when signal propagation is good.
7. Press the [] key to choose line no. 1 in the Scanning Set Up window. Enter channel
number (ITU or user channels) and press the [] key to choose "Scan. (If you enter
an invalid channel, the message Channel by that name does not exist. Press any key
to escape. appears. Press any key and reenter channel.)
8. Press the [] key to choose line No. 2. Enter channel number.
9. Enter other channel numbers and then press the [Enter] key. A confirmation message
appears.
10. Press the [Enter] key again to save the data. The group name is displayed in the
Scanning Group List window. (If the group name alredy exists, the message Scan
group by that name already exists. Press any key to escape. appears. Press any key
and change the scan group name.)
11. To continue, press the [Enter] key twice and then repeat steps 3-10.
12. Press the [Esc] key to quit.
9.5.2 Editing/Deleting scan channel groups

1. Press the function key [F5] and the [3] key. Choose scan group name from the
Scanning Group List.
2. Press the [] key to choose Change and press the [Enter] key.
3. Press the [] key to place the cursor on the field (channel) to change.
4. Do one of the following:
Editing channels:
Press the [Backspace] key to delete the channel
number and then enter new channel number.
Adding channels:
Enter channel number on a blank line.
Deleting channels:
Delete group name with the [Backspace] key.
Disabling channels temporarily: Press the [] key to underline Pass.
9-8
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS

This chapter mainly describes how to create, save, open, edit and print files. The Edit menu
provides a full lineup of editing facilities, including search and replace.
10.1 Opening and Closing Files

To create a telex message you will need to make a new file, which you do with the File
Open command. When you open a new file it is placed (opened) in one of two working
areas. When both working areas are occupied you must close a file to open a new file. This
is done with the File Close command.
Floppy Disk Memory
File 1
File 2
One of
two
Display Unit's
Memory
(Working area)
File 3
Display
Switchable from
"Change Text" on
Edit menu
How a file is opened
10.2 Creating Files

1. Press the function key [F1] to display the File menu.
File
1: New
2: Open
3: Close
4: Delete
5: Rename
7: File to Print
8: Cancel Printing
9: Clear Buffer
File menu
2. Press the [1] key to choose New. The title bar shows UNTITLED 1 or UNTITLED 2. The
cursor marks the location where you may type text.
10-1
Note: When two working areas have been opened, the close confirmation window
appears. See paragraph 10.3.2 below. In this case, choose Yes or No and press
the [Enter] key to close an open file in order to open another file.
3. Type your message.
Note: Do not use lower case letters, or the symbols #, &, *, $ and % in telex messages.
Also, do not put $$$ in the middle of a TX message, but at the end. The
communication line is automatically disconnected when this string is detected.
10-2
10.3 Saving a File

Use only 2HD type floppy disks. Insert floppy disk with care. Rough handling can destroy
the information stored inside. To eject a disk, press the eject button on the right side of the
floppy disk drive and then remove the disk. Do not eject a disk while the operating lamp is
lit; the contents of the disk may become damaged.
Hole opened: Write protect
Write-protect Tab
Write-Protect Tab
10.3.1 Formatting floppy disks

Before you can save a file to a floppy disk, the disk must be formatted. Formatting prepares
the disk for use in the system.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press function key [F1]. For the IB-583, insert a new floppy disk in the disk drive.
Press the [0] key to choose Floppy Disk Format.
Press the [] key to choose Yes.
Press the [Enter] key. For the IB-581, insert a new floppy disk in the drive.
Press the [Enter] key. For the IB-583, the screen shows formatting progress as below.
Floppy Disk Format
9%
6. After the formatting has been completed, the following occurs:

IB-581: You are asked Format another (Y/N)? Press [N] and [Enter] to quit.
IB-583: Control is returned to the DSC standby screen.
10-3
10.3.2 Saving a file

2. Press the [3] key. The screen should look something like the illustration at right.
Close Text
Save file ?
( UNTITLED1
Yes
)
No
Close text screen

3. Yes is selected; press the [Enter] key. Enter file name, using up to eight characters.
You may use any alphabet or numeric on the keyboard. But you may not use the symbols
shown below. You may add an extension at the end of the file name, for example, .TXT, to
distinguish text files from macro files.
/ " + , / : ; < = > ? [ ] | space

10-4
10.4 Editing Files

10.4.1 Cutting and pasting text
You can delete, move and copy text by using the Cut, Copy and Paste functions in the Edit
menu.
Edit
1: Undo
2: Cut
3: Copy
4: Paste
5: Select All
6: Search
7: Replace
8: Goto Top
9: Goto Bottom
0: Goto Line
A: Change Text
Edit menu
Cutting text
1. Place the cursor on the first character of the text to be cut.
2. Highlight the text to be cut by pressing and holding the [Shift] key while pressing the [].
If you highlight text which you do not want to cut, press the [] to adjust the highlight.
<[1]UNTITLED1>
CONGULATULATION ON YOUR CHOICE OF DP-6
INMARSAT B MOBILE EARTH STATION.
WE ARE CONFIDENT THAT YOU WILL ENJOY MANY YEARS OF
OPERATION WITH THIS FINE PIECE OF EQUIPMENT
The highlight
3. Press the function key [F2] and the [2] key, or the [Delete] key. The highlighted text is cut
and the remaining text is reformatted.
If you make a mistake, you can restore the text by immediately selecting Undo from the Edit
menu.
Pasting text
To paste the cut text to a new location, do the following:
1. Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the cut text is to start.
2. Press the function key [F2] and the [4] key, or the [Insert] key.
10-5
10.4.2 Copying and pasting text

You may copy a portion of text and paste it elsewhere.
1. Choose the text to copy. (See cutting text" above for the procedure.)
2. Press the function key [F2] and the [3] key.
The text selected is copied to the paste buffer memory where the cut or copied text is stored.
The display returns to the normal screen.
3. Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the copied text is to start.
4. Press the function key [F2] and the [4] key.
10.4.3 Select all

The Select All feature lets you select all of the file currently displayed. This feature can be
useful when you want to combine files. The procedure below explains how to place the file
loaded in working area 1 onto the end of the file loaded in working area 2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Load the file to be copied from a floppy disk in working area 1.

Press the function key [F2] and the [5] key. The entire file appears in inverse video.
Press the function key [F2] and the [3] key. The file is placed in the paste buffer memory.
Load the file to be combined in working area 2.
Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the text now in the paste buffer
memory is to start and press the [Insert] key.
Working
Area 1
1 Open
Paste
Buffer
Memory
2
Transfer
(copy)
Holds cut or
copied text
file
Floppy
Disk
Open
3 file
Working
Area 2
4
Paste (Combine)
Copy and paste flow diagram
10.4.4 Searching text

The Search feature lets you search for text in a forward or backward direction.
1. Display a text and press the function key [F2] and the [6] key. The Search display
appears.
Search
Dir
Forward
Search string :
Backward
ESC: quit
Search screen
10-6
2. Type the word you want to find. Use the Choose Forward or Backward to search the file
in a forward or backward direction respectively from the cursor position. Press the
[Enter] key to begin the search.
When the unit finds the word, the cursor stops at the first character of the word. Press the
[Enter] key to continue the search. If the string could not be found, the message Not Found
(To quit: ESC) appears. Press the [Esc] key to quit.
10.4.5 Replacing text

The Replace feature helps you replace every occurrence of a word or phase with another
word or phase in a file.
1. Press the function key [F2] and the [7] key. The Replace display appears.
Replace
Dir
Search string :
Forward
Forward
--------------Replace with :
Backward
Mode
Query
All
To quit: ESC
Replace screen
2. Type the word you want to replace on the "Search string" line.
3. Press the [] key to choose "Replace with." Type the new word.
4. Use the [] or [] key to choose Forward or Backward to search the file in a forward or
backward direction respectively from the cursor position.
5. Use the [] or [] key to choose whether you want to be queried or not each time the
word is found.
Query: Stop at each occurrence of word to answer yes or no to replacement.
All:
Replace every occurrence of word without stopping to confirm.
6. Press the [Enter] key to start the replacement.
10.4.6 Goto line

The Goto line feature places the cursor at the head of a line desired.
1. Press the function key [F2] and the [0] key. The following display appears.
Goto Line
Jump to Line No. :
Goto line screen

2. Key in line number and press the [Enter] key. The cursor shifts to the head of the line
selected.
10-7
10.4.7 Goto top, Goto bottom

You can easily go to the top or bottom line of a file. Press [F2], [8] to go to the top line; press
[F2], [9] to go to the bottom line. Note that this feature can also be executed on the editor
screen by pressing the [Home] key while pressing the [Fn] key.
10.5 Opening Files

Two working areas (called working area 1 and working area 2) are provided to which you
can load a file, and one file may be displayed on the LCD.
10.5.1 Opening a file

1. Insert the floppy disk which contains the file you want to open.
3. Press the [2] key. A chronological list of files on the floppy disk appears.
Open Text
Load/Merge(TAB:Change)
[B:\TEST1.
]
File name
Size
Date & Time
LOG File
52
02-10-15 17:25
TEST1.
120
02-10-15 16:30
TEST2.
151
02-10-15 9:25
TEST3.
180
02-10-15 20:16
NBDP
169
02-10-15 6:23
[
End of Directory
4 Files exist
To select : ENTER
1454000 bytes free

To view : SPACE
To quit : ESC
4. Use the [] or [] key to choose a file.

The file appears and the title bar shows the file name. You may repeat this procedure to
load another file into a working area.
Note: When two working areas have been opened, the close confirmation window appears.
In this case, choose Yes or No and press the [Enter] key to close an open file in order
to open another file.
10.5.2 Switching between files

Two files can be opened and one displayed on the LCD. To switch between files do the
following:
1. Press the function key [F2].
2. Press the [A] key to switch between files.
10-8
10.6 Renaming Files

To rename a file, do the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press the function key [F1].

Press the [5] key.
Use the [] or [] key to choose a file and press the [Enter] key.
Enter a new name.
Press the [Enter] key.
10.7 Saving a File Under a New Name

You may save a file under a new name as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Open a file.
Edit the file as necessary.
Press the [3] key to save the file.
Press the [Y] key.
Press the [Backspace] key to erase the original name and then enter a new name.
Press the [Enter] key.
10.8 Deleting Files

Insert appropriate floppy disk in the drive and do the following to delete unnecessary files.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Press the [4] key.
Use the [] or [] key to choose the file to delete and then press the [Enter] key.
Press the [Enter] key again. (To cancel, press the [] key to select NO followed by the
[Enter] key.)
10.9 Real Time Printing

An incoming or outgoing message can be printed out while it is being received or
transmitted.
2. Press the [6] key to turn real time printing on/off.
Print appears in reverse video at the top of the display.
10-9
10.10 Printing Files

You can print files stored on floppy disks as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Press the [7] key.
Use the [] or [] key to choose a file and press the [Enter] key.
Press the [Y] key.
To stop printing at any time, press [F1] and [8] keys.

If the file could not be printed, "Cannot print. Check connection between printer and terminal.
Press any key to escape." is displayed.
10-10
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING,
RECEIVING
This chapter mainly shows you how to transmit and receive telex messages.
11.1 Manual Calling
NOTICE
Before calling, watch the intended TX
frequency carefully to confirm that is
unoccupied.
The simplest way to communicate with a telex subscriber is Manual Calling. For the ARQ
mode, you may display beforehand the message to send, or type your message manually.
1. Press the function key [F3] to display the Operate menu.
Operate
1: Call Station
2: Macro Operation
3: File to Send
4: Cancel Sending
6: Manual Reception
7: Timer Operation
8: Manual Calling
9: Set Frequency
Operate menu
2. Press the [9] key to choose Set Frequency.
Set Frequency
Tx Freq:
0.00
RX Freq:
0.00
Set frequency screen

3. Input Tx and Rx frequency pair.
5. Press the function key [F3] again and then the [8] key to choose Manual Calling. The
following screen appears.
11-1
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

Manual Calling
Mode : ARQ FEC
ID
:
Manual calling screen

6. Use the [] or [] key to choose appropriate communication mode.
7. Press the [] key and input party's ID number.
8. Press the [Enter] key to connect the communication line. Channel Busy Check
appears to inform you that the equipment is checking if the line is busy. If the line is
free, Connect, Send and Lock appear in highlight as below. Further, HT (High
Tension) also appears when the line is connected.
2002-09-08 2:14:28 UTC
Caps-Eng
Station Name
:
HT
Frequency (T/R) :
8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz) Comm Mode :ARQ
Comm Status
Sending Volume : 100(%)
ARQ Error : 0
ARQ Time : 0(sec)
For ARQ mode, go to step 9. For FEC mode, type your message and go to step 13.
9. Press the function key [F7] (WRU). The party's answerback code appears on the
screen.
Note: Step 9 and 10 are needed for ship-to-ship calling only.
10. Press the function key [F8] (HR). Your ship's answerback code is sent to the party.
11. Press the [Enter] key and type your message.
12. If you want to receive other party's response, press the function key [F9] (Over).
13. Press the function key [F10] (Break) to disconnect the line.
11-2
11.2 ARQ Mode Operation

In ARQ operation, one station (information sending station) sends data to another block by
block, then listens for the acknowledge signal between blocks from the information
receiving station which requests either the next block or retransmission of the last block if
there is error. The request may be repeated up to 32 times, until the complete block is
received free of error.
Establishing connection
Operate
1: Call Station
2: Macro Operation
3: File to Send
4: Cancel Sending
6: Manual Reception
7: Timer Operation
8: Manual Calling
9: Set Frequency
2. Press the [1] key to choose Call Station.

2002-01-15 14:41:09 UTC
Caps-Eng
Station Name
: CHOUSHI-8M
Call Station Comm Mode :AQW
Frequency (T/R) :
8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz)
Comm Status
: Connect
Mark Space
Station
ListSend Lock Error Station
Setup
ARQ Error : 0
ARQ Time : 0(sec)
Station : ABC-4M
ABC-4M
ID Code : 45678
ABC-6M
Mode
: ARQ FEC
ABC-12M
CH/Table : Channel Scantable
ABC-8M
Num/Table:
FURUNO
Call Station menu

3. Choose a station. (Station must be registered for use in the ARQ mode). Press the
[Enter] key. The message "Calling Station" appears. If the message "Station calling
suspended. Check radio and interconnections. Press any key to escape." appears,
check both the power of the radiotelephone and the connections between the
radiotelephone and the NBDP Terminal Unit.
4. When an acknowledge signal is detected, "Connect" appears in reverse video on the
communication status display (see below).
Note: If signal conditions are poor, connection may take a while. If the line could not
be connected in one minute, calling stops and "Calling failed" appears. Try step
3 again, one minute later. Should signal conditions worsen during message
transmission, "Error" appears in reverse video and 30 seconds later the line is
disconnected.
11-3
5. Transmit message by one of the following methods:

Sending a file stored on a floppy disk
a) Press the function key [F7] (WRU) to receive the answerback code of the other
station. Verify that the code from the station called is correct.
b) Press the function key [F8] (HR) to transmit your own identity (answerback code).
c) Press the function key [F3] and then the [3] key to display the Send screen. Choose
file to send and press the [Enter] key. Press the [Enter] key again, and Send
appears in reverse video while the file is being transmitted.
Send File
[B:\TEST1.
File name
LOG File
TEST1.
TEST2.
TEST3.
NBDP
[
]
Size
Date & Time
52
02-10-15 17:25
120
02-10-10 16:30
151
02-10-11 09:25
180
02-10-11 20:16
169
02-10-12 06:23
End of Directory
4 Files exist
To select : ENTER
1454000 bytes free

To view : SPACE
To quit : ESC
Send file screen

Sending volume (percentage of message transmitted, counts upward as the message is
being transmitted), ARQ error count and ARQ transmission time appear on the display.
Lock appears in reverse video when the mark and space signals in the receive signal are
normal. Sending Volume shows what percentage of the message has been sent. ARQ
Error shows the number of times error was found during transmission. ARQ Time is the
time in seconds the communication line has been established.
2002-09-08 2:14:28 UTC
Caps-Eng
Station Name
:
HT
Frequency (T/R) :
8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz) Comm Mode :ARQ
Comm Status
ARQ Error : 0
ARQ Time : 0(sec)

Type a message from the keyboard
After exchanging answerback code by the function key [F7] (WRU) and [F8] (HR), type
your message directly from the keyboard.
a) To change direction of traffic, press either function key [F9] (OVER), or [+] and [?]. Then,
the other station becomes the information sending station, your station the information
receiving station.
b) Receive a message from the sending station, if any.
c) After completion of communication, press the function key [F7] (WRU) key to receive the
answerback code of the other station and then press the function key [F8] (HR) to
transmit your own answerback code.
d) Press the function key [F10] (Break) to disconnect the line.
11-4
Stopping transmission
1. Press the function key [F3] and then the [4] key. Canceled Sending appears on the
screen. Transmission is stopped but the line is still connected.
2. To disconnect the line, press the [F10] key.
11.3 FEC Mode Operation

The FEC mode transmits the same data twice to yield less errors. Compared to the ARQ
mode, the FEC mode is better at communicating with weak signals.
2. Press the [1] key to display the Call Station menu.
3. Choose a station which is registered for the FEC mode. Press the [Enter] key.
CONNECT appears in reverse video.
4. Transmit a message directly from the keyboard, or do the following to transmit a
message stored on a floppy disk:
Press the function key [F3] and the [3] key to choose File to Send. Choose file to send and
then press the [Enter] key.
5. After the message is transmitted, press the function key [F10] (Break) to disconnect
the line.
11.4 Choosing Receive Mode

1. Press the function key [F3] and then the [6] key.
2. Choose receive mode:
AUTO: Automatic reception in ARQ or FEC mode
ARQ:
International radiotelex ARQ mode
FEC:
International radiotelex FEC mode
DIRC: Receive message from teleprinter
3. Press the [Enter] key. The reception mode appears on the screen.
All received (and transmitted) messages are saved to a floppy disk when "TX/RX Msg
Save" is ON in the System menu. The file is automatically named as follows.
02 01 13 0 0. X X X
Year month date
Serial number from 000
11-5
11.5 Communication Example

Call the coast station following the procedure in paragraph 11.2. Then, communicate with
the coast station. Below is a communication example.
Call completed,
connected with
coast station
12345 KOBE X
If this is your first

communications with a
particular coast station,
the coast station asks
for you selcall no. ship
name, call sign and
AAIC (your enterprises
name for which to
charge to charge toll
call. That registers you
with the coast station.
Thereafter, if your
answerback code is
correct automatic
transmission is possible.
Selcall No.
Ship name or call sign
1480 HKRDO VRX
MOM
GA+?
OPR+
MOM
1480 HKRDO VRX
12345 KOBE X
KOBE DE HKRDO GOOD MORNING
NW NIL QRV GA+?
GM
NW
QRV K
QTC1+?
GA+?
Teleprinting Over Radio

(Message TX starts.)
NR 9004
Msg No.
TO: TELEX 1234567
FURUNO
JAPAN OFFICE
INT. DEP. SEC-1 MANAGER
FM: KOBE MARU/12345 KOBE X
TEXT:Type message.
TOR
KKKK QSL +?
End message.
KOBE DE HKRDO QSL NR9004
TKS NW NIL +?
TKS
Own answerback code
Automatically sent from Coast

station (ex. Hong Kong)
Type at your side within 30 s.
(Call operator manually.)
Message from coast station
(Wait. From HKRDO to KOBE.
Nothing to send. Do you
have anything to send?)
Type at your side
(GM=Good Morning. I have
a message for you.)
From coast station.
(Send your message.)
Type at your side
(To send a message file, type
MOM before TOR and wait
awhile.)
Receiver: Telex no.1234567

FURUNO ELEC. CO.
Sende: KOBE MARU
Type message
Message finished. Can you
acknowledge receipt)
From coast station
From HKRD0 to KOBE.
Received NR9004. Thank you.
No more to send.
NW NIL BIBI +?
TKS SEE YOU LATER

BIBI
Coast station disconnects the line.
Communications example
11-6
To send message
to ship
Type at your ship

(Thank you. I have nothing to
send. Bye Bye.
From coast station
Thank you. See you later.)
Table of abbreviations
Abbreviation
Question
Answer or Advice
QRA
What is the name your station?
The name of my station is .
QRC
By what private enterprise are the

accounts for charges for your station
settled?
The accounts for my station are settled

by the private enterprise .
QRU
Have you any thing for me?
I have nothing for you.
QRV
Are you ready?
I am ready.
QRX
When will you call me again?
I will call you again at hours [on

kHz].
QSJ
What is the charge to be collected to The charge to be collected to

including your internal charge?
including my internal charge is
frans .
QSL
Can you acknowledge receipt?
I can acknowledge receipt.
QSX
Will you listen to [call sign] on

kHz?
I am listening to [call sign] on

kHz.
QTA
Shall I cancel message number ? Cancel message number
QTC
How many messages have you to

send?
I have message for you.
QTU
What are the hours your station is

open?
My station is open from to

hours.
Abbreviation
Definition
BK
Signal used to interrupt a transmission progress.
CFM
Confirm
DE
"From "
Invitation to transmit.
NIL
I have nothing to send to you.
NW
Now
PSE
Please
Received
REF
Reference to .
SVC
Prefix indicating a service telegram.
11-7
Command and abbreviation

Command
Function
TGM+
To indicate that the following message is a radiotelegram.
MSG+
To indicate that the ship station needs to be connected immediately any message held.
OPR+
Call operator.
URG+
Safety, urgency and distress message.
MED+
Request medical advice.
TEST+
Request coast station to send a test message for checking the ship station.
BRK+
To clear the connection with the coast station.
Abbreviation
G A+
I am ready. Transmit your command.
MOM
Wait a moment.
MSG+
Request pending messages from the shore.
KKKK or NNNN Terminate a message.
11.6 Timer Operation

A built-in timer permits automatic transmission and reception of telex messages.
11.6.1 Enabling timer operation

2. Press the [7] key to display the Timer Operation List.
3. Choose the operation (name) you wish to execute. Press the [Enter] key. An asterisk
appears beside the operation selected and "T. Op" appears in reverse video on the
communication status display. If a file stored on a floppy disk is to be sent, be sure the
floppy disk containing the file is inserted in the drive.
*1
2
3
OP4
OP5
Timer operation list

4. Choose another operation (name) if desired.
11-8
When the predetermined time comes, the NBDP Terminal Unit automatically sends or
receives the message. The results of timer operation are displayed as either OK or NG
(No Good) on the Timer Operation List.
*1
2
*3
*OP4
*OP5
OK
OK
OK
NG
Timer operation list
11.6.2 Stopping timer operation

2. Press the [7] key.
3. Choose the operation (name) which has an asterisk attached to it and then press the
[Enter] key. Remove all asterisks to cancel all timer programs.
11.7 Scanning
The radio equipment scans a group of operator-selected frequencies (channels), and
stops scanning when an signal is received. For registering scan group, see paragraph 9.5.
1. Press the function key [F3] and then the [5] key to show the Scanning Group List on
your screen.
You can confirm the scan channel by pressing the [] or [] key while pressing the [Shift]
key.
Scanning Group List
*1
2
3
Scanning group list

2. Choose a scan group and press the [Enter] key.
3. The scanning starts and the indication "Scan" appears in reverse video. Further, the
name of the scan group appears in the Station Name field.
2002-09-08 2:01:46 UTC
Caps-Eng
Station Name
: SAITO-1
Scan
HT
Frequency (T/R) : 8344.00 / 8705.00(kHz) Comm Mode : Auto
Comm Status
ARQ Error : 0
ARQ Time : 0(sec)

4. To stop scanning, press the function key [F3] and then the [5] key. Scan appears in
normal video on the communication status display.
11-9
11.8 Communication Buffer

The communication buffer is a temporary memory which stores transmit and receive
messages. To display the contents of the communication buffer, do the following:
1. Escape from the message creation screen.
2. Press the [PgDn] or [PgUp] key. The contents of the communication buffer are
displayed.
To print them, press the [Ctrl] and [P] keys simultaneously. To erase the contents from the
screen, press the [PgDn] key while pressing the [Fn] key.
To erase the contents of the buffer, press the [F1] and [9] keys.
11.9 Preparing Macrofiles for Automatic Telex

11.9.1 Automatic telex overview
This section shows you how to communication with a coast station which handles
automatic telex transmission, using macrofiles. You will also need to register
communication channels and stations, and prepare macrofiles.
Coast stations using automatic telex are MCI Marine Services (North America), Sydney
Radio (Australia), Lyngby Radio (Denmark), and others. The procedure is mostly common
to all coast stations, however refer to the coast stations traffic manual for details.
INTERNATIONAL
TELEX NETWORK
SHIP
STORE-ANDFORWARD
DIRECT
DIALING
MULTIADDRESS
CENTRAL
SYSTEM
SUB-STATION
SYSTEM
CONTROL
Sample automatic telex network

The service available in automatic telex are
Message transfer between ship and coast station (store-and-forward)
Connection with landline telex (direct dialing)
Multi address.
11-10
11.9.2 Preparations
To use automatic telex, you will need to register three items:
Answerback code
Scan groups
Station names
Registering answerback code

The coast station assigns a Telex number. This number functions as an answerback code.
An answerback code contains the following:
OOOOO SHIP X
OOOOO: Coast station-assigned five-digit telex code

SHIP:
Ship name
X:
For shipboard station, normally X is entered.
The procedure for registering the answerback code is the same as which appears on page
9-1. If an answerback code was registered before the commissioning of the coast station,
a new answerback code must be entered. To enter a new answerback code, contact
FURUNO or an authorized FURUNO agent or dealer.
Registering scan groups
The central system emits a free-signal to indicate a coast station radio channel is in idle
condition and available for ship-to-shore calls. The free-signal is detected and recognized
by the shipboard equipment as a permission to start the transmission. Then, the shipboard
operator initiates a call.
You can scan search for the free-signal automatically by registering coast station radio
channels in scan group(s). The procedure for registering scan groups for coast station use
is the same as that which appears on page 9-7.
Registering stations
The next step is to enter station name. The procedure is the same as that shown on page
9-3.
11-11
11.9.3 Commands
The tables which follows describe the commands for macro operation
Command
(Prefixed with @)
CALL
FREE (support
command for CALL)
RETRY (support
command for CALL)
CASE
TIMEOUT (support
command for CALL)
SEND
WRU
HR
OVER
BREAK
DISPLAY
INPUT
Parameter
Content
S: Station Name
Calling station name and ID on assigned

parameter
Free-signal searching time according to
assigned parameter (default setting: 10
min)
Detect free signal of dot pattern
Calling according to assigned parameter
(default setting: 10 min)
For receiving a message (designated by
parameter) transmitted by coast station
Time allotted for reception of message by
CASE command
Text transmitted according to assigned
parameters
Send a file from floppy disk
Two digits, 0-99 min.
$RRR$ signal
Text
Text
B file name (IB-581)
A: file name (IB-583)
None
Text
None
Function keys F7 F10
Text of message appears

Waiting for keyboard input
Transmit keyboard input message
Commands processed by Danish coast station Lyngby

Command
Function
BRK+
Disconnection communications line
DIRTLX + Direct dialing telex (receive only)
KKKK
Terminate message
LTR+
For telex letters mailed from Operations Station to destinations worldwide
MED+
Request medical advice
OPR+
Requesting operating assistance
POS+
Send position data
STA+
Status requested on a store-and-forward message
TLX +
Store-and-forward method
For details, consult the coast stations traffic manual.
11-12
11.9.4 Store-and-forward method

The following is the sequence of events in transmission of a file by the store-and-forward
method.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Shipboard station sends message to coast station.

Coast station stores message in memory buffer.
Shipboard station and coast station clear the radio circuit.
Coast station sends message to subscriber designated.
Actual procedure for store-and-forward telex
No. Procedure
1
Call a coast
.
station.
Transmit WRU signal.
Display
Remarks
CONNECT appears
in re verse video
(and bell sounds).
Free-signal found;
radio circuit ready.
00190 TLG DK
26 X X X SHIP X
GA+?
Initial identity
exchange between coast
station and shipboard
station
MSG+?
Request to start
message transmission
Key in subscriber's Telex number.

Example: (Hong Kong) 12345
TLX80212345+
Transmit file.
When transmission is completed,

type KKKK.
Transmit BREAK command to

clear radio circuit.
Message transmission
26 X X X SHIP X
00190 TLG DK
GA+?
Transmit your
answerback code.
Receive other party's
answerback code.
11-13
Procedure for preparing a macrofile for store-and-forward method

You will need a macrofile to enable automatic message transmission by store-and-forward
method. After preparing it, save it to a floppy disk for future use.
1. Press function key [F1] to display the File menu.
2. Press the [1] key.
3. Prepare macrofile. Below is simple example.
< [1] UNTITLED1 >
@FREE $RRR$
@CALL S:LYNGBY RADIO
@WRU
@CASE GA+?
@SEND TLX80212345+
@CASE MSG+?
@SEND B: ABC
@SEND KKKK
@CASE GA+?
@SEND BRK+
1 Search dot pattern free signal until it is found
2 Station name (Example: LYNGBY RADIO)
Who are you?
Station identity exchange
3 Subscriber's Telex number (in example, 802 is country
code of Hong Kong) for store-and-forward method
4 Location and name of file message
B: ABC (IB-581), A: ABC (IB-583)
5 Request for termination of message
Sample macrofile for store-and-forward method

4. Press function key [F1] to display the File menu.
5. Press the [3] key. The Close Text appears on the display.
close Text
Save File?
Yes
No
(UNTITLED 1)
Close text prompt
11-14
6. Press the [Enter] key and enter a file name as follows:

OOOOOOOO.MCR
File Name
Extension Name
(max. 8 characters)
DIRTLX macrofile
Sample DIRTLX macrofile
@FREE $RRR$
@CALL S: LYNGBY RADIO
@WRU
@CASE GA+?
@SEND DIRTLX725644325+
@CASE MSG+?
@SEND B: ABC
@SEND KKKK
@CASE GA+?
@SEND BRK+
1 Search dot pattern free signal until it is found

2 Station name (Example: LYNGBY RADIO)
Who are you?
Station identity exchange
3 Subscriber's Telex number (in example, 72 is country
code of JAPAN) for direct dialing mode
4 Location and name of file message
B: ABC (IB-581), A: ABC (IB-583)
5 Request for termination of message
Sample DIRLTX macrofile
11-15
Procedure for DIRTLX
No. Procedure
1
Call a coast
.
station.
Transmit WRU signal.
Remarks
CONNECT appears
in re verse video
(and bell sounds).
Free-signal found;
radio circuit ready.
00190 TLG DK
26 X X X SHIP X
GA+?
Initial identity
exchange between coast
station and shipboard
station
12:20
MOM
5644325 FURUNO J
MSG+
Request to start
message transmission
Key in subscriber's Telex number.

Example: (Japan) 5644325
DIRTLX725644325+
Transmit file.
When transmission is completed,

type KKKK.
Transmit BREAK command to

clear radio circuit.
11-16
Display
Message transmission
26 X X X SHIP X
5644325 FURUNO J
00190 TLG DK
DURATION ...
TIME ...
GA+?
Transmit your
answerback code.
Receive other party's
answerback code.
11.10 Automatic Telex using Macrofile

This section describes how to transmit a telex message using a macrofile.
Basic procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
Register answerback code (Telex number assigned by coast station).

Register coast station frequency and channel to scan group.
Register station name including scan group name.
Retrieve appropriate macrofile. Include station name and message file name. Type
message and save file to memory.
5. Open macro operation menu and select a macrofile. (See next page for details.) Your
message will be transmitted automatically. Below is the sequence of automatic
message transmission to a coast station.
a) Search for free-signal
b) Call coast station on one of its radio channels
c) After connection is established, identity exchange
d) Transmission of service category and subscribers address
e) Transmission of message
f) Transmission of termination of message signal
g) Identity exchange
h) Clearing of radio circuit
Actual procedure
1. Press function key [F3] to display the Operate menu.
Operate
1: Call Station
2: Macro Operation
3: File to Send
4: Cancel Sending
6: Manual Reception
7: Timer Operation
8: Manual Calling
9: Set Frequency
Operate menu
2. Press the [2] key to display the Call Macro screen.
11-17
Call Macro
[A:\...
for IB-583
[B:\TEST1.
File name
LOG File
TEST1.
TEST2.
TEST3.
LYNGBY1.MCR
[
]
Size
Date & Time
52
02-10-15 17:25
120
02-10-10 16:30
151
02-10-11 09:25
180
02-10-11 20:16
169
02-10-13 06:23
End of Directory
4 Files exist
To select : ENTER
1454000 bytes free

To view : SPACE
To quit : ESC
Call macro screen

3. Press the [] key to choose a macrofile.
Call Macro: Lyngby1.MCR
Yes
Call OK?
No
5. Press the [Enter] key to confirm the macrofile selected. The Wait for Free Signal
indication appears. Your message will be transmitted automatically.
11-18
12 MAINTENANCE &
TROUBLESHOOTING
WARNING
Do not open the equipment.
Only qualified personnel
should work inside the
equipment.
12.1 Daily Test

Authorities require that the DSC/watch receiver be checked daily for proper operation to
ensure that it will function properly in the event of distress. Execute the daily test as below.
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [3/TEST] key to start the test.
2. After several seconds the test results, OK, for normal operation, NG for No Good. For
NG (No Good) contact your dealer for advice.
** Daily test **
** Daily test **
MAR-27-2002-15:24
MAIN CPU
: OK VER. XX*
RCVR1
: OK
PANEL1
: OK VER. XX*
RCVR2*1
: OK
PANEL2*1
: OK VER. XX*
TRX
: OK
MODEM
: OK
NBDP MODEM : OK
*: XX = Version No.
Page 1
Page 2
*1: Shown if equipped with

No. 2 control unit.
Test results
3. After the test results
* = PANEL2 CPU, RCVR2
DAILY TEST
for the items on
printed if equipped
MAR-27-2002-15:24:00
page 2 appear, the
with no. 2
MMSI:
123456789
audio alarm sounds,
control unit.
MAIN CPU:
OK VER.**
**
=
Version
No.
the ALARM lamp
PANEL1 CPU: OK VER.**
flashes several
PANEL2 CPU:* OK VER.**
NBDP MODEM: OK VER.**
times and then page
RCVR1:
OK
1 of the daily test is
RCVR2:*
OK
displayed.
TRX:
OK
4. If auto printing is
active, the test
results are printed. To manually print the test results, press the [8/PRINT] key. Above is
a sample test results printout.
5. Press the [CANCEL] key to quit the test and return to the DSC standby screen.
Note: TEST on the DSC Setup menu is for used by service technicians.
12-1
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING
12.2 Radiotelephone Test

Do the following to check the radiotelephone for proper operation:
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [3/TEST] key to start the test. OK or NG (No
Good) appears as the test result for each item checked. For NG, contact your dealer
for advice.
Tx selfcheck
PLL : OK
RF
: OK
PA1 : OK
PA2
: OK*
COMB
: OK*
TX FIL
: OK
* FS-2570 only
COUPL : OK
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to quit the test and return to the previously used screen.
12.3 Antenna Coupler Test

The CPU and the relays which choose capacitors and coils for tuning can be checked. For
qualified technicians only.
DANGER
HIGH TENSION HAZARD
Circuits in the antenna
coupler are still alive at OFF.
Discharge before servicing.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Open the antenna coupler cover.

Open the shield cover inside the coupler.
Turn on the #2 switch of DIP switch S2.
Press the TUNE switch in the antenna coupler.
24 LEDs (CR1 to CR24) light one by one every second. Relays trip on with
corresponding LEDs as below.
CR1 ON K1 ON
COUPLER BOARD
LED
CR2 ON K2 ON
.
.
.
CR22 ON K22 ON (CR23 not provided)
DIP switch S2
CR24 ON K24, K25 ON
behind the shield case
6. Turn off the #2 switch of DIP switch S2.
7. Close the cover.
TUNE SWITCH
If CPU error is detected, CR1 lights for ROM error, CR2 for RAM error, CR3 for A/D
converter error. (ROM/RAM/ A/D converter is incorporated in the CPU.)
12-2
12.4 Maintenance
Regular maintenance is vital for maintaining performance. Following the procedures below
will help keep the equipment in top operating condition.
Maintenance check points
Item
Antenna
Wire
antenna
Insulators
for antenna
Antenna
coupler
Check Point
Check for physical damage and corrosion.
Check that the antenna is properly spanned
and separated sufficiently from metallic
structures.
Check for salt water deposits on insulators.
Check that connection at the lead-in
insulator is tight and rust-free.
Control
unit
Check condition of antenna terminal,

ground, coaxial cable and control cable.
Check that coupler lid and cable glands
are firmly secure.
Remedy/Remarks
Replace damaged parts.
If necessary, re-span antenna.
Replace damage insulators.

Remove salt water deposits.
Clean with fresh water, then dry.
Remove rust, then tighten bolts
and lock nuts. Cover metallic
surface with sealing compound.
Tighten loosened
connections.
Fasten lid firmly and evenly to
prevent water leakage.
Replace if damaged.
Check for physical damage, corrosion

and salt water deposits.
Check ground connection, control cable,
and external equipment.
Confirm that there are no objects on the
top of the control unit.
Remove dust from control unit with soft
cloth.
Note: Do not use chemical cleaners to

clean the display unit; they can remove paint
or markings or deform the equipment.
Transceiver
unit
Power
supply
Tighten loosened
connections; remove foreign
material from connectors.
Remove any objects.
Wipe the LCD carefully to
prevent scratching, using
tissue paper and an LCD
cleaner. To remove dirt or salt
deposits, use an LCD cleaner,
wiping slowly with tissue
paper so as to dissolve the
dirt or salt. Change paper
frequently so the salt or dirt
will not scratch the LCD.
Tighten loosened
connections; remove foreign
material from connectors.
Check connection at signal cable,

coaxial cable, control cable, power
cable, and navigator.
Confirm that there are no objects on the

top of the cabinet.
Check that the supply voltage at
transmission is within the rated range
(21.6 to 31.2 VDC at the power
connector).
Remove any objects.
If not within the range, call for

service. Low voltage may
cause erratic operation.
12-3
12.5 Replacement of Fuses

To protect the FS-1570 from overcurrent and equipment fault, two fuses are provided in
the PR-300 Power Supply Unit. If a fuse blows, find the cause before replacing it. If it
blows again after replacement, request service.
CAUTION
Use the proper fuse.
Use of the wrong fuse can cause serious
damage to the equipment and void the
warranty.
Unit
Power Supply Unit PR-300
Fuse
10 A (100 VAC) or 5A (200 VAC)
and 20 A (24 VDC)
PR-300
FUSE
100V 10A
220V 5A
125V 20A
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
AC IN
L N G
DC IN
+
-
DC OUT
- 24V +
PR-300
Note: The Power Supply Unit PR-850A, used with the FS-2570, does not have a fuse but
a circuit breaker. If the breaker has tripped, find the reason before resetting the
breaker (upward position).
BREAKER
POWER
ON
ON
OFF
AC INPUT 50/60Hz
DC OUTPUT
PR-850A
12-4
12.6 Simple Troubleshooting

The table below provides common problems and the means with which to restore normal
operation. If normal operation cannot be restored, do not attempt to check inside the
equipment. Any servicing should be referred to a qualified technician.
Problem
Power cannot be
turned on.
Probable cause
Mains switchboard may be
off.
(DC) voltage is too high.
Battery may have
discharged, or poor contact
at terminals.
Remedy
Turn on the mains switchboard.
Check supply voltage.

Recharge battery and tighten battery
terminals.
Display
indications do
not appear but
key lamps are lit.
Power is on but
no sound from
loudspeaker.
Poor articulation
Contrast is too low.
Operate the [9/

contrast.
Loudspeaker is off.
Operate the [7/ ] key to turn on the

loudspeaker.
Wrong class of emission

may be in use.
Class of emission should match that of

incoming signal.
Output power
reduced to LOW
Wait until the unit returns to normal

condition.
Antenna coupler
cannot tune
antenna
Check antenna connection.
Recommended length is 7 to 30
meters.
Check coupler ground.
Power is automatically
reduced to protect against
overheating due to
continuous transmission.
Antenna may be
disconnected or shorted to
ground.
Antenna is out of tunable
length.
Poor grounding of antenna
coupler.
Breaker in coupler has
tripped.
Connection cable loosened
or disconnected.
] key to adjust
Checks mains voltage and polarity. If

normal, reset breaker.
Check cable.
12.7 Error Messages

The table below shows error messages and their meanings.
Error messages
Error message
Busy: RT
Channel Busy
Meaning
Remedy
Radiotelephone is in
Wait until the radiotelephone is free.
operation.
You attempted to transmit on The message is automatically erased
a channel which is currently when the channel becomes clear.
busy. (This occurs with
12-5
EPFS error
Routine and Business

priorities only.)
No position data from
navigator for one minute.
Incoming
Incoming DSC call
No position data
You attempted to enter

position automatically when
there is no position data.
Radiotelephone not powered
or has been disconnected.
Oven too cold; cannot
transmit.
Automatic printed has been
selected; however, printer is
not powered or has been
disconnected.
Oven not ready; cannot
transmit.
TRX PLL unlock.
Transmission is stopped.
No response: RT
Oven cold. Tx not
ready; wait
Printer not ready
Trouble: Oven not

ready
TRX PLL UNLOCK
TUNE error
Warning: Update
position
Watchdog error.
Please Power OFF
WR1 PLL UNLOCK

WR2 PLL UNLOCK
12-6
Tuning failed for DSC or

NBDP. Transmission (except
distress) is stopped.
Position data is older by the
amount of time preset on the
Alarm menu.
Internal error (such as CPU
trouble) detected.
Accompanied with alarm,
same type as for distress.
WR1, WR2 PLL unlock.
Transmission is stopped.
Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the

alarm. Check the navigator. If it is
malfunctioning, manually enter position.
Message is automatically cleared when
DSC signal has gone.
Check the navigator.
Check radiotelephone.
Wait until the oven becomes sufficiently
warm.
Check printer.
Wait until the oven is ready.

Check if the reference oscillator is
working and the coaxial cable is tightly
connected.
Try to tune again.
Press the [CANCEL] key to silence

alarm. Reenter position on the Position
menu.
Turn the power off and on to erase the
message. Have a qualified technician
check the set.
Check if the reference oscillator is
working and the coaxial cable is tightly
connected.
12.8 Test Call

This function sends a test signal to a coast station, over one of six distress and safety
frequencies. For that reason, it should not be executed unnecessarily. You can prepare a
test call beforehand (see Chapter 6) or at the moment you intend to send a test call. To
send a prepared test call, see page 6-9 for the procedure.
1. Press the [2/DSC] key at the DSC standby screen and then push the [ENTER] knob to
open the CALL TYPE menu.
message
**
: All ships
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TEST CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID menu.
CALL TYPE
COAST ID
: TEST
000000000
PRIORITY
: SAFETY
DSC FREQ
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Using the numeric keys, key in the ID of the coast station ID (seven digits) where to
send the call and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. (Note that PRIORITY is
automatically selected to SAFETY.)
message
** Compose 2187.5
**
CALL TYPE
COAST ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ
: Test
4207.5
: 001234567
6312.0
:8414.5
Safety
:
kHz
12577.0
16804.5
VIEW KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
12-7
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose an appropriate frequency and then push the
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: TEST
COAST ID
PRIORITY
: 001234567
: SAFETY
DSC FREQ
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
7. Press the [CALL] key to send the test call (transmission time: about seven seconds).
The display shows "Test call in progress!" while the test call is being transmitted.
Test
call in progress!
TO COAST
SAFETY
001234567
DSC FREQ
TIME TO GO
:
:
2187.5 KHZ
7S
8. After the test call has been sent, the following message appears.
Waiting for test
acknowledgement.
SAFETY
DSC FREQ
:
TIME TO GO :
2187.5 KHZ
4M12S
9. One of the following displays appears. (No response! Try calling again? appears
when the timer counts down to zero, meaning no response from coast station.)
Test acknowledge
call received.
FROM COAST:
SAFETY
NO INFORMATION
001234567
No response!
Try calling again?
FROM COAST:
SAFETY
DSC FREQ
STOP ALARM
Test acknowledge received
001234567
2187.5 KHZ
CALL AGAIN
No response to test call
12-8
Test acknowledge call received

The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display
changes as below.
Received message
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59
ECC : OK
TEST ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
SAFETY
NO INFORMATION
GO TO ALL VIEW

Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob and then press the [CALL] key.
12.9 NBDP Terminal Unit Maintenance

Regular maintenance is important for good performance. A regular maintenance program
should be established and should at least include the items mentioned below.
12.9.1 Cleaning the equipment

Wipe of accumulated dust from the terminal unit with a soft cloth. Wipe the LCD carefully
to prevent scratching, using tissue paper and an LCD cleaner. To remove dirt or salt
deposits, use an LCD cleaner, wiping slowly with tissue paper so as to dissolve the dirt or
salt. Change paper frequently so the salt or dirt will not scratch the LCD. Do not use
solvents such as thinner, acetone or benzene for cleaning; they can remove paint and
marks or deform the equipment.
12.9.2 Connectors and earth connection

Periodically check the connectors for proper seating and the earth connection for rust.
Remove rust to maintain a good ground system.
12.9.3 Floppy disk drive

Foreign material on the floppy disk drive head can scratch the magnetic material in the
floppy, resulting in loss of data. Clean the floppy disk drive head regularly with a floppy
disk drive cleaning disk to prevent erasure of information stored on disks.
12-9
12.9.4 Diagnostics
General diagnostics
1. Press the function key [F6] to display the System menu.
System
Lock Change Default
Setup
Slave Delay
8 msec (0- 50 msec)
TX/RX MSG Save

Edit Before sending
OFF O N
OFF O N
Time System
Time & Date
Display Mode*
Self Test
OFF UTC SMT JST

2002/10/16 10:00:00
Normal Reverse
* = Window Color shown on IB-583.
System menu
2. Choose Change from Setup.
3. Choose Self Test (at the bottom of the screen).
4. Press the [Enter] key. The results of the self test are displayed a short time later.
Selftest
Terminal Unit Test :
Main Unit Test
:
Modem Unit Test
:
Radio Unit Test
:
DSC Unit Test
:
Printer Unit Test*2:
ver. X.XX
ver. X.XX
ver. X.XX
ID FS1570*1
ID FS1570*1
:OK
:OK
:OK
:OK
:OK
:OK
IB-58X
MAIN Board
NBDP Modem
X.XX = Version No.

*1: Or FS2570
*2: "NG" and "Printer not ready" when printer is off or
is abnormal.
Self test results
The test results are shown as OK or NG (No Good). For any NG, try the self test again. If it
appears again, call for service. When the test is completed, the message Selftest
Completed. Press any key to escape. appears.
12-10
Tone test
1. Choose Self Test from the System Menu as shown in paragraph 12.8.4.
2. While pressing and holding down the [Shift] key, press the [] key to show the Tone
Test menu.
Tone Test
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
Tone
Tone
Tone
Tone
Tone
Tone
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
1
2
3
4
5
6
(All Char)
(Fox)
(Beta)
(Mark)
(Space)
(BY)
Tone test menu

3. Choose a test and press the [Enter] key. You may stop a tone test at anytime by
pressing the [Enter] key.
Tone test 1 (All characters)
This test checks for proper transmission of all figures, letters and codes. To conduct the
test, call a station in the ARQ or FEC mode. Execute the test, confirming that all
characters are transmitted correctly. "Now testing Tone Test 1" appears during the testing.
Since the test is conducted continuously, you may press the [Esc] key twice followed by
the [F10] key to stop the test and return to the tone test menu.
System
1996-11-15
13:26:45.45
Caps Eng
Station Name
:
Setup
Lock Change
Default
Frequency (T/R) :
/
(kHz) Comm Mode : Auto
Comm Status
: Connect Send Lock Error Mark Space
Now Testing Tone Test 1 (All Char).
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ1234567890-?:().,'=/+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv
wxyz
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ1234567890-?:().,'=/+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv
wxyz
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
Tone test
12-11
Tone test 2 (Fox)

This test (continuously) checks for proper transmission of the test message THE QUICK
BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER THE LAZY DOG 0123456789. To conduct the test, call a
station by using the ARQ or FEC mode.
Tone test 3 (Beta)
You may check for proper transmission of the idle signal . Call up a station using the
ARQ mode.
Tone test 4 (Mark)
This test outputs the mark signal through the LINE OUT terminal, where a frequency
counter may be connected, to confirm its frequency (1615 Hz).
Tone test 5 (Space)
Tone test 5 verifies the space signal frequency (1785 Hz).
Tone test 6 (BY)
This test verifies the frequency of the space B (1785 Hz) and the mark Y (1615 Hz), using
a spectrum analyzer.
12-12
APPENDIX
Menu Tree
DSC/watch receiver
[#/SETUP] key
(Pressed at DSC
standby screen.)
ALARM
INTERNAL AUDIO ALARM

RCVD CALL (OFF, ON)
OLD POSITION (OFF, ON)
POSITION OLDER (4.0, 3.0, 2.0, 1.0, 0.5 H)
EXT ALARM (DSTRS/URG, ROUTINE, ALL, OFF)
AUTO ACK
COMPLY TYPE (UNABLE, ABLE)

UNABLE REASON (NO REASON, BUSY, EQUIP DISABLE,
MODE NOT USABLE, CH NOT USABLE)
POSITION CALL (OFF, ON)
POLLING CALL (OFF, ON)
ERASE
RCVD ORDINARY LOG

RCVD DISTRESS LOG
TRANSMITTED LOG
SEND MESSAGE
Default settings
in bold italic.
MESSAGE
POSITION
INPUT TYPE (AUTO, MANUAL)

LAT
LON
TIME
PRINT OUT
XMIT CALL (AUTO, MANUAL)

RCVD CALL (AUTO, MANUAL)
DAILY TEST (AUTO, MANUAL)
SCAN FREQ
Selects DSC frequencies to scan.
AUTO FREQ
AUTO CHANGE (OFF, AUTO)
KEY CLICK (OFF, ON)

HANDSET (0-63, 32)
ORDINARY ALARM (0-63, 8)
DISTRESS ALARM (8-63, 8)
TEST (For technicians)
VOLUME
SYSTEM (For technicians)

[LOG/TUNE] key
RECEIVED ORDINARY
RECEIVED DISTRESS
TRANSMITTED
AP-1
APPENDIX
Radiotelephone
[#/SETUP] key
(Pressed at
radiotelephone
screen.)
Default settings
in boldface italic.
NB (OFF, ON)
SQ FREQ (500-2000 Hz, 800 Hz )
FAX RX ENABLE (OFF, ON)

VOLUME INPUT (NORMAL, EASY)
USER CH (Set up user channels.)
OFFHOOKED (OFF, ON)
SYSTEM (Display system settings.)
AP-2
APPENDIX
NBDP terminal unit (telex)

Default settings in boldface italic.
F1: File
1: New
2: Open
3: Close
4: Delete
5: Rename
7: File to Print
8: Cancel Priniting
9: Clear Buffer
F2: Edit
1: Undo
2: Cut
3: Copy
4: Paste
5: Select All
6: Search
7: Replace
8: Goto Top
9: Goto Bottom
0: Goto Line
A: Change Text
F5: Station
1: Station Entry
3: Scan Entry
F6: System
Setup (Lock, Change, Default)
Slave Delay (0-50 msec, 8)
TX/RX MSG Save (OFF, ON)
Edit Before Sending (OFF, ON)
Time System (OFF, UTC, SMT, JST)
Time & Date
Display Mode (IB-581) (Normal, Reverse)
Window Color
Window
Window
Change
Color
(IB-583)
Setup
Fore Color
Back Color
F3: Operate
1: Call Station
2: Macro Operation
3: File to Send
4: Cancel Sending
6: Manual Reception
7: Timer Operation
8: Manual Calling
9: Set Frequency
F4: Window
1: Calendar
BASE WINDOW, BACK SCROLL,

EDIT 1-3, FUNCTION, SUB MENU 1-3,
MESSAGE.Function, SUB Menu 1,
SUB Menu 2, SUB Menu 3, SUB Menu 4,
Message, Base Window
L-WHITE, YELLOW,
L-MAGENTA, L-RED,
L-CYAN, L-GREEN,
L-BLUE, GRAY,
WHITE, BROWN,
MAGENTA, RED,
CYAN, GREEN,
BLUE, BLACK
Default Color (Yes, No)

Self Test
F7: WRU (Who are you?)

F8: HR (Here is)
F9: Over
F10: Break
AP-3
APPENDIX
Frequency Tables
DSC frequency table
TX (kHz)
RX (kHz)
2187.5
2187.5
4207.5
4207.5
6312.0
6312.0
8414.5
8414.5
12577.0
12577.0
16804.5
16804.5
458.5
455.5
INTL-0.4M
2189.5(2177.0*)
2177.0
INTL-2M
4208.0
4219.5
INTL-4M
6312.5
6331.0
INTL-6M
8415.0
8436.5
12577.5
12657.0
16805.0
16903.0
INTL-16M
18898.5
19703.5
INTL-18M
22374.5
22444.0
INTL-22M
25208.5
26121.0
INTL-25M
4208.5
4220.0
LOCAL1-4M
6313.0
6331.5
LOCAL1-6M
8415.5
8437.0
LOCAL1-8M
12578.0
12657.5
16805.5
16903.5
18899.0
19704.0
LOCAL1-18M
22375.0
22444.5
LOCAL1-22M
25209.0
26121.5
LOCAL1-25M
4209.0
4220.5
LOCAL2-4M
6313.5
6332.0
LOCAL2-6M
8416.0
8437.5
LOCAL2-8M
12578.5
12658.0
16806.0
16904.0
18899.5
19704.5
LOCAL2-18M
22375.5
22445.0
LOCAL2-22M
25209.5
26122.0
LOCAL2-25M
* = Ship-to-ship
AP-4
Remarks
File Name
Distress and
Safety Frequencies
International
Frequencies
Local-1
Frequencies
Local-2
Frequencies
INTL-8M
INTL-12M
LOCAL1-12M
LOCAL1-16M
LOCAL2-12M
LOCAL2-16M
APPENDIX
Custom channels (to be programmed by FURUNO dealers)

CH NO
Ship Receive (kHz)
Ship Transmit (kHz)
Remarks
AP-5
APPENDIX
MF band working carrier frequencies (ref. US CFR 47 Part 80.371)

Region
East Coast
West Coast
Ship Transmit
(kHz)
2031.5
2118.0
2126.0
2142.0
2166.0
2198.0
2366.0
2382.0
2390.0
2400.0
2406.0
2003.0
2009.0
2009.0
2031.5
2126.0
2206.0
2382.0
2430.0
Ship Receive
(kHz)
2490.0
2514.0
2522.0
2538.0
2558.0
2590.0
2450.0
2482.0
2566.0
2400.0
2506.0
2450.0
2442.0
2566.0
2566.0
2522.0
2598.0
2466.0
2482.0
Region
Gulf Coast
Great Lakes
Alaska
Hawaii
Caribbean
Guam
Ship Transmit
(kHz)
2009.0
2134.0
2142.0
2158.0 1
2166.0
2206.0
2366.0
2382.0
2430.0
2458.0
2118.0
2158.0
2206.0
2131.0
2134.0
2240.0
2134.0
2009.0
2086.0 3
2134.0
2009.0
Ship Receive
(kHz)
2466.0
2530.0
2538.0
2550.0
2558.0
2598.0
2450.0
2482.0
2572.0
2506.0
2514.0
2550.0
2582.0
2309.0
2312.0
2400.0
2530.0
2506.0
2585.0
2530.0
2506.0
Above frequencies are not programmed. Contact a FURUNO representative.

1 = Unlimited use December 15 to April 1
2 = 2206 kHz for distress only
3 = Limited to pep of 150 W.
AP-6
APPENDIX
MF band SSB working carrier frequencies

CH NO
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
Ship Receive
(kHz)
1635
1638
1641
1644
1647
1650
1653
1656
1659
1662
1665
1668
1671
1674
1677
1680
1683
1686
1689
1692
1695
1698
1701
1704
1707
1710
1713
1716
1719
1722
Ship Transmit
(kHz)
2060
2063
2066
2069
2072
2075
2078
2081
2084
2087
2090
2093
2096
2099
2102
2105
2108
2111
2114
2117
2120
2123
2126
2129
2132
2135
2138
2060
2063
2066
CH NO
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
Ship Receive
(kHz)
1725
1728
1731
1734
1737
1740
1743
1746
1749
1752
1755
1758
1761
1764
1767
1770
1773
1776
1779
1782
1785
1788
1791
1794
1797
Ship Transmit
(kHz)
2069
2072
2075
2078
2081
2084
2087
2090
2093
2096
2099
2102
2105
2108
2111
2114
2117
2120
2123
2126
2129
2132
2135
2138
2060
AP-7
APPENDIX
4/6 MHz ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)

ITU CH NO
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
4 MHz SSB (J3E)

Ship RX
4357
4360
4363
4366
4369
4372
4375
4378
4381
4384
4387
4390
Ship TX
4065
4068
4071
4074
4077
4080
4083
4086
4089
4092
4095
4098
413
4393
4101
414
4396
4104
415
4399
4107
416
4402
4110
417
4405
4113
418
4408
4116
419
4411
4119
420
4414
4122
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432 (01)
433 (02)
434 (03)
435 (04)
436 (05)
437 (06)
438 (07)
4417
4420
4423
4426
4429
4432
4435
4351
4354
4146
4149
4000
4003
4006
4009
4012
4015
4018
4125
4128
4131
4134
4137
4140
4143
4351
4354
4146
4149
4000
4003
4006
4009
4012
4015
4018
439 (08)
4021
4021
440 (09)
441 (10)
442 (11)
443 (12)
444 (13)
445 (14)
446 (15)
447 (16)
448 (17)
449 (18)
450 (19)
451 (20)
452 (21)
4024
4027
4030
4033
4036
4039
4042
4045
4048
4051
4054
4057
4060
4024
4027
4030
4033
4036
4039
4042
4045
4048
4051
4054
4057
4060
AP-8
ITU CH NO
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
6 MHz SSB (J3E)

Ship RX
6501
6504
6507
6510
6513
6516
6519
6522
6224
6227
6230
Ship TX
6200
6203
6206
6209
6212
6215
6218
6221
6224
6227
6230
These frequencies are factory programmed.
CH NOs in ( ) are ITU NOs (RR Section C-1).
APPENDIX
8 MHz ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)

8 MHz SSB (J3E) - Duplex
ITU CH NO
Ship RX
Ship TX
801
8719
8195
802
8722
8198
803
8725
8201
804
8728
8204
805
8731
8207
806
8734
8210
807
8737
8213
808
8740
8216
809
8743
8219
810
8746
8222
811
8749
8225
812
8752
8228
813
8755
8231
814
8758
8234
815
8761
8237
816
8764
8240
817
8767
8243
818
8770
8246
819
8773
8249
820
8776
8252
821
8779
8255
822
8782
8258
823
8785
8261
824
8788
8264
825
8791
8267
826
8794
8270
827
8797
8273
828
8800
8276
829
8803
8279
830
8806
8282
831
8809
8285
832
8812
8288
833
8291
8291
834
8707
8707
835
8710
8710
836
8713
8713
837
8716
8716
838
839
8294
8297
8 MHz SSB (J3E) - Simplex

(ITU CH NO)
Ship RX
Ship TX
840 (01)
8101
8101
841 (02)
8104
8104
842 (03)
8107
8107
843 (04)
8110
8110
844 (05)
8113
8113
845 (06)
8116
8116
846 (07)
8119
8119
847 (08)
8122
8122
848 (09)
812 5
8125
849 (10)
812 8
8128
850 (11)
8131
8131
851 (12)
8134
8134
852 (13)
8137
8137
853 (14)
8140
8140
854 (15)
8143
8143
855 (16)
8146
8146
856 (17)
8149
8149
857 (18)
8152
8152
858 (19)
8155
8155
859 (20)
8158
8158
860 (21)
816 1
8161
861 (22)
8164
8164
862 (23)
8167
8167
863 (24)
8170
8170
864 (25)
8173
8173
865 (26)
8176
8176
866 (27)
8179
8179
867 (28)
8182
8182
868 (29)
8185
8185
869 (30)
8188
8188
870 (31)
8191
8191
CH NOs in ( ) are ITU NOs (RR Section C-1).
8294
8297
AP-9
APPENDIX
12/16 ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)

12 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
1201
13077
12230
1202
13080
12233
1203
13083
12236
1204
13086
12239
1205
13089
12242
1206
13092
12245
1207
13095
12248
1208
13098
12251
1209
13101
12254
1210
13104
12257
1211
13107
12260
1212
13110
12263
1213
13113
12266
1214
13116
12269
1215
13119
12272
1216
13122
12275
1217
13125
12278
1218
13128
12281
1219
13131
12284
1220
13134
12287
1221
13137
12290
1222
13140
12293
1223
13143
12296
1224
13146
12299
1225
13149
12302
1226
13152
12305
1227
13155
12308
1228
13158
12311
1229
13161
12314
1230
13164
12317
1231
13167
12320
1232
13170
12323
1233
13173
12326
1234
13176
12329
1235
13179
12332
1236
13182
12335
1237
13185
12338
1238
13188
12341
1239
13191
12344
1240
13194
12347
1241
13197
12350
1242
12353
12353
1243
12356
12356
1244
12359
12359
1245
12362
12362
1246
12365
12365
Above is factory programmed.
AP-10
16 MHz SSB (J3E)

CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
1601
17242
16360
1602
17245
16363
1603
17248
16366
1604
17251
16369
1605
17254
16372
1606
17257
16375
1607
17260
16378
1608
17263
16381
1609
17266
16384
1610
17269
16387
1611
17272
16390
1612
17275
16393
1613
17278
16396
1614
17281
16399
1615
17284
16402
1616
17287
16405
1617
17290
16408
1618
17293
16411
1619
17296
16414
1620
17299
16417
1621
17302
16420
1622
17305
16423
1623
17308
16426
1624
17311
16429
1625
17314
16432
1626
17317
16435
1627
17320
16438
1628
17323
16441
1629
17326
16444
1630
17329
16447
1631
17332
16450
1632
17335
16453
1633
17338
16456
1634
17341
16459
1635
17344
16462
1636
17347
16465
1637
17350
16468
1638
17353
16471
1639
17356
16474
1640
17359
16477
1641
17362
16480
1642
17365
16483
1643
17368
16486
1644
17371
16489
1645
17374
16492
1646
17377
16495
1647
17380
16498
1648
17383
16501
1649
17386
16504
1650
17389
16507
16 MHz SSB (J3E)

CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
1651
17392
16510
1652
17395
16513
1653
17398
16516
1654
17401
16519
1655
17404
16522
1656
17407
16525
1657
16528
16528
1658
16531
16531
1659
16534
16534
1660
16537
16537
1661
16540
16540
1662
16543
16543
1663
16546
16546
APPENDIX
18/19, 22, 25/26 ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)
18/19 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
1801
19755
18780
1802
19758
18783
1803
19761
18786
1804
19764
18789
1805
19767
18792
1806
19770
18795
1807
19773
18798
1808
19776
18801
1809
19779
18804
1810
19782
18807
1811
19785
18810
1812
19788
18813
1813
19791
18816
1814
19794
18819
1815
19797
18822
1816
18825
18825
1817
18828
18828
1818
18831
18831
1819
18834
18834
1820
18837
18837
1821
18840
18840
1822
18843
18843
22 MHz SSB (J3E)

CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
2201
22696
22000
2202
22699
22003
2203
22702
22006
2204
22705
22009
2205
22708
22012
2206
22711
22015
2207
22714
22018
2208
22717
22021
2209
22720
22024
2210
22723
22027
2211
22726
22030
2212
22729
22033
2213
22732
22036
2214
22735
22039
2215
22738
22042
2216
22741
22045
2217
22744
22048
2218
22747
22051
2219
22750
22054
2220
22753
22057
2221
22756
22060
2222
22759
22063
2223
22762
22066
2224
22765
22069
2225
22768
22072
2226
22771
22075
2227
22774
22078
2228
22777
22081
2229
22780
22084
2230
22783
22087
2231
22786
22090
2232
22789
22093
2233
22792
22096
2234
22795
22099
2235
22798
22102
2236
22801
22105
2237
22804
22108
2238
22807
22111
2239
22810
22114
2240
22813
22117
2241
22816
22120
2242
22819
22123
2243
22822
22126
2244
22825
22129
2245
22828
22132
2246
22831
22135
2247
22834
22138
2248
22837
22141
2249
22840
22144
2250
22843
22147
22 MHz SSB (J3E)

CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
2251
22846
22150
2252
22849
22153
2253
22852
22156
2254
22159
22159
2255
22162
22162
2256
22165
22165
2257
22168
22168
2258
22171
22171
2259
22174
22174
2260
22177
22177
25/26 MHz SSB (J3E)

CH NO
Ship RX
Ship TX
2501
26145
25070
2502
26148
25073
2503
26151
25076
2504
26154
25079
2505
26157
25082
2506
26160
25085
2507
26163
25088
2508
26166
25091
2509
26169
25094
2510
26172
25097
2511
25100
25100
2512
25103
25103
2513
25106
25106
2514
25109
25109
2515
25112
25112
2516
25115
25115
2517
25118
25118
AP-11
APPENDIX
MF band telex frequency table
201
202
203
204
205
Ship Transmit
(NBDP, DSC)
2142.0
2142.5
2143.0
2143.5
2144.0
Ship Receive
(NBDP, DSC)
1607.0
1607.5
1608.0
1608.5
1609.0
206
207
208
209
210
2144.5
2145.0
2145.5
2146.0
2146.5
1609.5
1610.0
1610.5
1611.0
1611.5
211
212
213
214
215
2147.0
2147.5
2148.0
2148.5
2149.0
1612.0
1612.5
1613.0
1613.5
1614.0
216
217
218
219
220
2149.5
2150.0
2150.5
2151.0
2151.5
1614.5
1615.0
1615.5
1616.0
1616.5
221
222
223
224
225
2152.0
2152.5
2153.0
2153.5
2154.0
1617.0
1617.5
1618.0
1618.5
1619.0
226
227
228
229
230
2154.5
2155.0
2155.5
2156.0
2156.5
1619.5
1620.0
1620.5
1621.0
1621.5
231
232
233
234
235
2157.0
2157.5
2158.0
2158.5
2159.0
1622.0
1622.5
1623.0
1623.5
1624.0
236
2159.5
1624.5
CH NO.
AP-12
NBDP/DSC
DSC
No.
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4 MHz BAND
TX
4172.5
4173.0
4173.5
4174.0
4174.5
4175.0
4175.5
4176.0
4176.5
4177.0
4177.5
4178.0
4178.5
4179.0
4179.5
4180.0
4180.5
4181.0
4181.5
4202.5
4203.0
4203.5
4204.0
4204.5
4205.0
4205.5
4206.0
4206.5
4207.0
4207.5
4208.0
4208.5
4209.0
RX
4210.5
4211.0
4211.5
4212.0
4212.5
4213.0
4213.5
4214.0
4214.5
4215.0
4177.5
4215.5
4216.0
4216.5
4217.0
4217.5
4218.0
4218.5
4219.0
4202.5
4203.0
4203.5
4204.0
4204.5
4205.0
4205.5
4206.0
4206.5
4207.0
4207.5
4219.5
4220.0
4220.5
No.
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6 MHz BAND
TX
6263.0
6263.5
6264.0
6264.5
6265.0
6265.5
6266.0
6266.5
6267.0
6267.5
6268.0
6268.5
6269.0
6269.5
6270.0
6270.5
6271.0
6271.5
6272.0
6272.5
6273.0
6273.5
6274.0
6274.5
6275.0
6275.5
6281.0
6281.5
6282.0
6282.5
6283.0
6283.5
6284.0
6284.5
6300.5
6301.0
6301.5
6302.0
6302.5
6303.0
6303.5
6304.0
6304.5
6305.0
6305.5
6306.0
6306.5
6307.0
6307.5
6308.0
6308.5
6309.0
6309.5
6310.0
6310.5
6311.0
6311.5
6312.0
6312.5
6313.0
6313.5
RX
6314.5
6315.0
6315.5
6316.0
6316.5
6317.0
6317.5
6318.0
6318.5
6319.0
6268.0
6319.5
6320.0
6320.5
6321.0
6321.5
6322.0
6322.5
6323.0
6323.5
6324.0
6324.5
6325.0
6325.5
6326.0
6326.5
6327.0
6327.5
6328.0
6328.5
6329.0
6329.5
6330.0
6330.5
6300.5
6301.0
6301.5
6302.0
6302.5
6303.0
6303.5
6304.0
6304.5
6305.0
6305.5
6306.0
6306.5
6307.0
6307.5
6308.0
6308.5
6309.0
6309.5
6310.0
6310.5
6311.0
6311.5
6312.0
6331.0
6331.5
6332.0
No.
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8 MHz BAND
TX
8376.5
8377.0
8377.5
8378.0
8378.5
8379.0
8379.5
8380.0
8380.5
8381.0
8381.5
8382.0
8382.5
8383.0
8383.5
8384.0
8384.5
8385.0
8385.5
8386.0
8386.5
8387.0
8387.5
8388.0
8388.5
8389.0
8389.5
8390.0
8390.5
8391.0
8391.5
8392.0
8392.5
8393.0
8393.5
8394.0
8394.5
8395.0
8395.5
8396.0
8396.5
8397.0
8397.5
8398.0
8398.5
8399.0
8399.5
8400.0
8400.5
8401.0
8401.5
8402.0
8402.5
8403.0
8403.5
8404.0
8404.5
8405.0
8405.5
8406.0
8406.5
8407.0
8407.5
8408.0
8408.5
RX
8376.5
8417.0
8417.5
8418.0
8418.5
8419.0
8419.5
8420.0
8420.5
8421.0
8421.5
8422.0
8422.5
8423.0
8423.5
8424.0
8424.5
8425.0
8425.5
8426.0
8426.5
8427.0
8427.5
8428.0
8428.5
8429.0
8429.5
8430.0
8430.5
8431.0
8431.5
8432.0
8432.5
8433.0
8433.5
8434.0
8434.5
8435.0
8435.5
8436.0
8396.5
8397.0
8397.5
8398.0
8398.5
8399.0
8399.5
8400.0
8400.5
8401.0
8401.5
8402.0
8402.5
8403.0
8403.5
8404.0
8404.5
8405.0
8405.5
8406.0
8406.5
8407.0
8407.5
8408.0
8408.5
No.
12001
12002
12003
12004
12005
12006
12007
12008
12009
12010
12011
12012
12013
12014
12015
12016
12017
12018
12019
12020
12021
12022
12023
12024
12025
12026
12027
12028
12029
12030
12031
12032
12033
12034
12035
12036
12037
12038
12039
12040
12041
12042
12043
12044
12045
12046
12047
12048
12049
12050
12051
12052
12053
12054
12055
12056
12057
12058
12059
12060
12061
12062
12063
12064
12065
12 MHz BAND
TX
RX
12477.0
12579.5
12477.5
12580.0
12478.0
12580.5
12478.5
12581.0
12479.0
12581.5
12479.5
12582.0
12480.0
12582.5
12480.5
12583.0
12481.0
12583.5
12481.5
12584.0
12482.0
12584.5
12482.5
12585.0
12483.0
12585.5
12483.5
12586.0
12484.0
12586.5
12484.5
12587.0
12485.0
12587.5
12485.5
12588.0
12486.0
12588.5
12486.5
12589.0
12487.0
12589.5
12487.5
12590.0
12488.0
12590.5
12488.5
12591.0
12489.0
12591.5
12489.5
12592.0
12490.0
12592.5
12490.5
12593.0
12491.0
12593.5
12491.5
12594.0
12492.0
12594.5
12492.5
12595.0
12493.0
12595.5
12493.5
12596.0
12494.0
12596.5
12494.5
12597.0
12495.0
12597.5
12495.5
12598.0
12496.0
12598.5
12496.5
12599.0
12497.0
12599.5
12497.5
12600.0
12498.0
12600.5
12498.5
12601.0
12499.0
12601.5
12499.5
12602.0
12500.0
12602.5
12500.5
12603.0
12501.0
12603.5
12501.5
12604.0
12502.0
12604.5
12502.5
12605.0
12503.0
12605.5
12503.5
12606.0
12504.0
12606.5
12504.5
12607.0
12505.0
12607.5
12505.5
12608.0
12506.0
12608.5
12506.5
12609.0
12507.0
12609.5
12507.5
12610.0
12508.0
12610.5
12508.5
12611.0
12509.0
12611.5
No.
16001
16002
16003
16004
16005
16006
16007
16008
16009
16010
16011
16012
16013
16014
16015
16016
16017
16018
16019
16020
16021
16022
16023
16024
16025
16026
16027
16028
16029
16030
16031
16032
16033
16034
16035
16036
16037
16038
16039
16040
16041
16042
16043
16044
16045
16046
16047
16048
16049
16050
16051
16052
16053
16054
16055
16056
16057
16058
16059
16060
16061
16062
16063
16064
16065
16 MHz BAND
TX
RX
16683.5
16807.0
16684.0
16807.5
16684.5
16808.0
16685.0
16808.5
16685.5
16809.0
16686.0
16809.5
16686.5
16810.0
16687.0
16810.5
16687.5
16811.0
16688.0
16811.5
16688.5
16812.0
16689.0
16812.5
16689.5
16813.0
16690.0
16813.5
16690.5
16814.0
16691.0
16814.5
16691.5
16815.0
16692.0
16815.5
16692.5
16816.0
16693.0
16816.5
16693.5
16817.0
16694.0
16817.5
16694.5
16818.0
16695.0
16695.0
16695.5
16818.5
16696.0
16919.0
16696.5
16819.5
16697.0
16820.0
16697.5
16820.5
16698.0
16821.0
16698.5
16821.5
16999.0
16822.0
16999.5
16822.5
16700.0
16823.0
16700.5
16823.5
16701.0
16824.0
16701.5
16824.5
16702.0
16825.0
16702.5
16825.5
16703.0
16826.0
16703.5
16826.5
16704.0
16827.0
16704.5
16827.5
16705.0
16828.0
16705.5
16828.5
16706.0
16829.0
16706.5
16829.5
16707.0
16830.0
16707.5
16830.5
16708.0
16831.0
16708.5
16831.5
16709.0
16832.0
16709.5
16832.5
16710.0
16833.0
16710.5
16833.5
16711.0
16834.0
16711.5
16834.5
16712.0
16835.0
16712.5
16835.5
16713.0
16836.0
16713.5
16836.5
16714.0
16837.0
16714.5
16837.5
16715.0
16838.0
16715.5
16838.5
18/19 MHz BAND

No.
TX
RX
18001
18870.5
19681.0
18002
18871.0
19681.5
18003
18871.5
19682.0
18004
18872.0
19682.5
18005
18872.5
19683.0
18006
18873.0
19683.5
18007
18873.5
19684.0
18008
18874.0
19684.5
18009
18874.5
19685.0
18010
18875.0
19685.5
18011
18875.5
19686.0
18012
18876.0
19686.5
18013
18876.5
19687.0
18014
18877.0
19687.5
18015
18877.5
19688.0
18016
18878.0
19688.5
18017
18878.5
19689.0
18018
18879.0
19689.5
18019
18879.5
19690.0
18020
18880.0
19690.5
18021
18880.5
19691.0
18022
18881.0
19691.5
18023
18881.5
19692.0
18024
18882.0
19692.5
18025
18882.5
19693.0
18026
18883.0
19693.5
18027
18883.5
19694.0
18028
18884.0
19694.5
18029
18884.5
19695.0
18030
18885.0
19695.5
18031
18885.5
19696.0
18032
18886.0
19696.5
18033
18886.5
19697.0
18034
18887.0
19697.5
18035
18887.5
19698.0
18036
18888.0
19698.5
18037
18888.5
19699.0
18038
18889.0
19699.5
18039
18889.5
19700.0
18040
18890.0
19700.5
18041
18890.5
19701.0
18042
18891.0
19701.5
18043
18891.5
19702.0
18044
18892.0
19702.5
18045
18892.5
19703.0
18046
18893.0
18893.0
18047
18893.5
18893.5
18048
18894.0
18894.0
18049
18894.5
18894.5
18050
18895.0
18895.0
18051
18895.5
18895.5
18052
18896.0
18896.0
18053
18896.5
18896.5
18054
18897.0
18897.0
18055
18897.5
18897.5
18056
18898.0
18898.0
18057
18898.5
19703.5
18058
18899.0
19704.0
18059
18899.5
19704.5
ITU TELEX FREQUENCY TABLE (1/4)

No.
22001
22002
22003
22004
22005
22006
22007
22008
22009
22010
22011
22012
22013
22014
22015
22016
22017
22018
22019
22020
22021
22022
22023
22024
22025
22026
22027
22028
22029
22030
22031
22032
22033
22034
22035
22036
22037
22038
22039
22040
22041
22042
22043
22044
22045
22046
22047
22048
22049
22050
22051
22052
22053
22054
22055
22056
22057
22058
22059
22060
22061
22062
22063
22064
22065
22 MHz BAND
TX
RX
22284.5
22376.5
22285.0
22377.0
22285.5
22377.5
22286.0
22378.0
22286.5
22378.5
22287.0
22379.0
22287.5
22379.5
22288.0
22380.0
22288.5
22380.5
22289.0
22381.0
22289.5
22381.5
22290.0
22382.0
22290.5
22382.5
22291.0
22383.0
22291.5
22383.5
22292.0
22384.0
22292.5
22384.5
22293.0
22385.0
22293.5
22385.5
22294.0
22386.0
22294.5
22386.5
22295.0
22387.0
22295.5
22387.5
22296.0
22388.0
22296.5
22388.5
22297.0
22389.0
22297.5
22389.5
22298.0
22390.0
22298.5
22390.5
22299.0
22391.0
22299.5
22391.5
22300.0
22392.0
22300.5
22392.5
22301.0
22393.0
22301.5
22393.5
22302.0
22394.0
22302.5
22394.5
22303.0
22395.0
22303.5
22395.5
22304.0
22396.0
22304.5
22396.5
22305.0
22397.0
22305.5
22397.5
22306.0
22398.0
22306.5
22398.5
22307.0
22399.0
22307.5
22399.5
22308.0
22400.0
22308.5
22400.5
22309.0
22401.0
22309.5
22401.5
22310.0
22402.0
22310.5
22402.5
22311.0
22403.0
22311.5
22403.5
22312.0
22404.0
22312.5
22404.5
22313.0
22405.0
22313.5
22405.5
22314.0
22406.0
22314.5
22406.5
22315.0
22407.0
22315.5
22407.5
22316.0
22408.0
22316.5
22408.5
25/26 MHz BAND

No.
TX
RX
25001
25173.0
26101.0
25002
25173.5
26101.5
25003
25174.0
26102.0
25004
25174.5
26102.5
25005
25175.0
26103.0
25006
25175.5
26103.5
25007
25176.0
26104.0
25008
25176.5
26104.5
25009
25177.0
26105.0
25010
25177.5
26105.5
25011
25178.0
26106.0
25012
25178.5
26106.5
25013
25179.0
26107.0
25014
25179.5
26107.5
25015
25180.0
26108.0
25016
25180.5
26108.5
25017
25181.0
26109.0
25018
25181.5
26109.5
25019
25182.0
26110.0
25020
25182.5
26110.5
25021
25183.0
26111.0
25022
25183.5
26111.5
25023
25184.0
26112.0
25024
25184.5
26112.5
25025
25185.0
26113.0
25026
25185.5
26113.5
25027
28186.0
26114.0
25028
25186.5
26114.5
25029
25187.0
26115.0
25030
25187.5
26115.5
25031
25188.0
26116.0
25032
25188.5
26116.5
25033
25189.0
26117.0
25034
25189.5
26117.5
25035
25190.0
26118.0
25036
25190.5
26118.5
25037
25191.0
26119.0
25038
25191.5
26119.5
25039
25192.0
26120.0
25040
25192.5
26120.5
25041
25193.0
25193.0
25042
25193.5
25193.5
25043
25194.0
25194.0
25044
25194.5
25194.5
25045
25195.0
25195.0
25046
25195.5
25195.5
25047
25196.0
25196.0
25048
25196.5
25196.5
25049
25197.0
25197.0
25050
25197.5
25197.5
25051
25198.0
25198.0
25052
25198.5
25198.5
25053
25199.0
25199.0
25054
25199.5
25199.5
25055
25200.0
25200.0
25056
25200.5
25200.5
25057
25201.0
25201.0
25058
25201.5
25201.5
25059
25202.0
25202.0
25060
25202.5
25202.5
25061
25203.0
25203.0
25062
25203.5
25203.5
25063
25204.0
25204.0
25064
25204.5
25204.5
25065
25205.0
25205.0
APPENDIX
ITU Telex frequency table (1/4)
AP-13
No.
4 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
6 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8 MHz BAND
TX
8409.0
8409.5
8410.0
8410.5
8411.0
8411.5
8412.0
8412.5
8413.0
8413.5
8414.0
8414.5
8415.0
8415.5
8416.0
RX
8409.0
8409.5
8410.0
8410.5
8411.0
8411.5
8412.0
8412.5
8413.0
8413.5
8414.0
8414.5
8436.5
8437.0
8437.5
No.
12066
12067
12068
12069
12070
12071
12072
12073
12074
12075
12076
12077
12078
12079
12080
12081
12082
12083
12084
12085
12086
12087
12088
12089
12090
12091
12092
12093
12094
12095
12096
12097
12098
12099
12100
12101
12102
12103
12104
12105
12106
12107
12108
12109
12110
12111
12112
12113
12114
12115
12116
12117
12118
12119
12120
12121
12122
12123
12124
12125
12126
12127
12128
12129
12130
12 MHz BAND
TX
RX
12509.5
12612.0
12510.0
12612.5
12510.5
12613.0
12511.0
12613.5
12511.5
12614.0
12512.0
12614.5
12512.5
12615.0
12513.0
12615.5
12513.5
12616.0
12514.0
12616.5
12514.5
12617.0
12515.0
12617.5
12515.5
12618.0
12516.0
12618.5
12516.5
12619.0
12517.0
12619.5
12517.5
12620.0
12518.0
12620.5
12518.5
12621.0
12519.0
12621.5
12519.5
12622.0
12520.0
12520.0
12520.5
12622.5
12521.0
12623.0
12521.5
12623.5
12522.0
12624.0
12522.5
12624.5
12523.0
12625.0
12523.5
12625.5
12524.0
12626.0
12524.5
12626.5
12525.0
12627.0
12525.5
12627.5
12526.0
12628.0
12526.5
12628.5
12527.0
12629.0
12527.5
12629.5
12528.0
12630.0
12528.5
12630.5
12529.0
12631.0
12529.5
12631.5
12530.0
12632.0
12530.5
12632.5
12531.0
12633.0
12531.5
12633.5
12532.0
12634.0
12532.5
12634.5
12533.0
12635.0
12533.5
12635.5
12534.0
12636.0
12534.5
12636.5
12535.0
12637.0
12535.5
12637.5
12536.0
12638.0
12536.5
12638.5
12537.0
12639.0
12537.5
12639.5
12538.0
12640.0
12538.5
12640.5
12539.0
12641.0
12539.5
12641.5
12540.0
12642.0
12540.5
12642.5
12541.0
12643.0
12541.5
12643.5
No.
16066
16067
16068
16069
16070
16071
16072
16073
16074
16075
16076
16077
16078
16079
16080
16081
16082
16083
16084
16085
16086
16087
16088
16089
16090
16091
16092
16093
16094
16095
16096
16097
16098
16099
16100
16101
16102
16103
16104
16105
16106
16107
16108
16109
16110
16111
16112
16113
16114
16115
16116
16117
16118
16119
16120
16121
16122
16123
16124
16125
16126
16127
16128
16129
16130
16 MHz BAND
TX
RX
16716.0
16839.0
16716.5
16839.5
16717.0
16840.0
16717.5
16840.5
16718.0
16841.0
16718.5
16841.5
16719.0
16842.0
16719.5
16842.5
16720.0
16843.0
16720.5
16843.5
16721.0
16844.0
16721.5
16844.5
16722.0
16845.0
16722.5
16845.5
16723.0
16846.0
16723.5
16846.5
16724.0
16847.0
16724.5
16847.5
16725.0
16848.0
16725.5
16848.5
16726.0
16849.0
16726.5
16849.5
16727.0
16850.0
16727.5
16850.5
16728.0
16851.0
16728.5
16851.5
16729.0
16852.0
16729.5
16852.5
16730.0
16853.0
16730.5
16853.5
16731.0
16854.0
16731.5
16854.5
16732.0
16855.0
16732.5
16855.5
16733.0
16856.0
16733.5
16856.5
16739.0
16857.0
16739.5
16857.5
16740.0
16858.0
16740.5
16858.5
16741.0
16859.0
16741.5
16859.5
16742.0
16860.0
16742.5
16860.5
16743.0
16861.0
16743.5
16861.5
16744.0
16862.0
16744.5
16862.5
16745.0
16863.0
16745.5
16863.5
16746.0
16864.0
16746.5
16864.5
16747.0
16865.0
16747.5
16865.5
16748.0
16866.0
16748.5
16866.5
16749.0
16867.0
16749.5
16867.5
16750.0
16868.0
16750.5
16868.5
16751.0
16869.0
16751.5
16869.5
16752.0
16870.0
16752.5
16870.5
16753.0
16871.0
No.

18/19 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
22066
22067
22068
22069
22070
22071
22072
22073
22074
22075
22076
22077
22078
22079
22080
22081
22082
22083
22084
22085
22086
22087
22088
22089
22090
22091
22092
22093
22094
22095
22096
22097
22098
22099
22100
22101
22102
22103
22104
22105
22106
22107
22108
22109
22110
22111
22112
22113
22114
22115
22116
22117
22118
22119
22120
22121
22122
22123
22124
22125
22126
22127
22128
22129
22130
22 MHz BAND
TX
RX
22317.0
22409.0
22317.5
22490.5
22318.0
22410.0
22318.5
22410.5
22319.0
22411.0
22319.5
22411.5
22320.0
22412.0
22320.5
22412.5
22321.0
22413.0
22321.5
22413.5
22322.0
22414.0
22322.5
22414.5
22323.0
22415.0
22323.5
22415.5
22324.0
22416.0
22324.5
22416.5
22325.0
22417.0
22325.5
22417.5
22326.0
22418.0
22326.5
22418.5
22327.0
22419.0
22327.5
22419.5
22328.0
22420.0
22328.5
22420.5
22329.0
22421.0
22329.5
22421.5
22330.0
22422.0
22330.5
22422.5
22331.0
22423.0
22331.5
22423.5
22332.0
22424.0
22332.5
22424.5
22333.0
22425.0
22333.5
22425.5
22334.0
22426.0
22334.5
22426.5
22335.0
22427.0
22335.5
22427.5
22336.0
22428.0
22336.5
22428.5
22337.0
22429.0
22337.5
22429.5
22338.0
22430.0
22338.5
22430.5
22339.0
22431.0
22339.5
22431.5
22340.0
22432.0
22340.5
22432.5
22341.0
22433.0
22341.5
22433.5
22342.0
22434.0
22342.5
22434.5
22343.0
22435.0
22343.5
22435.5
22344.0
22436.0
22344.5
22436.5
22345.0
22437.0
22345.5
22437.5
22346.0
22438.0
22346.5
22438.5
22347.0
22439.0
22347.5
22439.5
22348.0
22440.0
22348.5
22440.5
22349.0
22441.0
25/26 MHz BAND

No.
TX
RX
25066
25205.5
25205.5
25067
25206.0
25206.0
25068
25206.5
25206.5
25069
25207.0
25207.0
25070
25207.5
25207.5
25071
25208.0
25208.0
25072
25208.5
26121.0
25073
25209.0
26121.5
25074
25209.5
26122.0
APPENDIX
AP-14
No.
4 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
6 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
8 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
12131
12132
12133
12134
12135
12136
12137
12138
12139
12140
12141
12142
12143
12144
12145
12146
12147
12148
12149
12150
12151
12152
12153
12154
12155
12156
12157
12158
12159
12160
12161
12162
12163
12164
12165
12166
12167
12168
12169
12170
12171
12172
12173
12174
12175
12176
12177
12178
12179
12180
12181
12182
12183
12184
12185
12186
12187
12188
12189
12190
12191
12192
12193
12194
12 MHz BAND
TX
RX
12542.0
12644.0
12542.5
12644.5
12543.0
12645.0
12543.5
12645.5
12544.0
12646.0
12544.5
12646.5
12545.0
12647.0
12545.5
12647.5
12546.0
12648.0
12546.5
12648.5
12547.0
12649.0
12547.5
12649.5
12548.0
12650.0
12548.5
12650.5
12549.0
12651.0
12549.5
12651.5
12555.0
12652.0
12555.5
12652.5
12556.0
12653.0
12556.5
12653.5
12557.0
12654.0
12557.5
12654.5
12558.0
12655.0
12558.5
12655.5
12559.0
12656.0
12559.5
12656.5
12560.0
12560.0
12560.5
12560.5
12561.0
12561.0
12561.5
12561.5
12562.0
12562.0
12562.5
12562.5
12563.0
12563.0
12563.5
12563.5
12564.0
12564.0
12564.5
12564.5
12565.0
12565.0
12565.5
12565.5
12566.0
12566.0
12566.5
12566.5
12567.0
12567.0
12567.5
12567.5
12568.0
12568.0
12568.5
12568.5
12569.0
12569.0
12569.5
12569.5
12570.0
12570.0
12570.5
12570.5
12571.0
12571.0
12571.5
12571.5
12572.0
12572.0
12572.5
12572.5
12573.0
12573.0
12573.5
12573.5
12574.0
12574.0
12574.5
12574.5
12575.0
12575.0
12575.5
12575.5
12576.0
12576.0
12576.5
12576.5
12577.0
12577.0
12577.5
12657.0
12578.0
12657.5
12578.5
12658.0
No.
16131
16132
16133
16134
16135
16136
16137
16138
16139
16140
16141
16142
16143
16144
16145
16146
16147
16148
16149
16150
16151
16152
16153
16154
16155
16156
16157
16158
16159
16160
16161
16162
16163
16164
16165
16166
16167
16168
16169
16170
16171
16172
16173
16174
16175
16176
16177
16178
16179
16180
16181
16182
16183
16184
16185
16186
16187
16188
16189
16190
16191
16192
16193
16194
16195
16 MHz BAND
TX
RX
16753.5
16871.5
16754.0
16872.0
16754.5
16872.5
16755.0
16873.0
16755.5
16873.5
16756.0
16874.0
16756.5
16874.5
16757.0
16875.0
16757.5
16875.5
16758.0
16876.0
16758.5
16876.5
16759.0
16877.0
16759.5
16877.5
16760.0
16878.0
16760.5
16878.5
16761.0
16879.0
16761.5
16879.5
16762.0
16880.0
16762.5
16880.5
16763.0
16881.0
16763.5
16881.5
16764.0
16882.0
16764.5
16882.5
16765.0
16883.0
16765.5
16883.5
16766.0
16884.0
16766.5
16884.5
16767.0
16885.0
16767.5
16885.5
16768.0
16886.0
16768.5
16886.5
16769.0
16887.0
16769.5
16887.5
16770.0
16888.0
16770.5
16888.5
16771.0
16889.0
16771.5
16889.5
16772.0
16890.0
16772.5
16890.5
16773.0
16891.0
16773.5
16891.5
16774.0
16892.0
16774.5
16892.5
16775.0
16893.0
16775.5
16893.5
16776.0
16894.0
16776.5
16894.5
16777.0
16895.0
16777.5
16895.5
16778.0
16896.0
16778.5
16896.5
16779.0
16897.0
16779.5
16897.5
16780.0
16898.0
16780.5
16898.5
16781.0
16899.0
16781.5
16899.5
16782.0
16900.0
16782.5
16900.5
16783.0
16901.0
16783.5
16901.5
16784.0
16902.0
16784.5
16902.5
16785.0
16785.0
16785.5
16785.5
No.

18/19 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
22131
22132
22133
22134
22135
22136
22137
22138
22139
22140
22141
22142
22143
22144
22145
22146
22147
22148
22149
22150
22151
22152
22153
22154
22155
22156
22157
22158
22159
22160
22161
22162
22163
22164
22165
22166
22167
22168
22169
22170
22171
22172
22173
22174
22175
22176
22177
22178
22179
22180
22181
22182
22183
22 MHz BAND
TX
RX
22349.5
22441.5
22350.0
22442.0
22350.5
22442.5
22351.0
22443.0
22351.5
22443.5
22352.0
22352.0
22352.5
22352.5
22353.0
22353.0
22353.5
22353.5
22354.0
22354.0
22354.5
22354.5
22355.0
22355.0
22355.5
22355.5
22356.0
22356.0
22356.5
22356.5
22357.0
22357.0
22357.5
22357.5
22358.0
22358.0
22358.5
22358.5
22359.0
22359.0
22359.5
22359.5
22360.0
22360.0
22360.5
22360.5
22361.0
22361.0
22361.5
22361.5
22362.0
22362.0
22362.5
22362.5
22363.0
22363.0
22363.5
22363.5
22364.0
22364.0
22364.5
22364.5
22365.0
22365.0
22365.5
22365.5
22366.0
22366.0
22366.5
22366.5
22367.0
22367.0
22367.5
22367.5
22368.0
22368.0
22368.5
22368.5
22369.0
22369.0
22369.5
22369.5
22370.0
22370.0
22370.5
22370.5
22371.0
22371.0
22371.5
22371.5
22372.0
22372.0
22372.5
22372.5
22373.0
22373.0
22373.5
22373.5
22374.0
22374.0
22374.5
22444.0
22375.0
22444.5
22375.5
22445.0
No.
25/26 MHz BAND

TX
RX
APPENDIX
AP-15
No.
4 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
6 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
8 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
12 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
16196
16197
16198
16199
16200
16201
16202
16203
16204
16205
16206
16207
16208
16209
16210
16211
16212
16213
16214
16215
16216
16217
16218
16219
16220
16221
16222
16223
16224
16225
16226
16227
16228
16229
16230
16231
16232
16233
16234
16235
16236
16 MHz BAND
TX
RX
16786.0
16786.0
16786.5
16786.5
16787.0
16787.0
16787.5
16787.5
16788.0
16788.0
16788.5
16788.5
16789.0
16789.0
16789.5
16789.5
16790.0
16790.0
16790.5
16790.5
16791.0
16791.0
16791.5
16791.5
16792.0
16792.0
16792.5
16792.5
16793.0
16793.0
16793.5
16793.5
16794.0
16794.0
16794.5
16794.5
16795.0
16795.0
16795.5
16795.5
16796.0
16796.0
16796.5
16796.5
16797.0
16797.0
16797.5
16797.5
16798.0
16798.0
16798.5
16798.5
16799.0
16799.0
16799.5
16799.5
16800.0
16800.0
16800.5
16800.5
16801.0
16801.0
16801.5
16801.5
16802.0
16802.0
16802.5
16802.5
16803.0
16803.0
16803.5
16803.5
16804.0
16804.0
16804.5
16804.5
16805.0
16903.0
16805.5
16903.5
16806.0
16904.0
No.

18/19 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
22 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
25/26 MHz BAND

TX
RX
APPENDIX
AP-16
APPENDIX
Telex Abbreviations
Abbreviation
ADV
ACK
AGN
BI (GS)
BK
CFM
COL
CRV
DER
DWN
EEE
FM
GA
MNS
MOM
MUTI
NA
NC
NCH
NP
NR
OCC
OK
P (or 0)
PLS (PSE)
PPR
R (RCD)
RAP
RD
RE
RPT
SRY
SVP
TAX
TEST MSG
THRU
TKS (TNX)
TLX
Meaning
Advise
Acknowledge
Again
Good bye
I cut off.
Confirm
Collation
How do you receive?
Out of order
Down
Error
From
Go ahead.
Minutes
Wait (Waiting)
Mutilated
Correspondence to this subscriber is not admitted.
No circuits
Subscriber's number has been changed.
The called party is not or no longer is a subscriber.
Indicate your call number.
Subscriber is engaged.
Agreed.
Stop your transmission.
Please
Paper
Received
I will call you again.
Read
Referrring to
Repeat
Sorry
Please
What is the charge?
Please send a test message?
You are in communication with telex position
Thanks
Telex
AP-17
APPENDIX
Digital Interface (IEC 61162-1)

1. I/O Sentences
Input sentences (IEC 61162-1)
RMA, RMC, GLL, GGA, ZDA
Input sentence description
GGA - Global positioning system(GPS) fix data
$--GGA,hhmmss.ss,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,x,xx,x.x,x.x,M,x.x,M,x.x,xxxx*hh<CR><LF>
|
| |
|
| | | | | | | | |
| |
|
| |
|
| | | | | | | | |
| +-- 11
|
| |
|
| | | | | | | | | +---- 10
|
| |
|
| | | | | | | | +--------- 9
|
| |
|
| | | | | | +---+------------ 8
|
| |
|
| | | | +---+------------------ 7
|
| |
|
| | | +------------------------- 6
|
| |
|
| | +---------------------------- 5
|
| |
|
| +------------------------------- 4
|
| |
+----+--------------------------------- 3
|
+---+--------------------------------------------- 2
+------------------------------------------------------------- 1
1. UTC of position
2. Latitude, N/S
3. Longitude, E/W
4. GPS quality indicator
5. Number of satllite in use,00-12, may be different from the number in view
6. Horizontal dilution of precision
7. Antenna altitude above/below mean sealevel, m
8. Geoidal separation, m
9. Age of differential GPS data
10. Differential reference station ID, 0000-1023
11. Checksum
AP-18
APPENDIX
GLL - Geographic position - latitude/longitude

$--GLL,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,hhmmss.ss,A,a*hh<CR><LF>
| |
|
|
|
| | |
| |
|
|
|
| | +------- 6
| |
|
|
|
| +--------- 5
| |
|
|
|
+----------- 4
| |
|
|
+---------------- 3
| |
+------+----------------------- 2
+---+----------------------------------- 1
1. Latitude, N/S
2. Longitude, E/W
3. UTC of position
4. Status: A=data valid, V=data invalid
5. Mode indicator(see note)
6. Checksum
NOTE Positioning system Mode indicator:
A = Autonomous
D = Differential
E = Estimated (dead reckoning)
M = Manual input
S = Simulator
N = Data not valid
The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field shall be
set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for A=Autonomous and
D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator and Status field shall not
be null fields.
ZDA - Time and date
$--ZDA,hhmmss.ss,xx,xx,xxxx,xx,xx*hh<CR><LF>
|
| |
| | | |
|
| |
| | | +--------- 7
|
| |
| | +----------- 6
|
| |
| +-------------- 5
|
| | +------------------ 4
|
| +---------------------- 3
|
+------------------------- 2
+--------------------------------- 1
1. UTC
2. Day, 01 to 31(UTC)
3. Month, 01 to 12(UTC)
4. Year(UTC)
5. Local zone hours, 00h to +-13h
6. Local zone minutes, 00 to +59
as local hours
7. Checksum
AP-19
APPENDIX
RMA - Recommended minimum specific LORAN-C data
$--RMA,A,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yy,a,x.x,x.x,x.x,x.x,x.x,a,a*hh<CR><LF>
| | |
|
| | | | | | | | |
| | |
|
| | | | | | | | +------- 10
| | |
|
| | | | | | | +--------- 9
| | |
|
| | | | | +---+----------- 8
| | |
|
| | | | +------------------ 7
| | |
|
| | | +---------------------- 6
| | |
|
| | +-------------------------- 5
| | |
|
| +------------------------------ 4
| | |
+----+--------------------------------- 3
| +---+-------------------------------------------- 2
+------------------------------------------------------- 1
1. Status: A=data valid, V=blink, cycle or SNR warning

2. Latitude, degrees N/S
3. Longitude, degrees E/W
4. Time difference A, microseconds
5. Time difference B, microseconds
6. Speed over ground, knots
7. Course over ground, degrees true
8. Magnetic variation(see note 1),degree E/W
9. Mode indicator(see note 2)
10. Checksum
NOTE 1 - Easterly variation(E) subtracts from true course
Westerly variation(W) adds to true course
NOTE 2 Positioning system Mode indicator:
A = Autonomous
D = Differential
M = Manual input
S = Simulator
N = Data not valid
The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field
shall be set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for
A=Autonomous and D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator
and Status field shall not be null fields.
AP-20
APPENDIX
RMC - Recommended minimum specific GPS/TRANSIT data

$--RMC,hhmmss.ss,A,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,x.x,x.x,xxxxxx,x.x,a,a*hh<CR><LF>
|
| | |
|
| | |
|
| | | |
|
| | |
|
| | |
|
| | | +--- 10
|
| | |
|
| | |
|
| | +----- 9
|
| | |
|
| | |
|
+--+------- 8
|
| | |
|
| | |
+--------------- 7
|
| | |
|
| | +--------------------- 6
|
| | |
|
| +------------------------- 5
|
| | |
+---+---------------------------- 4
|
| +---+---------------------------------------- 3
|
+--------------------------------------------------- 2
+---------------------------------------------------------- 1
1. UTC of position fix
2. Status: A=data valid, V=navigation receiver warning
3. Latitude, N/S
4. Longitude, E/W
5. Speed over ground, knots
6. Course over ground, degrees true
7. Date: dd/mm/yy
8. Magnetic variation, degrees E/W
9. Mode indicator(see note)
10. Checksum
NOTE Positioning system Mode indicator:
A = Autonomous
D = Differential
M = Manual input
S = Simulator
N = Data not valid
The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field
shall be set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for
A=Autonomous and D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator
and Status field shall not be null fields.
AP-21
APPENDIX
2. Schematic diagram
T-IF BOARD
MOTHER BOARD
T-CPU BOARD
05P0742(FS-1570)
05P0743(FS-2570)
05P0731
05P0732
OPEN: IEC 61162-1 (NMEA 0183)
S2 SHORT: CIF
IEC 61162-1
TB6 R58
10
RD3_A 24
R59 10
RD3_B 25
J3
P201
< 41 < ..
.
< 42 <
P301
.. > 41
.
> 42
J1
>
>
R60
330
R59
CR11
100
1SS355
C29 C28
100P 100P
Load requirements as a listener

Isolation:
Optocoupler
Input impedance: 450
Max. voltage:
15 V
Threshold:
4 mA
AP-22
1
3
U18
PC-400
4
5
APPENDIX
Parts List
This equipment contains complex modules in which fault diagnosis and repair down to
component level are not practical (IMO A.694(17)/8.3.1). Only some discrete components
are used. FURUNO Electric Co., Ltd. Believes identifying these components is of no value
for shipboard maintenance; therefore, they are not listed in this manual. Major modules
can be located on the parts location photos on pages AP-26 thru AP-28.
Control unit FS-1570/2570
FURUNO
Model
Unit
FS-1570/2570
CONTROL UNIT
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

Aug-02 Blk.No.
SYMBOL TYPE
B2
B3
B4
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

05P0728, PANEL
05P0729, C-CPU
05P0730, C-IF
CODE No.
005-951-870
005-951-880
005-951-890
REMARKS
SHIPPABLE
ASSEMBLY
X
X
X
AP-23
APPENDIX
Transceiver unit FS-1570T
FURUNO
Model
Unit
FS-1570T
TRANSCEIVER UNIT

Aug-02 Blk.No.
SYMBOL TYPE
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B13, 14
B17
AP-24

05P0731, T-IF
05P0732, T-CPU
05P0733, TX-RX
05P0734, W/R
05P0735, PA
05P0736, TX-FIL
05P0737, SW-REG
05P0742, M-B
05P0746, PRESEL
05P0747, REF OSC
05P0751, DSP
05P0744, RELAY
CODE No.
005-952-000
005-952-010
005-952-030
005-952-060
005-952-140
005-952-100
005-952-110
005-951-980
005-952-040
005-952-050
005-952-020
005-952-070
REMARKS
SHIPPABLE
ASSEMBLY
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
APPENDIX
FURUNO
Model
Unit
FS-2570T
TRANSCEIVER UNIT

Aug-02 Blk.No.
SYMBOL TYPE
B2
B3
B4
B5, B18
B6, B17
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13, 14
B15
B16

05P0731, T-IF
05P0732, T-CPU
05P0733, TX-RX
05P0734, W/R
05P0739, PA
05P0736, TX-FIL
05P0737, SW-REG
05P0743, M-B
05P0746, PRESEL
05P0747, REF OSC
05P0744, RELAY
05P0751, DSP
05P0738, DRV
05P0740, COMB
CODE No.
005-952-000
005-952-010
005-952-030
005-952-060
005-952-130
005-952-100
005-952-110
005-951-990
005-952-040
005-952-050
005-952-070
005-952-020
005-952-212
005-952-150
REMARKS
SHIPPABLE
ASSEMBLY
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
AP-25
APPENDIX
Parts Location
05P0734
05P0739
W/R Board (option)
PA Board
05P0734
05P0737
05P0744
W/R Board
SW-REG Board
RELAY Board
05P0738
DRV Board
05P0739
PA Board
05P0747
REF OSC Board
05P0743
M-B Board
(underneath)
05P0746
05P0731
05P0736
05P0751
PRESEL Board
T-I/F Board
TX FIL Board
DSP Board
05P0732
(for NBDP) 05P0751
05P0740
T-CPU Board
DSP
Board
05P0733
COMB Board
(for DSC)
TX/RX Board
AP-26
APPENDIX

05P0733
TX/RX Board
05P0744
RELAY Board
05P0737
SW-REG Board
05P0746
PRESEL Board
05P0734
W/R Board
05P0747
REF OSC
Board
05P0742
M-B Board
(underneath)
05P0736
TX FIL Board
05P0735
PA Board
05P0731
05P0751
T-I/F Board
DSP Board
(for NBDP) 05P0751
DSP Board
05P0732
T-CPU Board
AP-27
APPENDIX
Control unit FS-2570C
05P0728
PANEL Board
05P0729
CPU Board
05P0730
C-I/F Board
AP-28
INDEX
1/ RT/2182 key ............................................1-3
to coast station on HF band .................... 4-9

DSC frequency table................................ AP-4
2/DSC key ...................................................1-1
Error messages......................................... 12-5
4/Intcom key ................................................2-8
5
5/ ACK/SQ key.............................................1-5
FILE/CURSOR key ..................................... 6-9

Frequency selection.................................... 2-3
Geographical area call

receiving................................................ 5-22
sending.................................................. 5-19
Group call
receiving................................................ 5-18
sending.................................................. 5-15
8/PRINT key ................................................7-3
IA .........................................................2-4, 2-5
IC ................................................................ 2-5
Individual call
automatic acknowledge ........................ 5-10
manual acknowledge ............................ 5-12
sending.................................................... 5-4
Intercom ...................................................... 2-8
6
6/SCAN key ......................................... 1-3, 1-4
7
7/
9/
key.......................................................1-4
key .....................................................1-2
A
Alarm menu .................................................7-1
All ships call
receiving ..................................................5-3
sending ....................................................5-1
Antenna current ...........................................2-4
Auto ack menu.............................................7-2
Auto freq change .........................................7-6
C
Channel selection ........................................2-2
Contrast .......................................................1-2
Control description.......................................1-1
D
Daily test....................................................12-1
Dimmer ........................................................1-2
Distress alert
receiving on either VHF channel 70 or MF
channel 2187.5 ....................................4-7
receiving on HF band ..............................4-9
sending ....................................................4-1
Distress relay
on behalf of other ship, to all ships........4-16
on behalf of other ship, to coast station 4-13
receiving ................................................4-19
L
Log file
description............................................. 5-45
opening ................................................. 5-45
LOG/TUNE key ......................................... 5-45
M
Medical transport call
receiving................................................ 5-27
sending.................................................. 5-26
Menu tree ................................................. AP-1
N
NBDP Terminal Unit
answerback code registration ................. 9-1
ARQ mode ............................................ 11-3
communications buffer........................ 11-10
edit menu [F2] ......................................... 8-6
FEC mode ............................................. 11-5
file creating............................................ 10-1
file deleting ............................................ 10-9
file editing .............................................. 10-5
IN-1
INDEX
file menu [F1]...........................................8-6
file opening ............................................10-8
file renaming ..........................................10-9
file saving...............................................10-3
file saving under new name ..................10-9
general test..........................................12-10
ID code registration .................................9-2
macrofiles ............................................11-10
manual calling........................................ 11-1
menu overview ........................................8-4
operate menu [F3] ...................................8-8
printing...................................................10-9
receive mode ......................................... 11-5
scan channel group editing, deleting ......9-8
scan channel group registration ..............9-7
scanning ................................................ 11-9
station editing, deleting............................9-4
station menu [F5]...................................8-10
station registration ...................................9-3
system menu [F6].................................. 8-11
terminal unit .............................................8-1
timer operation....................................... 11-8
timer program editing, deleting................9-6
timer program registration .......................9-5
tone test...............................................12-11
user channel editing, deleting .................9-7
user channel registration .........................9-6
window menu [F4] ...................................8-9
Neutral craft call
receiving ................................................5-25
sending ..................................................5-23
P
Polling call
receiving ................................................5-31
sending ..................................................5-28
Position call
other ship requests your position ..........5-36
requesting other ships position.............5-34
IN-2
Position entry (manual)............................... 1-5

POWER switch ........................................... 1-2
Print out menu............................................. 7-3
PSTN call
charge information ................................ 5-43
receiving................................................ 5-42
sending.................................................. 5-38
R
RF................................................................ 2-5
S
Scan freq menu........................................... 7-4
Scan frequency setup ................................. 7-5
Scanning ..................................................... 1-4
Send message files
geographical area call............................. 6-6
group call................................................. 6-4
individual call........................................... 6-1
printing .................................................. 6-10
PSTN call ................................................ 6-7
sending.................................................... 6-9
test call .................................................... 6-8
T
Test call ..................................................... 12-7
Time entry (manual).................................... 1-5
Transmitter power ....................................... 2-5
Troubleshooting ........................................ 12-5
Tuning ......................................................... 2-3
U
USER CH menu........................................ 2-10
User channels
deleting.................................................. 2-12
registering ............................................. 2-10
V
VC ............................................................... 2-5
Volume menu .............................................. 7-7
Installation Manual
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
FS-1570 (150 W)/FS-2570 (250 W)
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ......................................................................................................................i
SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS ...............................................................................................................ii
EQUIPMENT LIST................................................................................................................................. iv
1. MOUNTING .................................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.1 Control Unit............................................................................................................................. 1-1
1.2 Antenna Coupler..................................................................................................................... 1-3
1.3 Transceiver Unit...................................................................................................................... 1-8
1.4 Handset (w/bracket) ............................................................................................................... 1-9
1.5 Antenna................................................................................................................................. 1-10
1.6 Mounting of Optional Equipment...........................................................................................1-11
2. WIRING .......................................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1 Wiring...................................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 External Equipment ................................................................................................................ 2-5
2.3 Connection of AC-DC Power Supply Unit (Option)................................................................ 2-9
3. INITIAL SETTING........................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.1 Performance Check................................................................................................................ 3-1
3.2 Manual 2182 kHz Tuning Preset ............................................................................................ 3-1
3.3 System Setup ......................................................................................................................... 3-3
3.4 Setting DIP Switches.................................................................................................................. 3-7
3.5 Preamp Setting (For FAX-5)................................................................................................... 3-8
4. OPTION KIT ................................................................................................................................... 4-1
4.1 DSC Routine Frequency Board.............................................................................................. 4-1
4.2 Connecting of NBDP Terminal Unit OP05-96 (IB-581)/OP05-100 (IB-583) .......................... 4-3
PACKING LISTS.................................................................................................................................A-1
OUTLINE DRAWINGS .......................................................................................................................D-1
INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM ......................................................................................................S-1
www.furuno.co.jp


9-52 Ashihara-cho,
Telephone : +81-(0)798-65-2111
Fax
: +81-(0)798-65-4200
Printed in Japan
A : AUG . 2002
E : MAR . 19, 2008
Pub. No. IME-56360-E

(HIMA )
FS-1570/2570
*00080934211*
*00080934211*
* 0 0 0 8 0 9 3 4 2 1 1 *
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
CAUTION
DANGER
Do not touch cable from
the antenna coupler during
transmission.
Confirm that the power supply voltage

is compatible with the voltage rating
of the equipment.
Electrical shock, serious

injury or death can result if
the cables are touched during
transmission.
Connection to the wrong power supply

can cause fire or equipment damage to the
equipment . The voltage rating appears on
the label at the rear of the display unit.
Ground the equipment.
DANGER
Ungrounded equipment can

give off or receive electromagnetic interferenece or
cause electrical shock.
Do not touch this point.
Do not touch the whip

antenna or wire antenna.
Use copper strap with careful.

An edge of it may harm your hand.

the antenna is touched during
transmission.
Keep the following compass safe

distances.
WARNING
Standard Steering
compass compass
Do not work inside the

equipment unless totally
familiar with electrical
circuits.
Transceiver FS-1570T
Unit
FS-2570T
Hazardous voltage which can

shock exists inside the equipment.
Turn off the power at the
mains switchboard before
beginning the installation.
Post a sign near the switch
to indicate it should not be
turned on while the equipment is being installed.
1.20 m
2.20 m
0.90 m
0.70 m
1.40 m
0.60 m
HS-2003
AT-1560-15
AT-1560-25
1.50 m
1.00 m
0.95 m
0.70 m
PP-510
1.00 m
0.80 m
IC-302/303
0.80 m
2.20 m
0.60 m
1.50 m
1.00 m
0.90 m
0.70 m
0.70 m
1.40 m
0.70 m
1.00 m
0.40 m
FS-2571C
SEM-21Q
PR-850A
PR-300
IB-581
IB-583
Fire, electrical shock or

serious injury can result if the
power is left on or is applied
while the equipment is being
installed.
SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS
Standard configuration is shown with solid line.
FS-1570
DSC DISTRESS SAFETY
#
# = 2.6 m PREAMP UNIT
whip
FAX-5
antenna
ANTENNA COUPLER
AT-1560-15
LOUDSPEAKER
SEM-21Q
EPFS (GNSS)
INCOMING
INDICATOR
IC-303-DSC
MIF EQUIPMENT
CONTROL
UNIT
FS-2571C
CONTROLLER 1
HANDSET
HS-2003
PRINTER
PP-510
TRANSCEIVER UNIT
FS-1570T
NBDP
TERMINAL UNIT
IB-583/IB-581
DISTRESS ALERT UNIT
IC-302-DSC
INTERFACE
IF-8500*

24VDC
BK INTERFACE
BK-300
CONTROLLER 2
FS-2571C
AC/DC POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
PR-300
24VDC
100-115/200-230VAC
1, 50/60Hz
Exposed to weather
Preamp Unit
Antenna Coupler Exposed to weather
Other Units
ii
24VDC
HANDSET
HS-2003
POWER STATUS
MONITOR
PSM-01
FS-2570
DSC DISTRESS SAFETY
#
# = 2.6 m
whip
antenna
PREAMP UNIT
FAX-5
EPFS (GNSS)
INCOMING
INDICATOR
IC-303-DSC
MIF EQUIPMENT
DSC ROUTINE
FREQUENCY
#
PREAMP UNIT
FAX-5
ANTENNA COUPLER
AT-1560-15
LOUDSPEAKER
SEM-21Q
W/R BOARD
CONTROL
UNIT
FS-2571C
CONTROLLER 1
PRINTER
PP-510
TRANSCEIVER UNIT
FS-2570T
NBDP
TERMINAL UNIT
IB-583/IB-581
DISTRESS ALERT UNIT
IC-302-DSC
BK INTERFACE
BK-300
HANDSET
HS-2003
INTERFACE
IF-8500*

DC24V
CONTROL UNIT
FS-2571C
CONTROLLER 2
AC/DC POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
PR-300
24VDC
100-115/200-230VAC
1, 50/60Hz
Unit
Category
Exposed to weather
Preamp Unit
Other Units
iii
24VDC
HANDSET
HS-2003
POWER STATUS
MONITOR
PSM-01
EQUIPMENT LISTS
Standard Supply
Name
Type
Code no.
Transceiver
Unit
FS-1570T
FS-2570T
Control Unit
FS-2571C
AT-1560-15-AAS
AT-1560-15-SUS
AT-1560-25-AAS
AT-1560-25-SUS
Antenna
Coupler
Accessories
Installation
Materials
Qty
1
Remarks
For FS-1570 (150 W)
For FS-2570 (250 W)
1
For FS-1570, Resin
1
For FS-1570, Stainless steel

For FS-2570, Resin
For FS-2570, stainless steel
SP05-05700
000-054-228
CP05-08810
000-056-951
17JE23150-02 (D8C), 10 m cable
CP05-08820
000-056-952
17JE23150-02 (D8C), 20 m cable
CP05-08830
000-056-953
17JE23150-02 (D8C), 30 m cable
CP05-08840
000-056-954
17JE23150-02 (D8C), 40 m cable
CP05-08850
000-056-955
17JE23150-02 (D8C), 50 m cable
CP05-05700
000-055-238
1 set
For antenna coupler
CP05-08801
005-951-930
1 set
For control unit
CP05-08802
005-952-180
1 set
For transceiver unit
05S0949 L-10
000-130-484
10 m
05S0949 L-20
000-130-485
20 m
05S0949 L-30
000-130-486
05S0949 L-40
000-130-487
40 m
05S0949 L-50
000-130-488
50 m
05S0462 L-10
000-113-360
10 m
05S0462 L-20
000-113-361
20 m
05S0462 L-30
000-113-362
05S0462 L-40
000-113-363
40 m
05S0462 L-50
000-113-364
50 m
05S0793
000-125-984
10 m
05S0793
000-125-986
20 m
05S0793
000-125-987
05S0793
000-125-988
40 m
05S0793
000-125-989
50 m
RG-10/U-Y
000-125-999
10 m
RG-10/U-Y
000-563-044
20 m
RG-10/U-Y
000-563-048
RG-10/U-Y
000-126-000
40 m
RG-10/U-Y
000-126-001
50 m
iv
Handset, bracket, etc.

Between
control
unit &
Transceiver
unit.
30 m
For antenna
coupler
30 m
30 m
30 m
For antenna
coupler
(w/armor)
Optional Equipment
Name
AC-DC Power
Supply Unit
Printer
Type
Code no.
Qty
PR-300
For FS-1570 (150 W)
PR-850A
For FS-2570 (250 W)
1 set
w/installation materials
(CP16-01200),
accessories
(FP16-00100)
000-053-895
PP-510
Printer Interface Kit IF-8500
Remarks
Distress Alert Unit
IC-302-DSC
1 set
w/Installation materials
Incoming Indicator
IC-303-DSC
1 set
w/Installation materials
Whip Antenna
04S4176
000-153-122
Preamp Unit
FAX-5
External
Loudspeaker
SEM-21Q
000-144-917
Control Unit
FS-2571C
1 set
OP05-96
000-056-949
1 set
Terminal Unit IB-581,

DSP print, Accessories
IB-583
000-043-435
1 set
Terminal unit IB-583

(w/accessories, spare
parts)
1 set
w/Bracket
NBDP
Terminal Unit Set
000-075-016
000-075-049
1 set
2.6 meter
w/cable, 15 m
w/cable, 1 m
Handset
HS-2003
Cable assy.
MJ-A10SPF/SRMD-500
000-147-336
0.5m, For handset
Flush mount Kit
OP05-98
005-951-830
For control unit
W/R2 set
OP05-99
005-951-840
1 set
17JE23150-02 (D8C)
5m
000-146-015
17JE23150-02 (D8C)
10 m
000-146-016
17JE23150-02 (D8C)
20 m
000-146-017
17JE23150-02 (D8C)
30 m
000-146-018
17JE23150-02 (D8C)
40 m
000-146-019
17JE23150-02 (D8C)
50 m
000-146-020
Cable assy.
BK Interface
BK-300
Antenna Materials
CP05-09010
5 m cable
10 m cable
20 m cable
1
30 m cable
40 m cable
50 m cable
1 set
005-954-180
1 set
For FS-2570, P.C.B.
This page is intentionally left blank.
vi
1. MOUNTING
NOTICE
Do not apply paint, anti-corrosive sealant
or contact spray to coating or plastic
parts of the equipment.
Those items contain organic solvents that
can damage coating and plastic parts,
especially plastic connectors.
1.1
Control Unit
1.1.1
Mounting methods
The control unit can be mounted one of four ways;
In the hanger (overhead, bulkhead or tabletop)

Flush mounting.
1.1.2
Mounting considerations
Make sure the location is strong enough to support the unit under the conditions of
continued vibration and shock normally encountered on the boat
Locate the unit where it is easily accessible and does not interfere with personnel or
operation of other equipment; for example, ships wheel.
1.1.3
Hanger mounting
1. Fix the hanger with tapping screws (supplied).

2. Set the control unit to the hanger and fix it with the washers and knobs.
20 50+0.5
4-5
Fixing hole
220+0.5
110
93
298+4
20
RT
DSC
ACK/SQ
PRINT
CH
GHI
ABC
JKL
TEST
DEF
6 SCAN
MNO
CALL
PQRS
FILE
CANCEL
CURSOR
TUV
0 LOG
TUNE
PUSH TO ENTER
WXYZ
SETUP
PWR/VOL
OFF
OVEN
(136)
127
4 IntCom
108
DISTRESS
ALARM
14
70
18
10
1-1
1.1.4
Flush Mounting
Use the optional flush mount kit.

Name: Flush mount kit
Type: OP05-98
Code No.: 005-951-830
Name
Type
Code No.
Qty
Mounting metal
05-089-1171
100-299-020
Wing bolt
M4x30
000-804-799
Wing nut
M4
000-863-306
Hex. bolt
M6x12
000-162-897-10
Spring washer
M6
000-158-855-10
Remarks
1. Make a cutout of 251 mm (W) x 100 mm (H).

2. Insert the control unit to the cutout.
3. Attach two mounting metal (supplied with kit) to the control unit with hex bolts (M6 x 12,
supplied with kit) and spring washer (supplied with kit) from the rear side.
4. Screw four wing bolts (supplied with kit) to wing nuts (supplied).
5. Fasten the control unit to the mounting location with four wing bolts and nuts assembled at
step 3.
Flush mounting, side view
110
45
100+1
Cutout dimensions
251+1
18
Flush mounting
1-2
25
12
1.2
Antenna Coupler
DANGER
Do not touch cable from the antenna coupler.
Electric shock, fire, serious injury or death can
result if the cables are touched
during transmission.
DANGER
1.2.1
Introduction
The antenna coupler is installed between the antenna and the transceiver, and tunes the
antenna to the transmitter.
The importance of a good ground system cannot be overemphasized. Without a good ground,
this unit will not work properly if at all.
1.2.2
Ground System
A good antenna can work well only when an efficient RF ground is provided. Without a good
ground system, the full potential of this radio cannot be realized.
CAUTION
give off or receive electromagnetic interference or
1-3
Grounding
Run a copper strap (supplied) between the ground terminal of the antenna coupler and the
ships superstructure.
Ground plate
(a piece of steel plate)
Copper strap
Solder
0.4 x 50 x 600
Braze
For outdoor installation,

apply a coat of paint to prevent rust.
Weld to ship's structure
Ground for metallic hull
1.2.3
The water-jetsproof construction of the antenna coupler permits installation either indoors or
outdoors. When selecting a location, keep in mind the following points.
Outdoor installation
Select a location not exposed to salt water spray. Salt water on the antenna insulator may
cause unstable operation of the coupler and in the worst case prevent transmission.
All wires from the coupler to the antenna radiate radio energy. They should be routed away
from any grounded conductors such as mast shrouds, or fittings.
For optimum radio energy, locate the coupler as near to the ground as possible.
The length of the vertical portion of the antenna should be as long as possible.
Leave enough space around the sides of the unit to permit maintenance and checking.
Total antenna length should be 7 to 30 meters.
1-4
Indoor installation
Locate the unit away from GPS and radio equipment to avoid mutual interference.
The lead-in wire should be as near to the unit as possible.
Select a place where the unit can be easily maintained, but where it will not interfere with
crew or passengers.
Overhead mounting is available for indoor installation.
1.2.4
Anti-moisture measure (vent tube)
The vent tube (attached) prevents moisture from being drawn into the enclosure during
atmospheric pressure changes and allows trapped humid air to escape. Install it according to
coupler installation method, before mounting coupler.
Vertical or horizontal installation

Two vent holes are provided on the coupler, one at the bottom and one on the rear. The vent
tube is set to vent hole B at the factory. This location is for vertical installation of the coupler. For
horizontal installation, remove the vent tube from vent hole B and set it to vent hole A. Cover
vent hold B with seal (supplied), from inside the coupler.
1-5
1.2.5
Mounting
Fix the antenna coupler to a bulkhead of the bridge, mast, handrail, etc. For mounting on the
mast, select a location within the total length of the antenna, and weld suitable mounting fixtures
(local supply) to the mast and bolt the coupler there.
For indoor installation, select a location where the distance between the lead-in insulator and
the coupler is as short as possible.
Example for outdoor installation

Mast
Mounting fixture
(Local supply)
Do not installation with this direction.

Fix with four M6 bolts.
(Local supply)
Example for antenna coupler mounting
1-6
Mast
Drain
tube
For thin bulkhead, use

nuts, bolts and washers
instead of tapping screws.
U-bolt
assy.
Example for indoor installation

insulator
Lead-in insulator
ANT SW BOX
AS-1E (Option)
Stand-off
insulator
Stand-off
From Antenna
Switch Box
Insulator
EXAMPLE OF
INDOOR MOUNTING
Mounting the antenna coupler
1-7
1.3
Transceiver Unit
Bulkhead mounting only

Select a location which provides adequate ventilation.
The location must be clean and dry.
The mounting location must be able to support the weight of the unit (FS-1570: 11.0 kg,
FS-2570: 14.0 kg) under the continued conditions of vibration normally encountered aboard
the vessel. If necessary, reinforce the mounting location.
Secure the maintenance space shown in the outline drawing at the back of this manual, for
ease of maintenance and service.
Transceiver unit
Ground the transceiver unit with the cable assy (05S0479, supplied), to prevent interference.
Fasten the transceiver unit to the mounting location with six tapping screws in the order shown
below. (Asterisk-marked holes are not used.) For details, refer to outline drawings at the back of
this manual.
3
*
1 *
* 1
Transceiver unit (ex. FS-1570T)
1-8
1.4
Handset (w/bracket)
Unfasten six screws to remove the bracket cover, and fasten the bracket to the mounting
location with two tapping screws 4 x 16 (supplied) on the desktop or bulkhead.
Note: The magnet inside the bracket may pull the screwdriver when mounting the hanger.
(77)
65
22
42
145+0.5
208
Screws
12 Cable entrance
57
Handset
hanger cover
2- 4.5
Fixing hole
Handset (w/bracket)
1-9
1.5
Antenna
The antenna plays the most important role in radio communication. If it cannot receive or
transmit effectively because of improper installation, even the most sophisticated transceiver will
be rendered useless.
1.5.1
Types of antennas
The most commonly used are a long wire and a whip. Whatever antenna is to be used, the
antenna coupler can tune a long wire or whip whose total length is 7 to 30 meters (23.3 to 100
feet). Although a longer antenna is preferable when the radio is operated only on low
frequencies, use this size of antenna to ensure stable automatic tuning on all bands.
Long wire antenna

A long wire antenna is inexpensive and in general provides better performance than a whip
antenna, provided the vertical part is long enough.
Whip antenna
A whip antenna is easier than a long wire antenna to install and provides good overall coverage
of most SSB frequencies. A whip antenna is installed as high as possible, away from any nearby
objects.
When selecting a mounting location;
The length of the vertical portion should be longer than 4 meters, and the slant angle of that
part should be within 10 degrees. Separate it as far as possible from:
stays, metallic objects, direction finder antenna, INMARSAT radome antenna
Locate the insulator away from funnels and masts.

If the antenna coupler is installed outdoors, use a lead-in insulator (Furuno type YA-150 for
FS-1570 or YA-218 for FS-2570) to make the connection. If necessary, use a high quality
antenna switch and stand-off insulator.
If the antenna is connected directly to the coupler, use a strain insulator to prevent insulator
fatigue.
1-10
1.6 Mounting of Optional Equipment

1.6.1
AC-DC power supply unit
When selecting a mounting location, keep in mind the following points.

The location should be clean and dry.
The mounting location must be able to support the weight of the unit (PR-300:14.5 kg,
PR-850A: 35 kg) under the continued conditions of vibration normally encountered aboard
the vessel.
A magnetic compass will be affected if the power supply unit is placed too close to it.
Observe the following compass safe distances to prevent disturbance to the magnetic
compass shown on page ii.
Mounting
Refer to the outline drawings at the back of this manual.
1.6.2
Preamp unit FAX-5
The body of preamp unit can be mounted two ways:

1. The bottom of the preamp unit is designed to accept a threaded extension mast of 1 inch
diameter. The pitch of the thread should be 14 threads per inch. To prevent undue flexing of
the mast in heavy winds, the mast should not be longer than 5 feet (1.5 m).
2. The side of the preamp unit has a molded channel so that it may be mounted directly to a
stub mast with two stainless steel hose clamps. Hose clamps must be arranged locally.
Screw the 2.6 m whip antenna (option) tightly onto the preamp unit and waterproof the junction
and other exposed metallic parts with sealing compound (silicone rubber, putty, etc.)
Note that a wire antenna of 2 to 3 meters length may be used instead of the whip antenna.
Note: The preamp unit requires 12 VDC power. See paragraph 3.5 for how to provide power to
the preamp unit.
1-11
50
Thread
(14 threads/inch)
1" Pipe
Spring
Washer
Hose
Clamp
2.6m Whip Antenna
Mast
Earth
Coupling
Nut
Antenna Wire
Wire Antenna Fixture
Preamp Unit
Mounting of preamp unit
1.6.3
Printer PP-510
Install the unit with the two mounting fixtures (supplied). Refer to the outline drawing at the end
of this manual. Connect the interconnection cable between the printer and the transceiver unit.
For how to load paper and set ribbon cassette, refer to the Operators Manual of the printer.
Mounting
1. Select a flat surface. (Compass safe distance: Standard, 1.0 meters, Steering, 0.8 meters).
2. Fix the printer to the mounting location with two mounting fixtures.
Mounting Fixture (2)
200
405
Dimensions of printer PP-510
1-12
1.6.4 Distress alert unit IC-302-DSC/Incoming indicator

IC-303-DSC
Select the mounting location where the button on the unit can be operated easily in an
emergency. See the back of the manual for mounting dimensions and recommended clearance
space. (Compass safe distance: Standard, 0.8 meters, Steering, 0.6 meters)
1. Unfasten four screws to remove the cover.
Terminal
Board
Cable Entrances
IC-302-DSC/IC-303-DSC
2. Fasten the unit with four tapping screws.
3. Pass the cable through appropriate entrance to connect to the terminal board. There are
two cable entrances, one at the bottom and one on the back. Select one.
4. Attach the cover with four screws.
5. Clamp the cable outside of the unit with cable clamp (local supply).
1.6.5 External loudspeaker

The external loudspeaker can be installed on a tabletop, the overhead or bulkhead. Fasten the
loudspeaker to the mounting location with tapping screws, or nuts, bolts and washers. For
mounting dimensions, see the outline drawing at the back of this manual. The external
loudspeaker should be mounted within 2.8 m from the control unit because of the cable length.
1-13
1.6.6
Printer interface
Referring to the outline drawing at the end of this manual, fix the printer interface with tapping
screws (local supply) to tabletop or bulkhead.
92
260+0.5
243
15
270
70+0.5
5 Fixing holes
1-14
2. WIRING
2.1
Wiring
2.1.1
Standard wiring
For further details, refer to the interconnection diagram at the end of this manual.
To ANTENNA
1 ANT
TUNE OK
THROUGH
TUNE
DUMMY
+ 15V
0V
BRN
RED
ORG
YEL
GRN
WHT
BLU
TB-2*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
TB1
TB2
TB3
Ground
drain wire.
Signal cable
Replace this rubber sleeve

with one supplied with
accessories if using a coax
cable whose diameter is
larger than supplied one.
Ground
terminal
Coaxial cable
Connect to ground
to prevent interference and electrical shock.
FAX-5
Local supply
FS-1570T
Power status
monitor PSM-01
AT-1560-15
(Resin type)
PR-300
100V 10A
220V 5A
*: How to Use Terminal Opener at TB-2

1. Remove the end of
each core by 5-6 mm.
5~6mm
DC IN
+ -
DC OUT
24V
+ - + -
Ground Wire
AC IN DC IN
T/R ANT
terminal
opener
ON
OFF
AC IN
L N G
CONTROLLER 1
2. As shown in the figure,

set the opener in a
terminal. While pulling
the opener downward,
insert the core.
20A
ON
OFF
Local supply
D.ANT(W/R 1)
FS-2571C
core
HS-2003
3. Release the opener.
Tug on the core to
confirm it is inserted
properly.
Printer
Speaker
Ground Wire
Wiring (FS-1570)
2-1
To ANTENNA
1 ANT
TUNE OK
THROUGH
TUNE
DUMMY
+ 15V
0V
BRN
RED
ORG
YEL
GRN
WHT
BLU
TB-2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
TB1
TB3
Ground
drain wire.
Signal cable
Ground
terminal
TB2

Coaxial cable
Connect to ground
FAX-5
FS-2570T
Power status
monitor PSM-01
AT-1560-25
(Resin type)
PR-850A
Ground Wire
T/R ANT
AC IN
CONTROLLER 2
FS-2571C
MAIN UNIT
HS-2003
Printer
Ground Wire
Wiring (FS-2570)
2-2
2.1.2
Connection on the transceiver unit
Power cable
Cut the rubber bush to the form of cross with knife.
Pass the power cable (supplied) through the hole at the bottom of the transducer unit, and
fasten it to the TB1 and 2. Fasten it to the fixing plate at cable entrance with a cable tie
(local supply.) When connecting to the optional AC-DC power supply unit PR-300 (FS-1570)
or 850A (FS-2570), supply AC power and DC power to the PR-300/850A. See paragraph
2.3 Connection of AC-DC Power Supply Unit for detail.
Antenna coupler cable
Cut the connector of the signal cable (05S0949 or 05S0793) off, pass the cable to the
rubber bush, and then connect the cable to TB5 on the T-IF Board (05P0731) (See Note 1.).
Wrap vinyl tape or attach an insulating tube to the shield wire to prevent the shorting to the
board. Fasten the signal cable to the fixing plate with a cable tie (local supply.)
Attach the M-type connector of the coaxial cable (05S0462 or RG-10/U-Y, from the antenna
coupler) to T/R ANT port. Note that when running the coaxial cable, attach it with slack for
opening/closing the lid.
Cable from Antenna Coupler
I ANT
TUNE OK
THROUGH
TUNE
DUMMY
+ 15V
0V
SHIELD
BRW
RED
ORG
YEL
GRN
WHT
BLK
TB5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213 141516
COUPLER
171819 2021222324
05P0731
252627282930 3132
TB1(+) TB2(-)
FV5.5-4
YELLOW 2 pcs.
05S0462
or
RG-10/U-Y
DPYC-6 (FS-1570) or
DPYC-10 (FS-2570)
9 mm
05S0949
or
05S0793
T-IF Board (FS-1570)
Connection of transceiver unit
2-3
Note1: How to connect cable to the terminal board.

1. Press this downward by finger or screw driver.
2. Insert a core of cable.

3. Release the finger or screw driver.
Control unit
Connect the transceiver unit and the control unit by the supplied cable with D-sub 15 pin
connector for both ends. The control unit connected to the CONTROLLER 1 port has
priority.
Connect the handset HS-2003 to the HANDSET 1 port at the rear of the control unit. For
other handset or microphone, connect to the HANDSET2/MIC port. Note that these two
ports can not be used at the same time.
Antennas
The antenna for DSC distress (mandatory) and DSC routine frequency (option for FS-2570
only) are connected to the transceiver unit with a 50 ohm coaxial cable, type RG-8/U or
equivalent. Be sure to leave some slack in the cable for future service and maintenance.
Lay the coaxial cable and attach an M-type plug to the cable as follows.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the sheath by 30 mm.

Bare 23 mm of the center conductor. Trim braided shield by 5 mm and tin.
Slide coupling ring onto cable.
Screw the plug assembly on the cable.
Solder plug assembly to braided shield through solder holes. Solder contact sleeve to
conductor.
6. Screw coupling ring into plug assembly.
7. Screw the plug into the D. ANT (W/R 1) port for DSC distress and ANT (W/R 2 port) for
DSC routine frequency (option) at the bottom of the transceiver unit.
2-4
30 mm
Sheath
5 mm
2 mm
Conductor
Braided shield
Insulator
Plug assembly
Contact sleeve
Solder here.
Coupling ring
Solder both
sides of hole.
Cut conductor here.
Fabrication of 50 ohm coaxial cable
2.2
External Equipment
Cables for the external equipment are connected to the terminal board in the transceiver
unit. For location, see the interconnection diagram at the back of this manual.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516
RCV BZ
05P0731
BK 17181920 21222324
IEC61162
9 mm
252627282930 3132
Distress alert unit*

IC-302-DSC
Incoming indicator
IC-303-DSC
Distress message controller*
DMC-5
9 mm
Navaid
External BK
CO-SPEVV-SB-0.2x2P
CO-SPEVV-SB-0.2x5P
TTYCS-4
*Select one.
Connection of external equipment
2-5
IEC61162-1 (NMEA) equipment

Connects a navigator to the terminal box in the transceiver unit. The FS-1570/2570 can
receive the following sentences in IEC-61162-1 (ed.2nd) format. Use the interconnection
cable type CO-SPEVV-SB-C 0.2x2P (option).
GLL: Latitude and longitude
RMC: Generic navigation information
GGA: GPS position, UTC
ZDA: UTC, day, month, and year
RMA: Minimum Loran-C data
Priority: GGA>RMC>GLL
Priority is kept for one minute.
Distress alert IC-302

Use CO-SPEVV-SB-0.2x5P cable (option). For the fabrication, see the figure in below.
Indicator IC-303
Use CO-SPEVV-SB-C 0.2x5P cable (option) and fabricate it as below.
90
Outer sheath
Remove the outer sheath and

armor by 90 mm.
Inner sheath
11
9
Remove the inner sheath by 20 mm,
and the sheath of the cores by 9 mm.
Twist and trim the shield.
Cut the unused cores.

Solder a vinyl wire to the shield.
Vinyl wire
Fabrication of CO-SPEVV-SB-C for connect to the transceiver unit
2-6
External BK
Terminal No.
Signal name
17
BK (+)
18
BK GND
19
Tx_KEY
20
Rx_MUTE
21
SHIELD
Function
Object
Power of relay BK for
Output voltage: 24 VDC
other radiotelephone
GND
0V
BK control for other
Go to GND on transmitting.
radiotelephone
Receiver unit goes to off when BK control from other
this line is GND.
transceiver unit
Note: When GND line from other radiotelephone is connected to the chassis, float the
ground.
T-IF Board (05P0731)

+ 24V TB1
External
Battery
TB2
BK GND
BK (+)
Power of BK
FS-1570/2570
T-IF Board
(05P0731) TB5
BK (+) 17
Receiver
Relay
TX KEY 19
20
BK GND 18
Example of connection with receiver
2-7
Transceiver unit
FS-1570/2570
T-I/F Board
(05P0731) TB5
BK(+) 17
TX KEY 19
RX MUTE 20
BK GND 18
Power for relay
-BK line
E
Example of connection with Tx/Rx unit

MIF unit (future addition)
Use 17JE-13250-02 connector (supplied as installation materials) to connect MIF unit to
REMOTE port on transceiver unit.
Shield tape (metal)

Fold bck the armor,
and then wind the shield
tape along the edge of cable.
Cable clamp
Cable
Type:
Code No.:
UL2464-SB (M)
13PX28AWG
000-125-302
or equivalent.
Fabrication of cable for MIF unit
Printer interface
From top
10
DPYC-1.5
24VDC
TB1
:Control unit
DSC
:IB-581/IB-583
NBDP
PRINTER :Printer
DPYC-1.5, sectional view
Armor
Sheath
= 11.7 mm
Conductor
S = 1.5 mm 2
= 1.56 mm
2-8
2.3
Connection of AC-DC Power Supply Unit

(option)
When connecting to an AC and DC ships mains, the optional AC-DC power supply unit
PR-300 (FS-1570) or PR-850A (FS-2570) is required. Attach the crimp-on lug FV5.5-S4
(local supply) to the power cable (local supply) for connection with the power supply unit.
Use the power cable having the specifications shown in the illustration below.
Between PR-300 and FS-1570
DPYC-6 (Japan Industrial Standard) or equivalent
Between PR-850A and FS-2570
Armor
Paint
Tape
Sheath
Conductor
(DPYC-6)
(DPYC-10)
2
S = 6.0 mm
=3.12 mm
S = 10.0 mm 2
=4.05 mm
DPYC, sectional view
2-9
2.3.1
PR-300 for FS-1570
Both 100/110/200/220 VAC and 24 VDC are supplied to the AC-DC power supply unit
PR-300. When AC input fails, DC power is supplied.
Changing tap connections
The transformer tap for input voltage has been set to 220 VAC (fuse 5A) at the factory.
If necessary, change the transformer taps setting according to ships mains.
BROWN
BROWN
BROWN
BROWN
BROWN
BROWN
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
Tap connections in the PR-300
Changing the power fuse

Change the power fuse according to AC input voltage as follows.
AC ships mains
Fuse
100/110 VAC
200/220 VAC
10 A
5A
Lamp
(green)
Lamp
(red)
FURUNO
PR-300
100V 10A
220V 5A
20A
Fuse for AC ship's mains

AC power
source switch
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
AC IN
DC power
source switch
DC IN
DC OUT
AC-DC power supply unit PR-300, rear view
Grounding
Connect a ground wire between ships superstructure and a fixing screw on the PR-300.
2-10
2.3.2
PR-850A for FS-2570
Both 100/110/120/200/220/240 VAC and 24 VDC are supplied to the PR-850A. When AC
input fails, DC power is directly supplied. For GMDSS vessels, 24 VDC power must be
supplied through the radio battery.
Wiring
Connect cables to the input terminal on the front panel, using crimp-on lugs.
Selection of input voltage
The input voltage is adjustable for 100/110/120/200/220/240 VAC, and is factory-set for 220
VAC. To select other input voltages, open the top cover and change the wiring according to
the figure below. After changing the input voltage, correct the front panel sticker accordingly.
Front view
AC IN
Rear view
24VDC OUT
(Not used, No back up)
24VDC OUT
BATT IN
(Back up DC power)
Output:
Back up
Connection of PR-850A
2-11
100VAC input
0
110VAC input
100
120 100
120
110
0
110
White
Black
White
Black
Black
100
120 100
120
110
0
110
White
Black
120VAC input
0
200VAC input
100
120 100
120
110
0
110
White
Black White
White
Black
Black
White
Black
Black
240VAC input
100
120 100
120
110
0
110
White
Black
Black
100
120 100
120
110
0
110
Black
(Default setting)
220VAC input
0
Black
Black
White
White
Black
White
100
120 100
120
110
0
110
Black
Black
White Black
Selection of input voltage on PR-850A
Ground
Connect a ground wire between ships superstructure and a fixing hole on the PR-850A.
2-12
3. INITIAL SETTING
After completing the installation, check the all connection before applying the power.
Note: For the MMSI seting, ask your dealer.
3.1
Performance Check
Receiver
1. Set the unit as follows.
a) Speaker: ON
b) Squelch: OFF
c) AGC:
FAST
d) Sensitivity: Max
2. Confirm that a signal can be received on each band. If noise or signal is weak, check
the antenna lead-in section, coaxial cable connection and ground connections.
Transmitter
1. On each band, confirm that the antenna is automatically tuned when the [LOG/TUNE]
key is pressed. Automatic tuning time of the antenna should take no longer than 15
seconds to tune, recheck antenna length.
2. Communicate with the handset, confirming that antenna current (IA) changes with voice
level.
3.2
Manual 2182 kHz Tuning Preset
For safety measure, it is required that 2182 kHz be tunable both automatically and manually.
The setup to enable manual tuning, in the event the antenna tuner system fails, is made
with the DIP switches in the antenna coupler. Call a coast station and tell your situation. Be
sure not to transmit during silent period (00 to 03 min. 30 to 33 min. of every hour).
1. Remove the top cover of the antenna coupler. Set the S1 switch (Coupler Board) to
AUTO.
LED (CR9-CR22)
DipSW S5
S6
Coupler Board
(In case of FS-2570,

under the shield plate)
LED
(CR1CR8)
Dip SW S4
MANUAL AUTO
S1
switch
S1 switch on the COUPLER Board

2. Turn the transceiver unit on.
3. Press the [1/RT/2182] key down for two seconds.
3-1
4. Press the [LOG/TUNE] key. TUNE appears on the LCD. TUNING: OK appears when
tuning is completed. Record the status (on or off) of LEDs CR1 CR22 (on the
COUPLER Board).
5. Set S1 switch to MANUAL.
6. Set S4, S5, S6 DIP switches so that LEDs become the status is the same as in step 4.
The relations between the DIP switch and LED are shown on the next page. When a DIP
switch is turned on, the appropriate LED lights.
DIP switch
S4
S5
S6
LED No.
#8
CR1
#7
CR2
#6
CR3
#5
CR4
#4
CR5
#3
CR6
#2
CR7
#1
CR8
#8
CR9
#7
CR10
#6
CR11
#5
CR12
#4
CR13
#3
CR14
#2
CR15
#1
CR16
#8
CR17
#7
CR18
#6
CR19
#5
CR20
#4
CR21
#3
CR22
LED status
7. Return the S1 switch to AUTO, confirming that LEDs do not change. If different, repeat
step 6.
8. Set the S1 switch to MANUAL.
9. Making sure it is not silent time, communicate with the handset. Confirm that IA changes
with voice level.
10. Set the S1 switch to AUTO. Close the cover of the antenna coupler.
3-2
For technician
Please pass on the following information to the customer.
When the auto tuning circuit is broken, transmission is available by the manual tuning (setting
the S1 switch to MANUAL).
Do not change the settings of DIP switch in the antenna coupler.
3.3
System Setup
Enter system settings as below after the installation. To prevent accidental transmission of
the distress alert, disconnect the antenna. These settings should be entered by a qualified
technician. The installer enters system settings on the System Setup menu. A password is
required to access this menu. Under no circumstances shall the operator access the
System Setup menu.
3.3.1
Opening the System Setup menu (DSC)
1. Press the [SETUP] key to display the Setup menu.

2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to select SYS SETUP.
3. Enter the password referring to appropriate FURUNO INFORMATION to display the
System setup menu. The password cannot be informed customers by statute.
System Setup
EQUIPMENT TYPE
DSC SYSTEM SETUP
RT SYSTEM SETUP
LOAD DEFAULT
TEST
PROTECTION
: 1570
: OFF
System setup menu
3.3.2
DSC SYSTEM menu
Choose DSC SYSTEM SETUP on the System setup menu, and then press the [ENTER]
knob to show the DSC System setup menu.
DSC System setup
MMSI: xxxxxxxxx FIXED
MODEM OUT
: 0.0dBm
SIG DET S LEVEL : 100
REGULATION
: INTL
CLASS
: MF/HF
DIST
: PANEL1
2006-04-01 00:00:00
DSC System Setup menu

MODEM OUT
Adjust the level of the modem output for DSC (DSC modem, NBDP modem, NBDP modem).
Normally, this setting is not required.
3-3
SIG DET S LEVEL

SIG DET S LEVEL judges whether the DSC frequency to use to send a DSC message
(Routine only) is in use or not. The DSC message is not transmitted when the signal
strength on the DSC frequency is higher than that set here. When the DSC frequency
becomes clear, the DSC message is automatically transmitted. The setting range is OFF
255 and the default setting is 100.
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to select SIG DET S LEVEL.
2. Press the [ENTER] knob to display the S LEVEL pop-up window.
S LEVEL (OFF 255)
SIG DET S LEVEL pop-up window

3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to adjust the indicator bar. Too low a setting stops
transmission of a DSC message because it detects noise on the DSC frequency.
Alternately, too high a setting transmits the DSC message though low signal level is
present on the DSC frequency used.
4. Press the [ENTER] knob to finish.
REGULATION
Set the regulation to be used.
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to select REGULATION.
2. Press the [ENTER] knob.
INTL
RUSSIA
Regulation pop-up window
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to select INTL or RUSSIA. Only for Russia registry, select
RUSSIA.
DIST
Shows the last transmitted DISTRESS information.
3-4
3.3.3
RT System setup
Choose RT SYSTEM SETUP on the System setup menu, and then press the [ENTER]
knob to show the RT Radio Telephone) System setup menu.
RT System setup
REGULATION : INTL
TX FREQ
: FREE
AM ENABLE : RX
LSB ENABLE : OFF
TX TUNE
: ON
COUPLER THROU : RCVD
NMEA
: OFF
RT System setup
TONE
TX POWER (FREQ)
TX POWER (USER CH)
50Ohm BK:
DISABLE
CW ENABLE: OFF
SELF CHECK
Page 1
Page 2
RT Setup menu
3-5
3.3.4
System setting of RT
Set the RT similarly with DSC. Do the setting at System setup menu at the transceiver unit.
Item
Description
Setting
REGULATION
Select the national regulation to change the

frequency, user channel, etc.
INTL, (RUSSIA)
TX FREQ
Select the frequency to transmit.

FREE: Any frequency can be set.
MARINE/USER: Can use the frequency and
radio type set in the marine band and the user
channel.
ITU/USER: Can use the frequency and radio
type set in the user channel or permitted with
ITU channel.
USER: Can use the frequency and radio type
set in the user channel.
FREE, MARINE/USER,
ITU/USER, USER
AM ENABLE
Select the method of AM (H3E). OFF: TX/RX are OFF, TRX, RX

not available. TRX: TX/RX are available. RX: RX
only is available.
LSB ENABLE
Select ON to transceiver/receive LSB.
OFF, ON
TX TUNE
Turn the tuning of the antenna coupler on/off.
OFF, ON
COUPLER
THROU
(through)
Selects the route on receiving.

(OFF: Runs via antenna coupler.)
OFF, RCVD, DUPLEX
NMEA
Choose the acceptable NMEA version.
V3.0, COMPATIBLE
TONE
For maintenance.
TX POWER
(FREQ)
TX POWEER
(USER CH)
TX MODE
Select the radio band to set the SSB/CW, TLX

TX power.
TX FREQ (CH)
Select the frequency to set.
2182.0 kHz
TX POWER
Select the output level to set

TX power.
HIGH, MID, LOW1, LOW2,

TUNE
TX POWER ADJ
Set the TX power.
0-255, 0
TX TONE
Transmit TONE.
OFF, ON
LOAD DEFAULT
Restore TX settings to default.
YES, NO
50 Ohm BK
Selects the installation situation of the 50 ohms

BK.
ENABLE, DISABLE
CW ENABLE
Enable/disable the CW.
OFF, ON
Bold: default setting
3-6
3.4
Setting DIP Switches
Location of DIP Switches

J5
J3
J2
05P0732
S7
S3
J6
S6
J4
S2
J1
CPU Board (05P0732)
IEC (NMEA)/MIF data receiving line (S2)

IEC (NMEA)
RS-422
S2-#1
Current Loop
ON
OFF
MIF
RS-422/232C
Current Loop
RS-422
RS-232C
ON
S3-#1, 2
ON
OFF
S3-#3, 4
OFF
ON
S2-#3
OFF

Note: S2-#4 is no used.
IC-302-DSC
Set to Current Loop for IC-302 connection.
S6
S7
#1
#2
#3
#4
#1
#2
#3
#4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
3-7
3.5
Preamp Setting (For FAX-5)
When using the preamp for the watch receiver antenna, set J3 on the W/R Board to
ACTIVE in the transceiver unit.
J3
J2
W/R Board, 05P0734
3-8
J4
J1
RX
Change jumper to
ACTIVE position.
05P0734
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
4. OPTION KIT
4.1
DSC Routine Frequency Board
For FS-2570, the W/R Board 05P0734A (option) enables reception of DSC routine
frequencies without the SSB radiotelephone connection. For complete modification, the
whip antenna for DSC routine frequency is necessary.
Necessary Parts
Name
:W/R2 Board Kit, Type
:OP05-99,
Code No.
Type
Qty
W/R Board
05P0734A
001-005-320
Coaxial plug
FM-MP-7
000-161-293-10
Cable assy. with mini-pin
L-500
000-165-876-10
L-770
000-165-887-10
Code No.
:005-951-840
Remarks
Mounting
1. When using the preamplifier, set J3 on W/R board in the kit to ACTIVE (See previous
page). In this section, W/R Boards are described as below.
Pre-attached W/R Board:
W/R 1
Optional W/R Board:
W/R 2
2. Open the transceiver unit.
3. Remove the shield cover at where the W/R 2 board should be fixed in the transceiver
unit.
4. Insert the W/R 2 Board to the position shown below so that J1 connector on the W/R 2
Board mates with to P1201 in the transceiver unit and fasten it with six screws.
Attach the optional

W/R Board here.
(Refered to as
W/R2 Board)
J1
W/R Board (preset)
FS-2570T, cover opened
5. Insert the mini-pin plug, coming from the coaxial connector ANT W/R2, to J2 on the
W/R2 board.
6. Connect the cable assy with mini-pin (L-500) between J4 on the W/R2 board and J7 on
the TX-RX board 05P0733.
7. Pass the above cable assy through the notch on the shield cover removed at step 3, and
then attach the shield cover.
4-1
How to use SSB antenna coupler for DSC routine frequency receive
To use the SSB antenna coupler for routine watch keeping, the following modification is
necessary.
Note: When transmitting, DSC routine frequency cannot be received.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Open the transceiver unit.

Remove the shield cover from the TX FIL Board (05P0736).
Cut the jumper JP2 on the TX FIL Board.
Solder the jumper wire to JP1.
J9 J10
JP1 JP2 J3
TX_FIL Board, 05P0736
5. Disconnect the coaxial cable from J3, and then reconnect it to J10.
6. Remove the shield cover of the W/R2 Board (05P0734A).
7. Run the cable assy. with mini-pin (L-500) between J7 on TX-RX Board and J4 on W/R 2
Board.
Antenna
coupler
TX_FIL Board
05P0736
Tx ANT
I/F
circuit
JP2
J3
JP1
J9
to J2 on W/R Board
PRE SEL Board
TX-RX Board
I/F
circuit
J10
TX_FIL Board
8. Run the cable assy. with mini-pin (L-770) between J9 on the TX-FIL Board and J2 on the
W/R 2 Board.
9. Remount the shield cover, and then close the transceiver unit cover.
4-2
4.2 Connecting of NBDP Terminal Unit

OP05-96 (IB-581)/OP05-100 (IB-583)
To use this equipment for the telex, the NBDP terminal unit is required.
Name: NBDP terminal set, Type: OP05-96, Code No.: 000-056-949
Name
Type
Code No.
Qty
Remarks
Terminal unit
IB-581-02
000-043-350
1 set
DSP Board
OP05-97
005-951-820
1
05P0751A
Name
Type
Code No.
Qty
Remarks
Terminal unit
IB-583
000-043-435
1
DSP Board
OP05-97
005-951-820
1 set 05P0751A
Inserting the DSP Board
1. Open the cover of the transceiver unit.
2. Remove the shield cover from the T-CPU Board (05P0732).
3. Attach the DSC Board (supplied) on J5 and J6 of the T-CPU Board.
J1
Attach DSP
Board here.
T-CPU Board
Location of DSP Board

4. Remount the shield cover.
5. Close the cover of the transceiver unit.
Mounting location for terminal unit
Leave sufficient space around the unit for operation and maintenance.
The temperature and humidity of the mounting location should be stable and moderate.
Keep the unit away from the high power radiotelephone and its feeder wire so that RFI
(Radio Frequency Interference) is minimum.
Mounting of IB-581
Refer to the outline drawing at the back of this manual.
1. Fix the hanger by using five tapping screws (supplied with option kit).
4-3
82
237
79
Dimensions of hanger
2. Attach all connectors to the bottom of the terminal unit.
Printer
PRINTER
COM1
COM2
K-BOARD
24VDC
Communication
Keyboard
unit
For 24 VDC
Not used.
Terminal unit (IB-581), bottom view

3. Screw knobs to fix the terminal unit to the hanger.
4. Use the 17JE-573-10 to connect the NBDP port of the control unit and COM1 port of the
NBDP terminal unit.
Mounting of IB-583
1. Fix the hanger by using four tapping screws (supplied with option kit).
282
240 + 0.5
28
80 + 0.5
4- 7
2.
3.
4.
5.
Dimensions of IB-583
Tighten two knobs to the terminal unit loosely.
Mount the terminal unit to the hanger, and then fasten knobs.
Attach the earth wire 08S0087 to the earth terminal at the back of the terminal unit.
Use the cable assy 05S9351 to connect NBDP port on the control unit and DTE port on
the terminal unit.
4-4
Keyboard
1. Attach the labels for NBDP and the compass safe distance to the appropriate locations
shown below.
Label for key operation for
FUNCTION KEYS (supplied)
LABEL FOR COMPASS SAFE DISTANCE

(supplied)
2. Attach four fasteners (small, supplied with the optional kit) to the bottom of the keyboard.
3. Attach four fasteners (large, supplied with the optional kit) to the small fasteners used in
step 3.
4. Peel the paper from four fasteners.
5. Mount the keyboard on the location selected, and then fix it.
4-5
4-6
0#/'
176.+0'
&1%7/'06
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
#%%'5514+'5
70+6
176.+0'
&1%7/'06
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
'&:
'&:
3 6;

'

%2
%2

(2

(2

*5
(2

(5%
&'5%4+26+10%1&'
8*(/(&+564'55#.'46(.19
8*(/(
*(&+564'55#.'46(.19
*(
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
#%%'5514+'5
$4#%-'6(14*#0&5'6
#%%'5514+'5
70+6
A-2

0#/'
*#0&5'6
%10641.70+6
'&:
3 6;
(5%,0(5%'0

'

%2

,'
&%
%2

(2

(2

*5
(2

(5%
&'5%4+26+10%1&'

A-1
'&:
8*(/(&+564'55#.'46(.19
8*(/(
*(&+564'55#.'46(.19
*(
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
%#$.'#55;
#%%'5514+'5
$4#%-'6(14*#0&5'6
*#0&5'6
%10641.70+6
(5%,#(5%'#
9#5*'4
%1#:2.7)
5'.(6#22+0)5%4'9
%100'%614
,'
0#/'
%1&'
01
/
%1&'
01
(//2
(//2
%1&'
01

:575

:575
%1&'
01
,'
&%
&+/'05+105+0&4#9+0)(144'('4'0%'10.;
&<:
6916;2'5#0&%1&'5/#;$'.+56'&(14#0+6'/6*'.19'4241&7%6/#;$'5*+22'&+02.#%'1(6*'722'4
241&7%637#.+6;+56*'5#/'

01
5'.(6#22+0)5%4'9

47$$'45.''8'
$.+0&2.7)
%122'4564#2
0#/'
176.+0'
%2

%1&'01

:575

:575
%1&'01
5
%1&'01

%1&'01
3 6;

&'5%4+26+105
5
6;2'
%1&'01
4'/#4-5
%5:
A-4

&+/'05+105+0&4#9+0)(144'('4'0%'10.;
%5:
6916;2'5#0&%1&'5/#;$'.+56'&(14#0+6'/6*'.19'4241&7%6/#;$'5*+22'&+02.#%'1(6*'722'4241&7%6
37#.+6;+56*'5#/'

01
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
4'/#4-5

+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
3 6;
&<:

&'5%4+26+105
%2
6;2'
176.+0'

%1&'01
A-3
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
0#/'
176.+0'
(5

&'5%4+26+105

%1&'
01

,'
&%/
%1&'
01
,'
&%/
%1&'
01
,'
&%/
%1&'
01
,'
&%/
%1&'
01
,'
&%/
%1&'
01
,'
&%/
6;2'
3 6;

61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
4'/#4-5
&<:
&+/'05+105+0&4#9+0)(144'('4'0%'10.;
&<:
6916;2'5#0&%1&'5/#;$'.+56'&(14#0+6'/6*'.19'4241&7%6/#;$'5*+22'&+02.#%'1(6*'722'4
241&7%637#.+6;+56*'5#/'

01
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
55$4#&+16'.'2*10'
%1&'01
A-5
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
269+56'&2#+4%#$.'
2
269+56'&2#+4%#$.'
2
269+56'&2#+4%#$.'
2
269+56'&2#+4%#$.'
2
269+56'&2#+4%#$.'
2
0#/'
176.+0'
(5

%1&'
01

5./
%1&'
01
5./
%1&'
01
5./
%1&'
01
5./
%1&'
01
5./
%1&'
01
5/
%1&'
01

5/
5/
%1&'
01

5/
5/
%1&'
01

5/
5/
%1&'
01

5/
5/
5/

&'5%4+26+105
3 6;
A-6
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
4'/#4-5

%5:
&+/'05+105+0&4#9+0)(144'('4'0%'10.;
%/&
%5:
6916;2'5#0&%1&'5/#;$'.+56'&(14#0+6'/6*'.19'4241&7%6/#;$'5*+22'&+02.#%'1(6*'722'4
241&7%637#.+6;+56*'5#/'

01
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
6;2'
%1&'01

01
176.+0'
(5

3 6;
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
4'/#4-5

%1&'01
4)7;/
%1&'01
4)7;/
%1&'01
4)7;/
%1&'01
4)7;/
%1&'01
4)7;/
%1&'01
5./
%1&'01
5./
%1&'01
5./
%1&'01
5./
%1&'01
5./

&'5%4+26+105
%5:
%/$
&+/'05+105+0&4#9+0)(144'('4'0%'10.;
#4/174'&%1#:+#.%#$.'
#4/174'&%1#:+#.%#$.'
#4/174'&%1#:+#.%#$.'
#4/174'&%1#:+#.%#$.'
#4/174'&%1#:+#.%#$.'
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
0#/'
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
6;2'
%1&'01
A-7
0#/'
#%%'5514+'5
70+6
176.+0'

(&

/(*&&15+$2

$6%%25

+$);
#(:
&+/'05+105+0&4#9+0)(144'('4'0%'10.;

3 6;
A-8
#(:
&'5%4+26+10%1&'
(.122;&+5-%#5'
(&
(NQRR[&KUM
(.122;&+5-
/+0+-';$1#4&
6'4/+0#.70+6
+$
&2
A-9
CODE NO.
000-043-259-00
TYPE
CP16-01150
16AF-X-9410 -3
1/1
INSTALLATION MATERIALS

NO.
NAME
OUTLINE
DESCRIPTIONS
Q'TY
REMARKS
08S0087-0
GROUNDING WIRE
CODE NO.
000-108-138-00
(3)
2
16-007-6814-0 ROHS
HOOK LOOP FASTENER
CODE NO.
100-237-670-10
(4)
3
16-007-6815-0 ROHS
HOOK LOOP FASTENER
CODE NO.
100-237-680-10
(INMAR)
4
16-007-6919-0 ROHS
LABEL (INMAR)
CODE NO.
100-217-010-10
16-011-5803-1 ROHS
LABEL
CODE NO.
100-248-051-10
(C.S.D)
6
16-011-5804-0 ROHS
LABEL (C.S.D)
CODE NO.
100-248-060-10
17JE-573-10
CABLE
CODE NO.
000-127-108-00
+1
8
6X20 SUS304
SELF-TAPPING SCREW
CODE NO.
000-162-613-10
POWER CABLE
DC MAINS)
VCTF0.75X2C *3M*
(FOR
CODE NO.
000-112-543-00
/
TWO TYPES AND CODES MAY BE LISTED FOR AN ITEM.
QUALITY IS THE SAME.
THE LOWER PRODUCT MAY BE SHIPPED IN PLACE OF THE UPPER PRODUCT.
DIMENSIONS IN DRAWING FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

.
16AF-X-9410
NAME
SPARE PARTS
UNIT
ACCESSORIES
OUTLINE
FP16-00600
100-237-680-00
16-007-6815-0
100-248-051-10
100-248-051-00
16-011-5803-1 ROHS
16-011-5803-1
100-248-060-10
100-248-060-00
CP16-02302
16-011-5804-0 ROHS
1
16-011-5804-0
004-439-400-00
FP16-00601
004-442-400-00
BTC-5100C PS/2
000-155-850-10
Q'TY
SP05-05001
FGBO-A 125V 3A PBF
000-043-436-00
IB-583
DESCRIPTION/CODE
IB-583
DIMENSIONS IN DRAWING FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
HOOK LOOP FASTENER
(4)
LABEL
LABEL (C.S.D)
(C.S.D)
FLOPPY DISK
MINI KEYBOARD
FUSE GLASS TUBE TYPE
TERMINAL UNIT
OUTLINE
000-108-138-00
08S0087
000-157-942-10
Q'TY
CP05-08901
MJ-A3SPF0023-050ZC
000-146-652-00
05S9351 *5M*
000-162-608-10
5X20 SUS304
100-237-670-00
16-007-6814-0
DESCRIPTION/CODE
1/1
TWO TYPES AND CODES MAY BE LISTED FOR AN ITEM. THE LOWER PRODUCT MAY BE SHIPPED IN PLACE OF
THE UPPER PRODUCT. QUALITY IS THE SAME.
05DZ-X-9853
GROUNDING WIRE
CABLE ASSY.
MJ
CABLE ASSY.
SELF-TAPPING SCREW
+1
HOOK LOOP FASTENER
(3)
NAME
05DZ-X-9853 -4
A-10
D-1
D-2
D-5
D-9
D-10
D-11
D-12
D-13
D-14
D-15
D-16
Sep.21'06
T.Matsuguchi
D-18
D-19
D-20
TRANSCEIVER UNIT
FS-1570T
HANDSET
HS-2003
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
24VDC
LOUDSPEAKER 2.8m
SEM-21Q *2
*2
MJ-A3SPF0023
-050ZC,5m
WHT
1
BLK
2
3
1
2
17JE-23090
*2 -02(D8C)
05S9351
1
5m,8
2
3
PRINTER(25P)
4
5
NBDP
(+) NBDP *2
(-) TERMINAL
GND IB-583
*2
17JE-23250-02
(16S0184),3m
PLUG 3.5
24VDC
24VDC
36P
*2
*1
PRINTER
17JE-23250-02
DPYC-1.5
INTERFACE
IF-8500 *2 36P (16S0184),3m
*2
PRINTER(36P)
57FE-336-205W,5m
*2
16S0084,5m
RED
BLK
WHT
1
2
3
24 VDC
100/110/115
200/220VAC
1,50/60Hz
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
*3
17JE23150
-02(D8C)
*3
17JE23150
-02(D8C)
CONTROL UNIT
FS-2571C
(No.2)
SPARE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
CONTROL1
J5
TD-A
TD-B
RD-A
RD-B
LINE OUT-H
LINE OUT-C
LINE IN-H
LINE IN-C
+15V
0V
OVEN12V(+)
OVEN12V(-)
POWER ON
NC
FG
CONTROL2
J6
1
SAME AS
ABOVE
15
25
T/R ANT
J5
TB5
I ANT
TUNE OK
THROUGH
TUNE
DUMMY
+15V
0V
SHIELD
TB6
BZ OUT-H
BZ OUT-C
BZ IN-H
BZ IN-C
BZ CTR-H
BZ CTR-C
0V
SHIELD
TB7
BK+
BK GND
TX-KEYED
RX-MUTE
SHIELD
TD3-A
TD3-B
RD3-A
TB8
RD3-B
0V(GND)
TD4-A
TD4-B
RD4-A
RD4-B
DIST_CTR
0V(GND)
COUPLER
RCV BZ
EXT.BK
IEC61162
(NMEA)
GND
36P
PRINTER
(+) PP-510
(-)
*2
GND
*1
IV-2sq.
24VDC
TB1
24V(+)
TB2
24V(-)
DMC
*1
DPYC-6,MAX.6m
24 VDC
HANDSET1
MAIN UNIT
J6
J2
GND
RT-TD-A
RT-TD-B
PTT
RT-RD-A
MIC-H
RT-RD-B
MIC-C
LINE OUT-H
SP-H
LINE OUT-C
HOOK
LINE IN-H
Vcc
LINE IN-C
GND
+15V
0V
SPEAKER
12V(+)
12V(-)
POW ON
NC
NBDP
0V
J4
NC
SD
RD
HANDSET2/MIC
NC
J5
GND
0V
PTT
MIC
NC
GND
PRINTER
PHONE
J3
HOOK
17JE23150-02(D8C)
5/10/20/30/40/50m,10
FS-2571C
CONTROL UNIT
D.ANT(W/R1)
J3
*1
DPYC-6
*1
DPYC-2.5
+
-
AC/DC (DC OUT) +
AC/DC POWER
SUPPLY UNIT AC
PR-300X *2 FAIL
*1
MPYC-4
B02 05P0731
1 (+)
2 (-)
POWER STATUS
3 MONITOR
4 PSM-01
*2
*1
IV-8sq.
NOTE
*1. SHIPYARD SUPPLY.
*2. OPTION.
*3. CONNECTOR PLUGS FITTED AT FACTORY.
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
*1
IV-8sq.
M-P-3
RG-10/UY OR
FM-MP-7 05S0462,7.3
10/20/30/40/50m SELECT
1
2
05S0793,14.7 (ARMORED) OR
05S0949,6.5,10/20/30/40/50m SELECT
BRN
RED
ORG
YEL
GRN
WHT[B]
BLK[B]
TTYCS-4(*1) OR
CO-0.2x5P(*2)
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
TPYC-1.5(*1) OR BK CONTROL
CO-0.2x2P(*2)
TTYCS-1(*1) OR
CO-0.2x2P(*2)
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
TTYCS-4(*1) OR
CO-0.2x5P(*2)
ANT
GND
04S4080,30x1.2m
COPPER STRAP
BK+
BKTX-KEYED
RX-MUTE
DISTRESS
ALERT UNIT
IC-302-DSC *2
EXT. EQUIPMENT
P
P
DRAWN
Sep. 14 '07
CHECKED
Sep. 14 '07
APPROVED
Sep. 20 '07
CO-0.2x2P: CO-SPEVV-SB-C 0.2x2P,10.5

TB3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
1
2
3
4
5
6
17JE23250-02(D8C)
ANTENNA *2
ANTENNA COUPLER
AT-1560-15
NAV EQUIPMENT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
S-1
PREAMP
FAX-5 *2
*1
1m
IV-2sq.
3D-2V,15m
RF
TB1
DISTRESS/URGENT
RECEIVING UNIT
IC-303-DSC *2
1
2
3
4
5
6
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
REMOTE
J6
FG
SD
RD
(RTS)
(CTS)
(DSR)
SG
NC
SG
LINE OUT-H
LINE OUT-C
LINE IN-H
LINE IN-C
TX KEY
RX MUTE
ST-BY
POWER ON
POWER ON-H
POWER ON-C
(DTR)
TD5-A
TD5-B
RD5-A
RD5-B
FG
*2
EXTENSION CABLE
3D-2V, MAX.50m
*2
FM-MP-7 RG-10/UY
1
2
6
2.6m WHIP
04S4176-2
WHIP ANTENNA *2
M-P-3
M-P-3
*2
FMA-1
SCALE
T.YAMASAKI
T.TAKENO
H.HAYASHI
C5636-C01- J
NAME
MASS
kg
DWG No.
TITLE
FS-1570
SSB
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
M-P-3
PREAMP
FAX-5 *2
*1
IV-2sq.
M-P-3
*2
FMA-1
2.6m WHIP
04S4176-2
1m
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
24VDC
LOUDSPEAKER 2.8m
SEM-21Q *2
*2
MJ-A3SPF0023
-050ZC,5m
WHT
1
BLK
2
3
PLUG 3.5
1
2
17JE-23090
*2 -02(D8C)
05S9351
1
5m,8
2
3
PRINTER(25P)
4
5
NBDP
(+) NBDP *2
(-) TERMINAL
GND IB-583
*2
17JE-23250-02
(16S0184),3m
24VDC
24VDC
36P
*2
PRINTER
17JE-23250-02
INTERFACE
IF-8500 *2 36P (16S0184),3m
*2
PRINTER(36P)
57FE-336-205W,5m
*1
DPYC-1.5
*2
16S0084,5m
RED
BLK
WHT
1
2
3
HANDSET1
MAIN UNIT
J6
J2
GND
RT-TD-A
RT-TD-B
PTT
RT-RD-A
MIC-H
RT-RD-B
MIC-C
LINE OUT-H
SP-H
LINE OUT-C
HOOK
LINE IN-H
Vcc
LINE IN-C
GND
+15V
0V
SPEAKER
12V(+)
12V(-)
POW ON
NC
NBDP
0V
J4
NC
SD
RD
HANDSET2/MIC
NC
J5
GND
0V
PTT
MIC
NC
GND
PRINTER
PHONE
J3
HOOK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
*3
17JE23150
-02(D8C)
*3
17JE23150
-02(D8C)
17JE23150-02(D8C)
5/10/20/30/40/50m,10
FS-2571C
CONTROL UNIT
HANDSET
HS-2003
M-P-3
3D-2V,15m
CONTROL UNIT
FS-2571C
(No.2)
SPARE
TRANSCEIVER UNIT
FS-2570T
*2
3D-2V
MAX.50m
ANT(W/R2)
J4
*2
T/R ANT
J5
05P0734
CONTROL1
J5
1 TD-A
2 TD-B
3 RD-A
4 RD-B
5 LINE OUT-H
6 LINE OUT-C
7 LINE IN-H
8 LINE IN-C
9 +15V
10 0V
11 OVEN12V(+)
12 OVEN12V(-)
13 POWER ON
14 NC
15 FG
COUPLER
RCV BZ
CONTROL2
J6
1
SAME AS
ABOVE
15
EXT.BK
IEC61162
(NMEA)
25
GND
36P
PRINTER
(+) PP-510
(-)
*2
GND
*1
IV-2sq.
24VDC
TB1
24V(+)
TB2
24V(-)
DMC
B02 05P0731
*1
DPYC-10,MAX.6m
24 VDC
24 VDC
100/110/115
200/220VAC
1,50/60Hz
*1
DPYC-10
*1
DPYC-2.5
+
-
AC/DC (DC OUT) +
AC/DC POWER
SUPPLY UNIT AC
PR-850A *2 FAIL
*1
MPYC-4
1 (+)
2 (-)
3
4
POWER STATUS
MONITOR
PSM-01 *2
*1
IV-8sq.
NOTE
*2. OPTION.
D ANT(W/R1)
J3
GND
*1
IV-8sq.
TB5
I ANT
TUNE OK
THROUGH
TUNE
DUMMY
+15V
0V
SHIELD
TB6
BZ OUT-H
BZ OUT-C
BZ IN-H
BZ IN-C
BZ CTR-H
BZ CTR-C
0V
SHIELD
TB7
BK+
BK GND
TX-KEYED
RX-MUTE
SHIELD
TD3-A
TD3-B
RD3-A
TB8
RD3-B
0V(GND)
TD4-A
TD4-B
RD4-A
RD4-B
DIST_CTR
0V(GND)
1
2
RG-10/UY OR
05S0462,7.3
10/20/30/40/50m
1
2
TTYCS-4(*1) OR
CO-0.2x5P(*2)
CO-0.2x2P(*2)
TTYCS-1(*1) OR
CO-0.2x2P(*2)
TB3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ANTENNA *2
GND
04S40801,30x1.2m
COPPER STRAP
BK+
BKTX-KEYED
RX-MUTE
NAV EQUIPMENT
TTYCS-4(*1) OR
CO-0.2x5P(*2)
1
2
3
4
5
6
REMOTE
17JE23250-02(D8C)
J6
FG 1
SD 2
P
RD 3
(RTS) 4
(CTS) 5
(DSR) 6
SG 7
NC 8
SG 9
LINE OUT-H 10
P
LINE OUT-C 11
LINE IN-H 12
P
LINE IN-C 13
TX KEY 14
RX MUTE 15
ST-BY 16
POWER ON 17
POWER ON-H 18
POWER ON-C 19
(DTR) 20
TD5-A 21
TD5-B 22
RD5-A 23
RD5-B 24
FG 25
DISTRESS
ALERT UNIT
IC-302-DSC *2
EXT. EQUIPMENT
DRAWN
Sep. 20 '07
T.YAMASAKI
TITLE
T.TAKENO
H. HAYASHI
NAME
MASS
kg
DWG No.
ANTENNA COUPLER
AT-1560-25 ANT
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
Sep. 14 '07
CHECKED
Sep. 14 '07
APPROVED
SELECT
DISTRESS/URGENT
RECEIVING UNIT
IC-303-DSC *2
1
2
3
4
5
6
SCALE
S-2
PREAMP
FAX-5 *2
1m
*1
3D-2V,15m IV-2sq.
RF
TB1
SELECT
05S0949,6.5,10/20/30/40/50m
BRN
RED
ORG
YEL
GRN
WHT[B]
BLK[B]
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
*2
EXTENSION CABLE
3D-2V, MAX.50m
M-P-3
FM-MP-5
6
2.6m WHIP
04S4176-2
WHIP ANTENNA *2
*2
FM-MP-7
RG-10/UY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
M-P-3
M-P-3
*2
FMA-1
C5637-C01- J
FS-2570
SSB
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
www.reelschematic.com
FURUNO USA
A3 GMDSS CONSOLE
MODEL: RC18xx Series
FURUNO USA
IME-GMD-50Z
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
1-1
2. MECHANICAL INSTALLATION
General
RC1815/RC1825 Mechanical Layout
RC1840 Mechanical Layout
A3 GMDSS Console Mechanical Drawing
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
3. CONSOLE WIRING
RC18xx Electrical and NMEA/IEC-61162 Connections
RC18xx Battery Requirements
3-1
3-3
4. RC1815/RC1825 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
DMC-5
Felcom 15
FM-8800
FS-1570/FS-2570
IB-583
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-7
5. RC1815/RC1825 EQUIPMENT SETUP

5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
General
DMC-5
Felcom 15
FM-8800
FS-1570/FS-2570
IB-583
5-1
5-2
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
6. RC1840 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS

6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
DMC-5
DP-6
DSC-60
Felcom 15
FM-8800
FS-5000
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
7. RC1840 EQUIPMENT SETUP
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
General
DMC-5
DP-6
DSC-60
Felcom 15
FM-8800
FS-5000
7-1
7-2
7-4
7-5
7-6
7-7
7-9
8. RC1815/RC1825 EQUIPMENT LISTS

FM-8800
FS-1570/FS-2570
Felcom 15
IB-583
GMDSS Installation Materials
Crate
8-1
8-2
8-3
8-5
8-5
8-6
9. RC1840 EQUIPMENT LISTS

FS-5000
DP-6
Felcom 15
FM-8800
DSC-60
Crate
9-1
9-2
9-3
9-5
9-6
9-7
9-7
10. RC18xx PARTS LIST
10-1
11. DRAWINGS
RC1815/RC1825 Interconnect Drawing
RC1840 Interconnect Drawing
RC1840 Detailed Interconnect Drawing
Meter Box Assembly RC1815/RC1825
Meter Box Assembly RC1840
Felcom 15, IC-315 Junction Box Connections
RC1815/RC1825, DMC-5 Interconnect Drawing
RC1840, DMC-5 Interconnect Drawing
ii
S-1
S-2
S-3
S-4
S-5
S-6
S-7
S-8
1. RC18xx Console Introduction

1.1 Introduction
The FURUNO USA GMDSS Console is an integrated package designed to meet
the requirements for Sea Area A3.
While other configurations are available, and much of the information is similar, this
manual was compiled for use with the A3 configuration.
Much of this information is taken from the manuals provided with this equipment. It has
been placed in this format to ease installation and technical service.
As with the installation of any communications equipment, careful planning is necessary.
Some of the most important points are:
1) Type and Location of Antennas.
2) Grounding for the Antenna Systems and for all associated equipment.
These points are repeated in several sections to emphasize their importance. Many
installation problems are related to these points, and close attention to the entire installation
will lead to years of trouble free service for the customer.
1-1
2. Mechanical Installation
2.1 Mounting of the Console
Refer to Furuno USA GMDSS Console Drawing
The RC18xx Console is designed to be mounted in two distinct positions:
The first is to fasten the unit to a desk or base. Ten 3/8 holes have been
provided to ensure a secure mounting to the selected surface.
The second is bulkhead mounting. Four 3/8 holes are provided through the back
panel of the console to facilitate this mounting scheme.
Both are acceptable and are properly reinforced to provide a secure mounting.
2.2 Grounding
Refer to RC1815/RC1825 and RC1840 Mechanical Layout
A welded 3/8 stud has been attached to the console for grounding purposes. This
grounding stud is located inside the back cover and should not be visible in a completed
installation. This is provided to assist in properly grounding the console, and is the
consoles connection to the electrical and RF grounding of the ship.
The grounding should be a copper ground strap, such as used in the antenna grounding
system. To produce a good RF ground connection, brazing the ground strap to the steel
console is highly recommended. Improper grounding will cause many problems in the
system operation.
2.3 Power Supplies, Batteries and Battery Charger

Mount PR850A and PR300 (if supplied).
Mount batteries in appropriate container or rack (see manufacturers recommendations).
Console current requirements can be found on RC18xx Battery Requirements.
Mount battery charger (see manufacturers recommendations).
2-1
PP-510 for FS2570C and IB-583
Label
FURUNO
USA
PP-510 for
Felcom 15
FS-2570C
Meter
FM-8800
FURUNO
Handset
FURUNO
IB-583
Felcom 15
IC-215
Keyboard
Keyboard
PP-510 for FS2570C and IB-583
Label
FURUNO
USA
AC Failure
Light
PP-510 for
Felcom 15
FS-2570C
FM-8800
AC Failure
Light
Meter
IB-315
Junction Box
Handset
Printer Switch for

FS-2570C and IB-583
Console Ground
Connection
FURUNO USA GMDSS

DESCRIPTION
RC1815 and RC1825

Mechanical Layout
2-2
PP-510 for DSC-60

and DP-6
Label
FURUNO
USA
DSC-60
PP-510 for
Felcom 15
Handset
FURUNO
DP-6
Felcom 15
IC-215
Keyboard
Keyboard
PP-510 for DSC-60

and DP-6
Label
FURUNO
USA
Meter
FM-8800
FURUNO
AC Failure
Light
DSC-60
PP-510 for
Felcom 15
FM-8800
AC Failure
Light
Meter
IB-315
Junction Box
Handset
Printer Switch for

DSC-60 and DP-6
Console Ground
Connection
FURUNO USA GMDSS

DESCRIPTION
RC1840
Mechanical Layout
2-3
A3 GMDSS Console
Mechanical Drawing
2-4
3. RC18xx Console Wiring

3.1 Electrical Connections
Refer to RC1815/RC1825 and RC1840 Meter Box Assembly Drawing
3.1.1 Meter Box

All power connections to the RC18xx series console are made to the Meter Box.
Access to the Meter Box is made by removing four, countersunk phillips, screws
from the bottom and sliding the cover back and down. On the inside of the cover is a
mechanical layout of the box, to assist with installation.
3.1.2 Batteries
Connect the battery system using the appropriate wire size to handle the current
capacity of the console
(Refer to Pg. 3-3, RC18xx Battery Requirements).
Batteries => Meter Box Assembly
1) Battery Negative => TB1-1 in the Meter Box Assembly
2) Battery Positive => TB1-2 in the Meter Box Assembly
3.1.3 Battery Charger

The Battery Charger, which is Dealer supplied, attaches to TB1 in the Meter Box
Assembly.
Battery Charger => Meter Box Assembly
1) Negative Output => TB1-3 in the Meter Box Assembly
2) Positive Output => TB1-4 in the Meter Box Assembly
3.1.4 PR-300 Power Supply (RC1840)

Determine the AC Input to be used with the PR-300 (Factory setting is for
220 VAC). Using the diagram supplied with the PR-300, open the supply and set
the transformer taps for the correct voltage. Reassemble the supply.
PR-300 (RC1840)
1) AC IN
2) DC IN (Negative)
3) DC IN (Positive)
4) 24V DC OUT (Negative)
5) 24V DC OUT (Positive)
=>
=>
=>
=>
=>
AC Input from Ships Mains (100 to 220 VAC)

TB1-5 Meter Box Assembly
3-1
3. RC18xx Console Wiring

3.1 Electrical Connections (Continued)
Refer to RC1815/RC1825 and RC1840 Meter Box Assembly Drawing
3.1.5 PR-850A Power Supply

Determine the AC Input to be used with the PR-850A (Factory setting is for
220 VAC). Using the diagram supplied with the PR-850A, open the supply and set
the transformer taps for the correct voltage. Reassemble the supply.
PR-850A => Console and Outside Connections
PR-850A Front Connections
1) AC IN => AC Input from Ships Mains (100 to 240 VAC)
2) 24 VDC Output => Not Used
PR-850A Rear Connections (RC1815 and RC1825)
1) Battery IN (Negative)
= > TB1-5 Meter Box Assembly
2) Battery IN (Positive)
3) AC Fail (Positive)
=> TB1-7 Meter Box Assembly
4) AC Fail (Negative)
5) 24 VDC OUT (Negative) = > TB1-9 Meter Box Assembly
=> TB2
FS-1570/ FS-2570 Transceiver
6) 24 VDC OUT (Positive) => TB1-10 Meter Box Assembly
=> TB1
FS-1570/ FS-2570 Transceiver
PR-850A when used with the RC1840
24 VDC OUT (Neg. and Pos.) => To FS-5000 Transceiver.
* The FS-5000 requires 60 Amps peak current.*
3.1.6 NMEA/IEC-61162 Connections

Refer to Pg. S-6, Felcom 15, IC-315 Junction Box Connections drawing.
3-2
RC18xx
Battery Requirements
Equipment
PP510
DSC-60
DP-6
AC Fail Lamp
Emer. Lamp
Felcom 15 RX
Felcom 15 TX
IB-583
FS-1570 RX
FS-1570 TX
FS-2570 RX
FS-2570 TX
FS-5000 RX
FS-5000 TX
FM-8800 RX
FM-8800 TX
Amps Per Hour
Current /
Calculation
0.4A x 2 =
1.0A =
1.6A =
0.3A =
0.3A =
0.9A =
5A/2 =
0.6A =
0.8A =
20A/2 =
1.5A =
35A/2 =
3A =
60A/2 =
1.6A x 2 =
(4.7A/2) x 2 =
RC1815
Amps
0.8
RC1825
Amps
0.8
0.3
0.3
0.9
2.5
0.6
0.8
10
0.3
0.3
0.9
2.5
0.6
RC1840
Amps
0.8
1
1.6
0.3
0.3
0.9
2.5
1.5
17.5
3.2
4.7
24.1
3.2
4.7
32.3
3
30
3.2
4.7
48.3
* Method used for calculation: 1/2 of the current consumption necessary for
transmission + the current necessary for reception + current consumption of
any additional loads
3-3
4. RC1815/RC1825 Equipment Installations

4.1 DMC-5 (Optional Equipment)
Refer to the Operators/Installation Manual, DMC-5 and the RC1815/RC1825,
DMC-5 Interconnect Drawing
4.1.1 Mounting
1) Mount the DMC-5 in an accessible area on the bridge.
(Refer to the Operators/Installation Manual, DMC-5, Section 6)
4.1.2 Power Connections

1) Connect 24 VDC to the DMC-5 (Junction Board, TB10). The 24-volt supply
should be from TB2(-) and TB3(+) in the Meter Box Assembly. This cable
should be at least 16 gauge, and the wire size should be increased
for cable runs longer than 25 feet. Always install inline fuses in this power cable.
A two (2) amp fuse is more than sufficient for these circumstances.
4.1.3 External Equipment Connections

1) Install the dealer supplied control cables from the following equipment to the
DMC-5 (Junction Board).
(Refer to Pg. S-7, the RC1815/RC1825, DMC-5 Interconnect Drawing)
a) VHF #1 (FM-8800)
b) VHF #2 (FM-8800)
c) FS-1570/FS-2570
d) Felcom 15, IC-315 Junction Box
The FS-1570/FS-2570 requires a cable with two twisted pairs with an overall shield.
The Felcom 15 requires a cable with three twisted pairs with an overall shield.
These cables should be 18 to 20 gauge, and the wire size should be increased for
cable runs longer than 35 feet. This cabling should be equivalent to, or better than,
Belden 85164.
2) Connect the VHFs (FM-8800) using the optional IF-8810 (Junction Box) and
IF-8820 (DMC I/F). These optional units allow the FM-8800 to connect to the
DMC-5. A Furuno 05S0309 cable will be required between the IF-8810 and
IF-8820, as well as, the Belden 85164 or equivalent between the IF-8820 and the
VHF #1 or VHF #2 port on the DMC-5 (Junction Board).
(See Installation Manual, FM-8800)
3) Install cabling between the DMC-5 (Junction Board, TB6) and TB in the
FS-1570/FS-2570 Transceiver using the recommended cable.
4) Connect the Felcom 15 Junction Box and the DMC-5 (Junction Box, TB5)
using the recommended cable. When the DMC-5 is used, a Distress Alert Unit
is not needed at the navigation position.
4-1

4.2 Felcom 15 Installation
Refer to Installation Manual, Felcom 15
4.2.1 IC-215 Communications Unit/Display

1) Mount the IC-215 in the front, desktop area, of the console on the right side.
Using the four tapping screws provided.
(Refer to the Pg. 2-2, the RC1815 and RC1825 Mechanical Layout and
Pg. 8 of the Installation Manual)
2) Connect the cables for the Felcom 15 Printer, Keyboard,
Felcom 15 Junction Box and Felcom 15 Power. These cables have
been installed and labeled within the console.
3) Install the IC-305, Distress Alert/Received Call Unit, on the bridge.
Wire this to the IC-315 Junction box using Belden 85164 or equivalent.
(Refer to Pg. S-6, the Felcom 15, IC-315 Junction Box Connections)
4) Install the IC-306, Alarm Unit, near the console. Wire this to the IC-315
Junction box using Belden 85164 or equivalent.
4.2.2 IC-115 Antenna Unit

1) Install Antenna Unit, IC-115, (refer to the Installation Manual). Make sure
that the Antenna Unit is properly grounded and that all connections are properly
sealed. Route the antenna cable to the IC-215 and connect it to the ANT port.
(Refer to Pgs. 1 through 7 in the Installation Manual, Felcom 15)
4-2

4.3 FM-8800 Installation
Refer to Installation Manual, FM-8800
4.3.1 Transceiver
There are two FM-8800s in the standard console configurations. One unit is
mounted in the console, and will not require installation of a NMEA cable or
power cable. The handset and hanger, for the console mounted FM-8800, must
be mounted in a location that is convenient for the user. The second unit is
remotely mounted on the bridge, and will require the installation procedure
listed below.
1) Mount the transceiver bracket. (Refer to Pg. 1-3 of the Installation Manual)
2) Screw the knob bolts with washers into the transceiver unit.
3) Set the transceiver unit into the mounting bracket and tighten the knob bolts.
4) Install the supplied Power Cable (000-151-711), from the transceiver,
to TB2(-) and TB3(+) in the Meter Box Assembly.
This power cable is protected by inline fuses (15A), any addition cable added,
must also be protected.
5) Make a NMEA cable using the supplied connector (000-145-424) and
shell (000-145-423). Connect from the NMEA/REMOTE port on the transceiver
to the IC-315 Junction Box. Use Belden 8302 or equivalent cable.
6) Attach a ground strap from the transceiver ground stud to the ships hull or
ground system.
7) Mount the handset hanger and connect to the HANDSET port on the front
of the transceiver.
4.3.2 Antennas
Two standard marine VHF antennas are necessary for both FM-8800s. One antenna
is the main TX/RX antenna while the second is the Channel 70 RX antenna for the
DSC receiver.
1) Mount both VHF antennas. Make sure that they are separated vertically to
prevent the TX antenna from interfering with the channel 70 RX antenna.
2) Install the cables and connect the transmit antenna to the ANT port and the
receive antenna to the CH 70 ANT port on the transceiver.
4-3

4.4 FS-1570/FS-2570 Installation
Refer to Installation Manual, FS-1570 (150W) / FS-2570 (250W)
4.4.1 Control Unit

1) The FS-2570C (Control Unit) and HS2001 (Handset) have been mounted and
wired into the console.
4.4.2 Transceiver Unit

1) The Transceiver is designed for bulkhead mounting using six tapping
screws or bolts. Select a location that can support the weight of the unit,
(FS-1570: 25 lbs., FS-2570: 31 lbs.), under the operating conditions encountered
onboard the ship. If necessary, reinforce the mounting location.
2) Connect the 24 VDC, Rear Connections: PR850A, to TB1(+) and TB2(-) of the
transceiver, through a set of inline breakers or fuses. When installing the power
cable in the transceiver, use a razor knife to cut an opening in the grommet.
The FS-1570, which draws 20 amps, will require an 8-gauge wire for up to
40 feet separation from the PR850A power supply.
The FS-2570, which draws 35 amps, will require a 6-gauge wire for up to
40 feet separation from the PR850A power supply.
3) Connect the cable Controller 1, connected to the FS-2570C, to the
transceiver port Controller 1.
4.4.3 Antenna
1) The antenna is to be provided by the Dealer. This antenna should be 7 to 30
meters in length and be mounted as clear of obstructions as possible. When
considering the mounting location of the antenna, be sure to allow space for
mounting the antenna coupler.
4.4.4 Antenna Coupler AT-1560-15 or AT-1560-25

1) Mount the antenna coupler as close to the antenna as possible. The provided
coupler can be mounted horizontally or vertically depending on the location.
(Refer to Pgs. 2-1 through 2-3 of the Installation Manual)
2) Connect the antenna wire from the antenna to the insulator at the top of the
coupler. Keeping the length as short as possible.
3) Fasten the supplied ground strap to the connection provided at the base of the
antenna coupler. Make certain this connection is brazed or welded to the ships
hull or ground system. The exposed ground strap should be painted or coated with
a material to prevent rust.
4-4

4.4 FS-1570/FS-2570 Installation (Continued)
4.4.4 Antenna Coupler AT-1560-15 or AT-1560-25 (Continued)

4) Remove the antenna coupler top housing by removing the 8 housing screws.
5) Install the control cable (000-130-484) from the antenna coupler to the
transceiver. Cut the connector from the cable and attach the control cable
from TB3, in the antenna coupler, and TB, terminals 1-8, in the transceiver.
When installing the coupler cable in the transceiver, use a razor knife to
cut an opening in the grommet.
6) Install the coax cable (000-113-360) from the antenna coupler to the transceiver.
Attach the coax cable from TB1, in the antenna coupler, and the T/R ANT port
on the FS-1570/FS-2570 transceiver.
7) Reinstall the antenna coupler housing using only a couple of the provided screws.
This will allow easier access when testing the unit later in the installation.
4.4.5 DSC/Watch Receiver Antenna

The DSC/Watch Receiver has been incorporated into the FS-1570/FS-2570.
This antenna connection is made to the D.ANT (W/R 1) port. The unit is shipped
for use with a passive antenna.
(Refer to Pgs. 2-4 and 3-10 of the Installation Manual)
Passive Antenna
1) When a passive antenna is used, the impedance must be matched to a 50 ohm
cable, for connection to the FS-1570/FS-2570.
Active Antenna
1) Install the preamp (FAX-5 coupler). Connect a 2.6m whip or 2 to 3 meter long
wire antenna to the preamp.
2) Ground the preamp to the mounting mast.
3) Open the transceiver and remove the cover from the W/R (Watch Receiver).
Change J3 from passive to active.
(Refer to Pg. 3-10 of the Installation Manual and the diagram on the inside
cover of the Transceiver.)
4-5

4.4 FS-1570/FS-2570 Installation (Continued)
4.4.5 DSC/Watch Receiver Antenna (Continued)

4) Reassemble the transceiver.
4.4.6 NMEA/IEC-61162 Connection

1) Install a cable, Belden 8302 or equivalent, from the Felcom 15 Junction Box
to the FS-1570/FS-2570 transceiver. Connect this cable per the notations on
Pg. S-6, the Felcom 15, IC-315 Junction Box Connections.
(Refer to Pg. 2-2, the RC1815 and RC1825 Mechanical Layout for the location of
the IC-315 Junction Box)
4-6

4.5 IB-583 NBDP Terminal
4.5.1 Mounting
1) Mount the IB-583 in the front, desktop area, of the console on the left side.
(Refer to Pg. 2-2, the RC1815 and RC1825 Mechanical Layout and
Pg. 4-4 of the Installation Manual)

1) Connect power cable, IB-583 Power, to the IB-583 display.
4.5.3 Additional Connections

1) Connect the printer cable, IB-583 Printer, to the printer port.
2) Connect control cable, IB-583 DTE, to the DTE port.
3) Connect the keyboard to the Keyboard port on the IB-583.
4-7
5. RC1815/RC1825 Equipment Setup

5.1 General
When the installations are completed, proceed through the setup procedures.
The MMSI number and INMARSAT number will be needed to complete
the setup and testing procedures.
5.1.1 Powering Up Equipment

1) Power on the PR850A. Power on the battery charger.
2) Install the printer paper and turn on the printers.
3) Turn on all of the following equipment before starting the setup procedures:
a) FS-1570/FS-2570 (RC1815 and RC1825)
b) IB-583
c) Felcom 15
d) FM-8800s (VHF1 and VHF2)
e) DMC-5 (optional)
4) Each piece of equipment goes through a self-test on start up and will show
any errors discovered during this process. Record any errors for future reference.
5.1.2 E Meter
1) The E Meter should be displaying the battery voltage.
Press the [SEL] key and the battery charge current should be displayed.
2) The battery Amp/Hour rating is set at the factory for 200 Amp/Hour.
If your batteries are a different rating, this setting must be changed to match
your batteries. The Amp/Hour settings are in increments of 20 Amp/Hours.
Example: A setting of 200 would be sufficient for 210 Amp/Hour.
Never set the rating higher than the rating of the batteries.
(Refer to Pg. 21 of the E Meter Owners Manual)
5-1

Refer to the Operators/Installation Manual, DMC-5
5.2.1 General
The setup and testing of the DMC-5 should be completed last. This unit
expects all equipment, in the console, to already be operational.
*Watch* Pos: NG 00:00
Manual input ? [ SET UP ] Key
1) After powering up the DMC-5 for the first time the screen should be as
shown above.
2) Press the [SET UP] key, then the 0 key four times.
3) Then press the [ENT] key.
5.2.2 VHF Input

*Watch* Pos: manu
00:00
1) Press the [SET UP] key, then the 4 [VHF] key.

2) Press the [SELECT] to highlight No.1, then press the [ENT] key.
5.2.3 MF/HF Input

*Watch* Pos: auto
VHF
00:00
1) The display should appear as shown above, if it does continue to step 2.

If the Pos: still shows NG, check the DMC-5 wiring and programming
of VHF No.1, which should be mounted in the console.
2) Press the [SET UP] key, then the 5 [MF/HF] key.
3) Press the [SELECT] key to highlight J3E, then press the [ENT] key.
5-2

5.2 DMC-5 (Continued)
5.2.4 SES Input (INMARSAT C Terminal)

*Watch* Pos: auto 00:00
VHF MF/HF

If not record the error and check the appropriate equipment.
2) Press the [SET UP] key, then the 6 [SES] key.
3) Press the [SELECT] key three times to highlight SES (EGC),
then press the [ENT] key.
5.2.5 Time and Date

VHF MF/HF SES(EGC)

2) Press the [SELECT] key, then the [ENT] key.
3) Enter the Year and press the [SELECT] key.
4) Enter the Date, month and day, and press the [SELECT] key.
5) Enter the UTC Time, and press the [SELECT] key.
6) Then the [ENT] key.
VHF MF/HF SES(EGC)
7) The display should appear as shown above, if it does the setup is complete.
5-3

5.3 Felcom 15
Refer to the Installation Manual, Felcom 15
5.3.1 General
1) Insert a good, formatted, floppy disk into the Terminal.
2) Power up the Felcom 15, the status screen should show OK indications
and the GPS should indicate 3D.
5.3.2 IMN Input

(Refer to Pg. 19 of the Installation Manual, Felcom 15)
1) Press the [F8] key, using the down arrow key, highlight IMN and then
press the [Enter] key.
2) Type in the IMN and press the [Enter] key.
3) Press the [Esc] key. The screen will now prompt Update.
Select Yes and press the [Enter] key.
4) Press the [Esc] key until you return to the status screen.
5.3.3 External Equipment

The Felcom 15 has been programmed for use with the following remote boxes:
1) IC-305 Distress Alert Unit
2) IC-306 Alarm Unit
Unless a DMC-5 or additional boxes are added no changes are necessary.
To change these settings, refer to Pg. 4 of the Dealers Manual.
5-4

5.4 FM-8800
Refer to the Installation Manual, FM-8800
5.4.1 General
This setup must be performed on both FM-8800s.
1) Power up the unit.
2) The main display will show Longitude/Latitude and UTC time if the NMEA
connection is active. This NMEA information is supplied by the Felcom 15.
If it is not displayed check the NMEA cables and connections.
INTL
Hi
Rx
INTL
16
Hi
Rx
16
DSC NOT USABLE

LAT : 35 10 N 10 : 10 UTC
LON : 135 11 E AUTO
AUTO ACK WATCH CH 70

LAT : 35 10 N 10 : 10 UTC
LON : 135 11 E AUTO
MMSI Not Registered
MMSI Registered
5.4.2 MMSI and System Settings

1) These settings should be completed by an authorized Furuno Agent or Dealer.
See pages 5-7 of the A3 GMDSS Console Dealers Manual.
5-5

5.5 FS-1570/FS-2570
Refer to the Installation Manual, FS-1570 (150W) / FS-2570 (250W)
5.5.1 General
1) Power up the unit and press the [1/RT] key.
2) Press the [3/TEST]. Allow the test to complete and verify all checks are OK.
5.5.2 RT Operation
1) On each band, verify that the antenna automatically tunes when the
[LOG/TUNE] key is pressed.
2) If all tests are OK, proceed on to the next section. If the tune fails, verify the
antenna, grounding system and the coupler connections.
5.5.3 MMSI
1) To set the MMSI, refer to the Dealers Manual, Pg. 4.
5.5.4 Manual 2182 kHz Tuning Preset

1) Press the [1/RT/2182] key for 2 seconds.
2) Press the [LOG/TUNE] key, TUNING: OK will appear when the tuning
is complete.
3) Open the coupler and record the status of the LEDs CR1-CR22.
(Refer to Pgs. 3-1 and 3-2 of the Installation Manual, FS-1570 (150W) /
FS-2570 (250W))
4) Set S1 to Manual. Set switches S4, S5 and S6 to match the LEDs recorded
in step 3.
5) Set S1 to AUTO. The LEDs should stay the same as step 4.
6) Secure the antenna coupler cover.
5-6

5.6 IB-583 NBDP Terminal
Refer to the Installation Manual, FS-1570 (150W) / FS-2570 (250W)
5.6.1 General
2) Press the [F6] key, to enter the System menu.
3) Use the arrow keys to select Change.
4) Use the down arrow key to highlight Self Test.
5) Verify all test are OK and that the self-test prints out.
5.6.2 ID Codes
1) Press the [F5] key, to enter the Station menu.
2) Press the key to select the ID to be entered:
(If an incorrect entry is made, refer to the Dealers Manual, Pg. 9)
5.6.3 Answerback Code

2) Press the [5] key to select Answerback Code Entry.
3) Enter the Answerback code in the following format:
Example: 123456789 FURU X
This format is the 9 digit MMSI, 4 letters and X.
5-7
6. RC1840 Equipment Installations

Refer to the Operators/Installation Manual, DMC-5 and the RC1840, DMC-5
Interconnect Drawing
6.1.1 Mounting
1) Mount the DMC-5 in an accessible area on the bridge.
(Refer to the Operators/Installation Manual, DMC-5, Section 6)

1) Connect 24 VDC to the DMC-5 (Junction Board, TB10). The 24-volt supply
should be from TB2(-) and TB3(+) in the Meter Box Assembly.
This cable should be at least 16 gauge, and the wire size should be increased
for cable runs longer than 25 feet. Always install inline fuses in this power cable.
A two (2) amp fuse is more than sufficient for these circumstances.
6.1.3 External Equipment Connections

1) Install the dealer supplied control cables from the following equipment to the
DMC-5 (Junction Board).
(Refer to Pg. S-8, the RC1840, DMC-5 Interconnect Drawing)
a) VHF #1 (FM-8800)
b) VHF #2 (FM-8800)
c) DSC-60
d) Felcom 15, IC-315 Junction Box
The DSC-60 requires a cable with two twisted pairs with an overall shield.
The Felcom 15 requires a cable with three twisted pairs with an overall shield.
These cables should be 18 to 20 gauge, and the wire size should be increased for
cable runs longer than 35 feet. This cabling should be equivalent to, or better than,
Belden 85164.
2) Connect the VHFs (FM-8800) using the optional IF-8810 (Junction Box) and
IF-8820 (DMC I/F). These optional units allow the FM-8800 to connect to the
DMC-5. A Furuno 05S0309 cable will be required between the IF-8810 and
IF-8820, as well as, the Belden 85164 or equivalent between the IF-8820 and the
VHF #1 or VHF #2 port on the DMC-5 (Junction Board).
(See Installation Manual, FM-8800)
3) Install cabling between the DMC-5 (Junction Board, TB6) and the DSC-60,
(J4) DMC port. Use the supplied connector (000-116-185) and the recommended
cable.
4) Connect the Felcom 15 Junction Box and the DMC-5 (Junction Box, TB5)
using the recommended cable. When the DMC-5 is used, a Distress Alert Unit
is not needed at the navigation position.
6-1

6.2 DP-6 NBDP Terminal
Refer to the Installation Manual, DP-6
6.2.1 Main Unit

1) Mount the DP-6 Main Unit. Route the provided cables from the console to the
Main Unit. The following cables are provided in the console for the Main Unit
(Refer to Pg. 9 of the Installation Manual, NBDP Terminal DP-6)
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Power cable
NMEA cable
Remote A cable
Remote B cable
Terminal cable
(This is a DB-9M to DB-9F and is provided in the DP-6 Terminal, IB581/6, box.)
2) Attach the provided ground wire between the rear of the Main Unit and the
ships ground system.
6.2.2 Terminal Unit

1) Install the DP-6 Terminal hanger bracket on the left side of the console.
2) Attach the provided cables to the Terminal.
(Refer to Pg. 9 of the Installation Manual, NBDP Terminal DP-6)
a) Power Cable
b) Printer Cable
c) Terminal Cable-COM1
(This is the other end of the DB-9M to DB-9F connected to the Main Unit.)
d) Keyboard
3) Attach the provided ground wire between the rear of the Terminal and the
ships ground system.
4) Set the Terminal into the hanger bracket and secure using the Terminal knobs.
5) Mount the keyboard with the provided velcro fasteners.
6-2

6.3 DSC-60 DSC/Watch Receiver
Refer to the Installation Manual, DSC-60
The DSC-60 DSC/Watch Receiver has been mounted and wired into the console.
Only the antenna needs to be installed. A label is attached to the DSC-60 front panel to
show if the unit is setup for an active or passive antenna. This antenna connection is made to
the D.ANT port.
(Refer to Pg. 7 of the Installation Manual for the correct antenna port location.)
6.3.1 Passive Antenna

1) When a passive antenna is used, the impedance must be matched to the 50 ohm
cable, for connection to the DSC-60.
2) If necessary, disassemble the DSC-60 and change the jumper on the RCVR board
from active to passive.
(Refer to Pg. 20, Preamp Settings, of the Installation Manual)
3) When reinstalling the DSC-60 in the console, be sure to attach the cables to the correct
ports.
(Refer to Pg. 7 of the Installation Manual)
6.3.2 Active Antenna

1) Install the preamp (FAX-5 coupler). Connect a 2.6m whip or 2 to 3 meter long
wire to the preamp.
(Refer to Pgs. 3 and 4, Preamp Unit, of the Installation Manual)
2) Ground the preamp to the mounting mast. (Refer to Pg. 4 of the Installation Manual)
3) If necessary disassemble the DSC-60 and change the jumper on the RCVR board
from passive to active.
(Refer to Pg. 20, Preamp Settings, of the Installation Manual)
4) When reinstalling the DSC-60 in the console, be sure to attach the cables to the correct
ports.
(Refer to Pg. 7 of the Installation Manual)
6-3

6.4 Felcom 15 Installation
Refer to Installation Manual, Felcom 15
6.4.1 IC-215 Communications Unit/Display

1) Mount the IC-215 in the front, desktop area, of the console on the right side.
(Refer to Pg. 2-3, the RC1840 Mechanical Layout and Pg. 8 of the
Installation Manual)
2) Connect the cables for the Felcom 15 Printer, Keyboard,
Felcom 15 Junction Box and Felcom 15 Power. These cables have
been installed and labeled within the console.
3) Install the IC-305, Distress Alert/Received Call Unit, on the bridge.
4) Install the IC-306, Alarm Unit, near the console.
6.4.2 IC-115 Antenna Unit

1) Install Antenna Unit, IC-115, (refer to the Installation Manual). Make sure
that the Antenna Unit is properly grounded and that all connections are properly
sealed. Route the antenna cable to the IC-215 and connect it to the ANT port.
(Refer to Pgs. 1 through 7 in the Installation Manual, Felcom 15)
6-4

6.5 FM-8800 Installation
Refer to Installation Manual, FM-8800
6.5.1 Transceiver
There are two FM-8800s in the standard console configurations. One unit is
mounted in the console, and will not require installation of a NMEA cable or
power cable. The handset and hanger, for the console mounted FM-8800, must
be mounted in a location that is convenient for the user. The second unit is
remotely mounted on the bridge, and will require the installation procedure
listed below.
1) Mount the transceiver bracket. (Refer to Pg. 1-3 of the Installation Manual)
2) Screw the knob bolts with washers into the transceiver unit.
3) Set the transceiver unit into the mounting bracket and tighten the knob bolts.
4) Install the supplied Power Cable (000-151-711), from the transceiver,
to TB2(-) and TB3(+) in the Meter Box Assembly.
This power cable is protected by inline fuses (15A), any addition cable added,
must also be protected.
5) Make a NMEA cable using the supplied connector (000-145-424) and
shell (000-145-423). Connect from the NMEA/REMOTE port on the transceiver
to the IC-315 Junction Box. Use Belden 8302 or equivalent cable.
6) Attach a ground strap from the transceiver ground stud to the ships hull or
ground system.
7) Mount the handset hanger and connect to the HANDSET port on the front
of the transceiver.
6.5.2 Antennas
Two standard marine VHF antennas are necessary for both FM-8800s. One antenna
is the main TX/RX antenna while the second is the Channel 70 RX antenna for the
DSC receiver.
1) Mount both VHF antennas. Make sure that they are separated vertically to
prevent the TX antenna from interfering with the channel 70 RX antenna.
2) Install the cables and connect the transmit antenna to the ANT port and the
receive antenna to the CH 70 ANT port on the transceiver.
6-5

6.6 FS-5000
Refer to the Operators/Installation Manual, FS-5000
6.6.1 Transceiver Unit

1) Mount the Transceiver Unit. Leave at least 25mm space behind the transceiver.
This will allow access for service.
2) Remove the front cover. The cables should feed into the transceiver by way of
the cable entry located on the bottom of the transceiver.
3) Connect the 24 VDC, Rear Connections: PR850A, to TB1(+) and TB2(-)
of the transceiver, through a set of inline breakers or fuses. The FS-5000,
which draws 60 amps, will require a 4-gauge wire for up to 40 feet
separation from the PR850A power supply.
(Refer to Pg. 3-12a of the Installation Manual and Pg. S-5, the Meter Box
Assembly RC1840)
4) Loosen the two screws holding the cable clamp. Install a 50mm width copper
strap between the cable holder and the ships hull or ground system.
(Refer to Pg. 3-13 of the Installation Manual)
5) Leave the transceiver covers open. There are more connections to be made as the
installation progresses.
6.6.2 Control Unit

1) Mount the Control Unit as close as possible to the console. Use of the optional
Trunnion Mount (005-931-760) is recommended.
(Refer to Pgs. 3-6, 3-7 and AP2-1 of the Installation Manual)
2) Disassemble the control unit.
3) Attach one end of the control cable (000-106-043) to TB1 (MAIN) in the
control unit. The free end will be connected to the transceiver later in the
installation.
4) Attach the separate RCC-15D-206 supplied with the console from DP-6 Remote A
to REM2 port in the control unit.
5) Attach the flying leads, from the RCC-15D-206 cable connected to the
DSC-60 (RT), to the REM1 port in the control unit.
(Refer to Pg. S-3, the RC1540 Detailed Interconnect Drawing and
Pg. S-2 of the Installation Manual)
6-6

6.6 FS-5000 (Continued)
6.6.2 Control Unit (Continued)

6) Mount the handset hanger and connect to the HANDSET port on the control unit.
7) Reassemble the control unit and attach to the mounting bracket.
6.6.3 Antenna
1) The antenna is to be provided by the Dealer. This antenna should be 7 to 30
meters in length and be mounted as clear of obstructions as possible. When
considering the mounting location of the antenna, be sure to allow space for
mounting the antenna coupler.
6.6.4 Antenna Coupler (AT-5000)

1) Mount the antenna coupler as close to the antenna as possible. The provided
coupler can be mounted horizontally or vertically depending on the location.
2) Connect the antenna wire from the antenna to the insulator at the top of the
coupler. Keeping the length as short as possible.
3) Fasten the supplied ground strap to the connection provided at the base of the
antenna coupler. Make certain this connection is brazed or welded to the ships
hull or ground system. The exposed ground strap should be painted or coated
with a material to prevent rust.
4) Remove antenna coupler top housing by removing the 12 housing screws.
5) Install the supplied control cable (000-106-043) from the antenna coupler to the
transceiver. Attach to TB-3 on the Coupler Board and TB-8 on the Transceiver
Interface Board. (Refer to Pgs. 3-13 and 3-17 of the Installation Manual)
6) Install two RF cables (RG8 or equivalent, not supplied) from the antenna coupler
to the transceiver unit. The first cable is the receive cable and will connect to the
RX ANT port in the transceiver and to TB1 on the BK RELAY in the antenna
coupler. The second cable is the transmit cable and will connect to the TX ANT
port in the transceiver and to TB1, TX ANT on the antenna coupler board.
7) Reinstall antenna coupler housing using only a couple of the provided screws.
This will allow easier access when testing the unit later in the install.
Fasten the cable clamps in the transceiver, but do not install the covers until
testing is completed.
6-7
7. RC1840 Equipment Setup

7.1 General
When the installations are completed, proceed through the setup procedures.
The MMSI number and INMARSAT number will be needed to complete
the setup and testing procedures.
7.1.1 Powering Up Equipment

1) Power on the PR850A and PR300. Power on the battery charger.
2) Install the printer paper and turn on the printers.
3) Turn on all of the following equipment before starting the setup procedures:
a) FS-5000
b) DSC-60
c) DP-6 Main and Terminal Units
d) Felcom 15
e) FM-8800s (VHF1 and VHF2)
f) DMC-5 (optional)
4) Each piece of equipment goes through a self-test on start up and will show
any errors discovered during this process. Record any errors for future reference.
7.1.2 E Meter
1) The E Meter should be displaying the battery voltage.
Press the [SEL] key and the battery charge current should be displayed.
2) The battery Amp/Hour rating is set at the factory for 200 Amp/Hour.
If your batteries are a different rating, this setting must be changed to match
your batteries. The Amp/Hour settings are in increments of 20 Amp/Hours.
Example: A setting of 200 would be sufficient for 210 Amp/Hour.
Never set the rating higher than the rating of the batteries.
(Refer to Pg. 21 of the E Meter Owners Manual)
7-1

7.2.1 General
The setup and testing of the DMC-5 should be completed last. This unit
expects all equipment, in the console, to already be operational.
*Watch* Pos: NG 00:00
Manual input ? [ SET UP ] Key
1) After powering up the DMC-5 for the first time the screen should be as
shown above.
2) Press the [SET UP] key, then the 0 key four times.
3) Then press the [ENT] key.
7.2.2 VHF Input

*Watch* Pos: manu
00:00
1) Press the [SET UP] key, then the 4 [VHF] key.

2) Press the [SELECT] to highlight No.1, then press the [ENT] key.
7.2.3 MF/HF Input

*Watch* Pos: auto
VHF
00:00

If the Pos: still shows NG, check the DMC-5 wiring and programming
of VHF No.1, which should be mounted in the console.
2) Press the [SET UP] key, then the 5 [MF/HF] key.
3) Press the [SELECT] key to highlight J3E, then press the [ENT] key.
7-2

7.2 DMC-5 (Continued)
Refer to the Operators/Installation Manual, DMC-5)
7.2.4 SES Input (INMARSAT C Terminal)

VHF MF/HF

2) Press the [SET UP] key, then the 6 [SES] key.
3) Press the [SELECT] key three times to highlight SES (EGC),
then press the [ENT] key.
7.2.5 Time and Date

VHF MF/HF SES(EGC)

2) Press the [SELECT] key, then the [ENT] key.
3) Enter the Year and press the [SELECT] key.
4) Enter the Date, month and day, and press the [SELECT] key.
5) Enter the UTC Time, and press the [SELECT] key.
6) Then the [ENT] key.
VHF MF/HF SES(EGC)
7) The display should appear as shown above, if it does the setup is complete.
7-3

7.3 DP-6 NBDP Terminal
Refer to the Installation Manual, DP-6
7.3.1 General
1) Power up the Terminal and main Units.
2) Press the [F6] key, to enter the System menu.
3) Use the arrow keys to select Change.
4) Use the down arrow key to highlight Self Test.
5) Verify all test are OK and that the self-test prints out.
7.3.2 ID Codes
2) Press the key to select the ID to be entered:
7.3.3 Answerback Code

2) Press the [5] key to select Answerback Code Entry.
3) Enter the Answerback code in the following format:
Example: 123456789 FURU X
This format is the 9 digit MMSI, 4 letters and X.
7-4

7.4 DSC-60 DSC/Watch Receiver
Refer to the Installation Manual, DSC-60
7.4.1 General
2) Press the [3/TEST] key, to start the self-test.
3) The test will run automatically and print the results.
4) Verify all test are OK and press the [CANCEL] key to return to
normal operation.
7.4.2 MMSI
1) To set the MMSI, refer to the Dealers Manual, Pg. 2.
7-5

7.5 Felcom 15
Refer to the Installation Manual, Felcom 15
7.5.1 General
1) Insert a good, formatted, floppy disk into the Terminal.
2) Power up the Felcom 15, the status screen should show OK indications
and the GPS should indicate 3D.
7.5.2 IMN Input

1) Press the [F8] key, using the down arrow key, highlight IMN and then
press the [Enter] key.
2) Type in the IMN and press the [Enter] key.
3) Press the [Esc] key. The screen will now prompt Update.
Select Yes and press the [Enter] key.
4) Press the [Esc] key until you return to the status screen.
7.5.3 External Equipment

The Felcom 15 has been programmed for use with the following remote boxes:
1) IC-305 Distress Alert Unit
2) IC-306 Alarm Unit
Unless a DMC-5 or additional boxes are added no changes are necessary.
To change these settings, refer to Pg. 4 of the Dealers Manual.
7-6

7.6 FM-8800
Refer to the Installation Manual, FM-8800
7.6.1 General
This setup must be performed on both FM-8800s.
2) The main display will show Longitude/Latitude and UTC time if the NMEA
connection is active. This NMEA information is supplied by the Felcom 15.
If it is not displayed check the NMEA cables and connections.
INTL
Hi
Rx
INTL
16
Hi
Rx
16
DSC NOT USABLE

LAT : 35 10 N 10 : 10 UTC
LON : 135 11 E AUTO
AUTO ACK WATCH CH 70

LAT : 35 10 N 10 : 10 UTC
LON : 135 11 E AUTO
MMSI Not Registered
MMSI Registered
7.6.2 MMSI and System Settings

1) These settings should be completed by an authorized Furuno Agent or Dealer.
See pages 5-7 of the A3 GMDSS Console Dealers Manual.
7-7

7.7 FS-5000
7.7.1 General
1) Power up the Transceiver and Control Head.
2) Start the self-test by pressing the [RCL] key, enter 9900 and then press
the [ENT] key. This test should show OK. If an error code appears, record it.
(Refer to Pg. 2-3 in the Installation Manual)
7.7.2 GMDSS Settings

1) After all self-tests are OK, change the following settings to meet
GMDSS requirements:
a) Power reduction on both 2182 and 2187.5 is disabled.
[STO] 9927 [ENT] 1 [ENT]
b) Minimum output power is 60W or more.
[STO] 9928 [ENT] 1 [ENT]
c) Enable BK RELAY. This is not enabled when a separate receive antenna is used.
[STO] 9982 [ENT] 1 [ENT]
d) TX delay time.
[STO] 9913 [ENT] 10 [ENT]
e) Enable dummy load (default setting).
[STO] 9981 [ENT] 1 [ENT]
7.7.3 RT Operation
1) On each band, verify that the antenna automatically tunes when the
[TX TUNE] key is pressed.
2) If all tests are OK, proceed on to the next section. If the tune fails, verify the
antenna, grounding system and coupler connections.
7-8

7.7 FS-5000 (Continued)
7.7.4 Manual 2182 kHz Tuning Preset

1) Press the [2182] key.
2) Press the [TX TUNE] key, TX TUNING: OK will appear when the tuning
is complete.
3) Open the coupler and record the status of the LEDs CR1-CR23.
(Refer to Pgs. 3-23 and 3-24 of the Operators/Installation Manual, FS-5000)
4) Set S1 to Manual. Set switches S4, S5 and S6 to match the LEDs recorded
in step 3.
5) Set S1 to AUTO. The LEDs should stay the same as step 4.
6) Secure the antenna coupler cover.
7-9
8. RC1815/RC1825 Equipment Lists
FM-8800 (Installed Unit)

Included in GMDSS Installation Materials
Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Name
Operator's Manual
Operator's Guide
Installation Manual
Procedure for Distress
Transmission on VHF FM-8800
Cable Assy.
Spare Parts
Accessories- Handset
Handset
Handset Bracket
Self Tapping Screws
Part No.
000-151-748
005-377-820
005-951-920
000-054-223
005-951-790
000-802-084
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
FM-8800 (Boxed Unit)

Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Name
Marine VHF Radiotelephone
Operator's Manual
Operator's Guide
Installation Manual
Installation Materials
Spare Parts
Handset
Handset Bracket
Power Cable
8-1
Part No.
FM-8800
005-377-800
005-377-820
005-951-920
000-054-223
005-951-790
000-151-711
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
FS-1570/FS-2570 (Installed Unit)

FS1570 TR/AT or FS2570 TR/AT
Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Name
Operator's Manual
Operator's Guide
Installation Manual
Transmission on VHF and HF
Antenna Coupler
AT-1560/15 or AT-1560/25
Transciever
FS-1570 or FS-2570
Copper Strap
Rubber Sleeve
Tapping Screw
Blind Plug
Part No.
Qty.
1
1
1
2
1
000-572-187
000-130-472
000-805-494
100-164-380
1
1
1
4
1
Part No.
000-113-360
000-130-484
Qty.
1
1
FS2570CBLS
Item
No.
Name
1
RF Cable, 10M
2
Coupler Cable, 10M
8-2
Felcom 15
IC-215 Communications Unit
Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Name
Operator's Manual
Registration Form (INMARSAT)
Installation Manual
Distress Communications
Guide
IC-215 Terminal Unit
Mini Keyboard
Floppy Disk
7 Amp Fuse
15 Amp Fuse
Tapping Screw
Copper Strap, 1.2M
Label (C.S.D)
Label
Velcro, 60mm
Velcro, 30mm
Part No.
004-442-400
004-439-400
000-549-013
000-549-014
000-802-081
590-300-310
100-248-060
100-248-051
100-237-680
100-237-670
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
4
4
IC-115 Antenna
Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Name
IC-115 Antenna
Antenna Cable, 30M
Shrink Tubing
Sealant
Cable Protector
Self-Bonding Tape
Grounding Wire
Part No.
000-146-250
000-147-037
000-854-118
100-298-111
000-835-526
000-566-000
8-3
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IC-305 Distress Unit

Item
No.
1
2
3
4
Name
Tapping Screw
Crimp-on Lug
Crimp-on Lug
Part No.
000-802-079
000-538-113
000-108-424
Qty.
1
4
4
1
IC-306 Alarm Unit

Item
No.
1
2
3
4
Name
IC-306 Alarm Unit
Tapping Screw
Crimp-on Lug
Crimp-on Lug
Part No.
000-802-079
000-538-113
000-108-424
Qty.
1
4
4
1
Part No.
100-301-101
000-802-080
Qty.
1
4
IC-315 Installation Materials

Item
No.
Name
1
Cable Clamp
2
Tapping Screw
8-4
IB-583 NBDP Terminal

Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Name
IB-583 Terminal Unit
Mini Keyboard
Floppy Disk
3 Amp Fuse
Tapping Screw
Grounding Wire, 2M
Label (C.S.D)
Label
Velcro, 60mm
Velcro, 30mm
Part No.
004-442-400
004-439-400
000-549-013
000-802-081
000-108-138
100-248-060
100-248-051
100-237-680
100-237-670
Qty.
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
4
4
Part No.
RC1-800-020
RC1-800-026
RC1-500-060
000-134-903
Qty.
1
3
4
2

Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Name
28 v Bulb
2 Amp Fuse, Mini ATM
PL259 Connector
Printer Paper
PP-510 Printer
Operator's Manual
Shore Based Maintenance
Certificate
Warranty Registration Form
E Meter Owners Manual
Installation Manual
Dealers Manual
Daily Test Manual
Protection Key (FM-8800)
IME-GMD-50Z
OSE-GMD-30Z
TSE-GMD-30Z
RC1-800-034
8-5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Crate
Item
No.
1
2
3
4
Name
Part No.
FUSA1800
RC1800 Rack
FS-2570C Control Head
FM-8800 VHF w/DSC
PP-510 Printer
8-6
Qty.
1
1
1
2
9. RC1840 Equipment Lists
FS-5000 - Transceiver
Item
No.
Name
1
Operator &
Installation Manual
2
FS-5000 Transceiver
Part No.
000-056-738
Qty.
1
1
FS-5000 - Cables
Item
No.
Name
1
Control Cable
Part No.
000-106-043
Qty.
2
Part No.
000-056-731
000-056-874
000-112-623
005-011-950
005-925-890
000-538-113
000-538-114
000-800-054
000-863-109
000-864-128
000-864-129
000-500-512
000-800-488
000-110-961
000-116-434
000-121-824
000-864-971
100-164-380
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
4
4
10
8
3
10
3
2
2
4
1
FS-5000 - Control Unit

Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Name
Control Unit
Antenna Coupler
Handset
Handset Hanger
Frequency Table
Crimp-on Lug - FV1.25-3
Crimp-on Lug - FV1.25-4
Hex Bolt
Hex Nut
Flat Washer - M5
Flat Washer - M6
Connector - MP-7
Tapping Screw - 5 x 20
US Plug
Cable Gland
Inline Jack
Nylon Washer
Blind Cap
9-1
DP-6 - Main Unit

Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Name
Main Unit - DP-6
Operator's Manual
Operator's Guide
Installation Manual
Copper Strap
Tapping Screw
Flat Washer
DB25
Part No.
590-300-310
000-867-553
000-864-128
000-120-946
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
2
Part No.
000-108-138
000-127-108
000-802-084
100-217-010
100-237-670
100-237-680
100-248-051
100-248-060
IB581/6
000-115-862
000-138-599
004-447-090
Qty.
1
1
4
1
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
DP-6 - Terminal Unit

Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Name
Grounding Wire
Cable
Tapping Screw - 6 x 20
Label (Inmar)
Velcro Fastener - 30 x 25.4
Velcro Fastener - 60 x 25.4
Label
Label (C. S. D.)
Terminal Unit
Floppy Disk
Mini Keyboard
Program Floppy Disk
9-2
Felcom 15
IC-215 Communications Unit
Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Name
Operator's Manual
Registration Form (INMARSAT)
Installation Manual
Guide
IC-215 Terminal Unit
Mini Keyboard
Floppy Disk
7 Amp Fuse
15 Amp Fuse
Tapping Screw
Copper Strap, 1.2M
Label (C.S.D)
Label
Velcro, 60mm
Velcro, 30mm
Part No.
004-442-400
004-439-400
000-549-013
000-549-014
000-802-081
590-300-310
100-248-060
100-248-051
100-237-680
100-237-670
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
4
4
IC-115 Antenna
Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Name
IC-115 Antenna
Antenna Cable, 30M
Shrink Tubing
Sealant
Cable Protector
Self-Bonding Tape
Grounding Wire
Part No.
000-146-250
000-147-037
000-854-118
100-298-111
000-835-526
000-566-000
9-3
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Item
No.
1
2
3
4
Name
Tapping Screw
Crimp-on Lug
Crimp-on Lug
Part No.
000-802-079
000-538-113
000-108-424
Qty.
1
4
4
1
IC-306 Alarm Unit

Item
No.
1
2
3
4
Name
IC-306 Alarm Unit
Tapping Screw
Crimp-on Lug
Crimp-on Lug
Part No.
000-802-079
000-538-113
000-108-424
Qty.
1
4
4
1
Part No.
100-301-101
000-802-080
Qty.
1
4
IC-315 Installation Materials

Item
No.
Name
1
Cable Clamp
2
Tapping Screw
9-4
FM-8800 (Installed Unit)

Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Name
Operator's Manual
Operator's Guide
Installation Manual
Cable Assy.
Spare Parts
Handset
Handset Bracket
Self Tapping Screws
Part No.
000-151-748
005-377-820
005-951-920
000-054-223
005-951-790
000-802-084
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
FM-8800 (Boxed Unit)

Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Name
Marine VHF Radiotelephone
Operator's Manual
Operator's Guide
Installation Manual
Installation Materials
Spare Parts
Handset
Handset Bracket
Power Cable
9-5
Part No.
FM-8800
005-377-800
005-377-820
005-951-920
000-054-223
005-951-790
000-151-711
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
DSC-60
Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Name
Connector - FM-14 - 6 Pin
Connector - FM-14 - 7 Pin
Connector - FM-MP-7
Reducer - MP-7 - MP-M3A
Reducer - MP-7 - MP-M5A
Installation Manual
Operator's Manual
Procedure
GMDSS Operating Guidance for
Ship Master in Distress Situations
9-6
Part No.
000-116-185
000-113-345
000-108-859
000-108-860
000-108-861
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Name
Part No.
RC1-800-020
RC1-800-026
RC1-500-060
000-134-903
28 v Bulb
2 Amp Fuse, Mini ATM
PL259 Connector
Printer Paper
PP-510 Printer
Operator's Manual
Shore Based Maintenance
Certificate
Warranty Registration Form
E Meter Owners Manual
Installation Manual
Dealers Manual
Daily Test Manual
Protection Key (FM-8800)
Qty.
1
3
4
2
2
IME-GMD-50Z
OSE-GMD-30Z
TSE-GMD-30Z
RC1-800-034
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Crate
Item
No.
1
2
3
4
Name
RC1800 Rack
DSC-60 DSC/Watch Receiver
FM-8800 VHF w/DSC
PP-510 Printer
Part No.
FUSA1800
9-7
Qty.
1
1
1
2
10. RC18xx Parts List
Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Description
Printer Switch
Printer Cable (6 ft.)
Emergency Light Assy.
Meter
AC Failure Light Assy.
AC Failure Light Label
Furuno USA GMDSS Label
Bulb, 3w, 24v (equiv. to 1820)
Fuses, 2 Amp, Mini ATM Type
PP-510 Roll Paper (Single Ply)
PP-510 Printer Ribbon
10-1
Part No.
RC1-800-018
RC1-800-019
RC1-800-011
RC1-500-067
RC1-500-069
RC1-500-068
RC1-800-034
RC1-800-020
RC1-800-026
AYT214
000-133-029
Long Wire or
Whip Antenna
IC-115
Fax-5
Coupler
FURUNO
G
RX
ANT
T/R
ANT
NMEA
from
IC-315
AT-1560
or
AT-1560/25
FM-8800
See Notes
Handset
and
Bracket
000-113-360
000-146-250
24 VDC
from
Meter Box
000-130-484
Ant
FURUNO
T/R
ANT
Coupler
Printer
D. ANT
Felcom 15
IC-215
PP-510
FS-1570
or
FS-2570
Printer
Switch
24 VDC
from
Meter
Box
Junction
Keyboard
COM
PP-510
24 VDC
from
PR850A
Controller 1
NMEA
from
IC-315
IB-583
FS-2570C
NMEA
Out
Printer
NBDP
DTE
1) Local Supplied
Factory Supplied
2) All External Connections Must be Fused.
3) Two FM-8800's supplied with each console,
only one shown for simplification.
Keyboard
IC-305
Notes:
IC-315
Junction Box
24 VDC
from
Meter
Box
000-146-652
Handset 1
Printer
000-056-950
Main Unit
Keyboard
FURUNO
FURUNO USA GMDSS

DESCRIPTION
RC1815 / RC1825
S-1
H
Long Wire or
Whip Antenna
IC-115
FURUNO
Fax-5
Coupler
G
RX
ANT
T/R
ANT
NMEA
from
IC-315
AT-5000
FM-8800
See Notes
Handset
and
Bracket
000-146-250
24 VDC
from
Meter Box
F
Ant
FURUNO
Printer
TX
ANT
RX
ANT
PP-510
Coupler
FS-5000
Transceiver
Felcom 15
IC-215
Printer
Switch
24 VDC
from
Meter
Box
COM
Junction
Keyboard
PP-510
Printer
FURUNO
24 VDC
from
PR850A
Main
Unit
Rem 1
Rem 2
Keyboard
IB-581
D. ANT
Printer
RT
24 VDC
from
Meter
Box
Handset
Control
Unit
NBDP
DSC-60
24 VDC
from
Meter
Box
NMEA
Out
IC-315
Junction Box
Keyboard
Notes:
1) Local Supplied
Factory Supplied
A
8
IC-305
NMEA
from
IC-315
FURUNO USA GMDSS

DESCRIPTION
RC1840
S-2
2
FURUNO
H
REMOTE A
RCC-15D-206
REM 2
20
TX ON-C 17
TXD-H 18 Violet
RXD-H 19 Red
Ground 20
12
P 13
Black
14
P 15
16
Terminal
RCC-15D-206
AF TX-H 1
AF TX-C 2
AF RX-H 3
AF RX-C 4
TX ON-H 5
TX ON-C 6
TXD-H 7
RXD-H 8
Ground 9
Blue
Brown
8
P 7
Green
Orange
Yellow
TXD-H
RXD-H
Violet
1
P 2
Red
Black
3
P 4
5
10
To IC-315
Junction
Box
NMEA
REMOTE B
DP-6
Main Unit
Ground
Line Out-H
Line Out-C
Line In-H
Frame Grnd 1
TXD-H 2
RXD-H 3
4
5
6
Line In-C
TX Key
20
Ground 7
3
2
3 RXD-H
4
5
5
6
20
DSC-60
DSC \ Watch Receiver
20
7 Ground
10 Line Out-H
11 Line Out-C
Ground 7
12 Line In-H
13 Line In-C
14 TX Key
Keyboard
NBDP
Frame Grnd 1
TXD-H 2
RXD-H 3
4
1 Frame Grnd
2 TXD-H
6
9
IB-581
Frame Grnd
RT
REM 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
20
7
10
11
12
13
14
RCC-15D-203
FS-5000
MF/HF
Control Unit
19
P 18
AF TX-H 12 Blue
AF TX-C 13 Brown
AF RX-H 14 Green
AF RX-C 15 Orange
TX ON-H 16 Yellow
Red
Violet
Black
To IC-315
Junction
Box
NMEA
FURUNO
Felcom 15
IC-215
IC-315
Junction Box
Junction
Keyboard
NMEA
NMEA
Out
FM-8800
See Notes
IC-305
Notes:
1) Local Supplied
Factory Supplied
Keyboard
To IC-315
Junction
Box
FURUNO USA GMDSS

DESCRIPTION
RC1840
Detailed Interconnect Drawing
S-3
1
Meter Wiring
1) Black
2) Blue
3) Brown
4) Red
5) Jumper to #
4
H
1
Emergency
Light Cable
Emergency Light
SHUNT
G
Battery
Disconnect
Switch and
Fuses
Batteries
Battery
Negative
Battery
Positive
Charger
Negative
Battery
Charger
Charger
Positive
Battery In
Negative
E
Not Used
Battery
IN
24 VDC
Output
Battery In
Positive
AC Fail
Positive
PR850A
D
100 to 240
VAC
24 VDC
Output
Front
Connections
AC Fail
Negative
-24VDC
AC
Input
FS-1570
or
FS-2570
AC Fail
Circuit
+24VDC
Meter
1
Meter Fuse
8
3
4
AC Fail Light
AC Fail Light Fuse
TB 2
-24VDC
TB2
TB 3
+24VDC
8
9
10
Rear
Connections
TB1
TB 1
Inline Breakers
or
Fuses
FS-1570: 20 A
FS-2570: 35 A
Ground
FURUNO USA GMDSS
Notes:
Part Number
1) Local Supplied
Factory Supplied
DESCRIPTION
Meter Box Assembly

RC1815 / RC1825
RC1-800-031
S-4
1
Meter Wiring
1)Black
2)Blue
3)Brown
4)Red
5)Jumper to # 4
H
1
Emergency
Light Cable
Emergency Light
SHUNT
1
G
Battery
Disconnect
Switch and
Fuses
Batteries
Battery
Negative
Battery
Positive
Charger
Negative
Battery Charger
Charger
Positive
Battery In
Negative
24 VDC
Output
Not Used
Battery
IN
Battery In
Positive
AC Fail
Positive
PR850A
D
AC Input
100 to
240 VAC
AC Fail
Circuit
24 VDC
Output
Front
Connections
AC Fail
Negative
-24VDC
-24VDC
+24VDC
+24VDC
1
Meter Fuse
8
3
4
AC Fail Light
AC Fail Light Fuse
TB 2
-24VDC
TB 3
+24VDC
1
0
Inline
Breakers or
Fuses 20A
FS-5000: 60 A
Meter
Rear
Connections
Inline Breakers
or
Fuses
TB 1
Battery
IN
24 VDC
Output
Ground
PR300
FS-5000
Transceiver
A
8
FURUNO USA GMDSS
AC Input
100 to
240 VAC
Notes:
Part Number
1) Local Supplied
Factory Supplied
DESCRIPTION
Meter Box Assembly

RC1840
RC1-800-031
S-5
H
IC-306
1
2
3
4
10
IC-305
1
2
1 VCC
2 GND
3 TD/RD-A
4 TD/RD-B
5 FG
3
4
10
RC1815 / RC1825
Connections
1 VCC
2 GND
3 TD/RD-A
4 TD/RD-B
5 FG
FS-1570
FS-2570
TB
6
F
IC-305/
306
FURUNO
IC-315
Junction Box
Felcom 15
IC-215
Junction
NAV
DMC
2
3
4
2
3
4
5
6
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
8
9
10
11
12
10
VCC
GND
TD/RD-A
TD/RD-B
N.C.
15
NMEA
6
24 RD3-A
25 RD3-B
26 GND
7
10
9 RXD-H
10 RXD-C
12 GND
P
P
TD-A
Output Sentences:
GGA, ZDA, GLL, VTG, RMC, GSV
TD-B
RD-A
RD-B
GND
DMC OUT-H
DSC-60
DP-6
DMC OUT-C
13 DMC IN-H
14 DMC IN-C
15 DMC CTR
13
14
FM-8800
RC1840
Connections
NMEA
6
NMEA
6
3 RD-A
4 RD-B
10
5 GND
10
3 RXD-H
4 RXD-C
10 GND
Keyboard
FM-8800
See RC1815 / RC1825 / RC1840
DMC-5
Interconnect Drawings
NMEA
6
7
10
7
10
9 RXD +
10 RXD 6 GND
FURUNO USA GMDSS
1) Local Supplied
Factory Supplied
4) The IC-305 and IC-306 are wired in parallel.
TB4
6
9 RXD-H
10 RXD-C
12 GND
Notes:
FS-5000
DESCRIPTION
Felcom 15
IC-315 Junction Box
Connections
S-6
H
FM-8800
VHF/DSC
G
IF-8810
Junction Box
TB1
VHF/DSC No.1
IF-8820
DMC I/F
TXD-H
TXD-C
RXD-H
RXD-C
22
23
20
21
20
21
22
23
Frame Grnd 24
1
2
3
4
TB5
INMARSAT SES
DIST_IN-H
DIST_IN-C
DIST_OUT-H
DIST_OUT-C
DIST_CTR
GND
TXD-H
TXD-C
RXD-H
RXD-C
5
6 Frame Grnd
1
2
3
4
2
3
4
5
6
DMC_OUT-C
DMC_IN-H
DMC_IN-C
15 DMC_CTR
Frame Grnd
E
FS-1570
or
FS-2570
Transceiver
FM-8800
VHF/DSC
TB1
VHF/DSC No.2
IF-8810
Junction Box
22
23
20
21
TXD-H 20
TXD-C 21
RXD-H 22
RXD-C 23
TB6
MF/HF DSC
TXD-H 1
TXD-C 2
RXD-H 3
RXD-C 4
1 TXD-H
2 TXD-C
3 RXD-H
4 RXD-C
TB
3
P
1
2
GND 5
5
6 Frame Grnd
IF-8820
DMC I/F
DMC_OUT-H
11
12
13
14
DMC-5
D
Felcom 15
IC-315
Junction Box
27 TD4-A
28 TD4-B
29 RD4-A
30 RD4-B
31 DIST_CTR
32 GND
Frame Grnd 24
See FM-8800 Installation Manual

for wiring of IF-8810 and IF-8820
FURUNO USA GMDSS

Notes:
1) Local Supplied
Factory Supplied
DESCRIPTION
RC1815 / RC1825
DMC-5
S-7
FM-8800
VHF/DSC
IF-8810
Junction Box
IF-8820
DMC I/F
Felcom 15
IC-315
Junction Box
TB1
VHF/DSC No.1
TXD-H 20
TXD-C 21
RXD-H 22
RXD-C 23
22
23
20
21
P
P
Frame Grnd 24
1
2
3
4
TB5
INMARSAT SES
DIST_IN-H
DIST_IN-C
DIST_OUT-H
DIST_OUT-C
DIST_CTR
GND
TXD-H
TXD-C
RXD-H
RXD-C
5
6 Frame Grnd
1
2
3
4
2
3
4
5
6
DMC_OUT-H
11
12
13
14
DMC_OUT-C
DMC_IN-H
DMC_IN-C
15 DMC_CTR
Frame Grnd
E
FM-8800
VHF/DSC
DMC-5
IF-8810
Junction Box
TB1
VHF/DSC No.2
22
23
20
21
IF-8820
DMC I/F
DSC-60
MF/HF DSC
TB6
MF/HF DSC
TXD-H 1
TXD-C 2
RXD-H 3
RXD-C 4
1 TXD-H
2 TXD-C
3 RXD-H
4 RXD-C
TXD-H 20
3
P
1
2
GND 5
5
6 Frame Grnd
J4
DMC
1 DMC OUT-H
2 DMC OUT-C
3 DMC IN-H
4 DMC IN-C
5 DMC CTR
6 FRAME GRND
TXD-C 21
RXD-H 22
RXD-C 23
Frame Grnd 24
B
See FM-8800 Installation Manual
for wiring of IF-8810 and IF-8820
FURUNO USA GMDSS
Notes:
1) Local Supplied
Factory Supplied
DESCRIPTION
RC1840 / DMC-5
S-8
2.5 Antenna coupler
2.5 Antenna coupler
These wires should not

touch any parts.
Leed relay
(Selecting either L8 or L9.)
Arrester
L9
L8
COUP board
(05P0528A)
LED
Matching Indicator
Dummy
(10+250 pF:200 W)
LED
Matching Indicator
Dummy board
(05P0610)
Clamp for coaxial cable

(Clamp the coaxial
cable securely.)
S1 [AUTO/MANUAL]
Tuning mode selector
Breaker: 1.6 A
Gland for ATU

control cable
Connecting
grounding plate
Gland for
coaxial cable
Drain pipe
Fig.2.5.1 Antenna coupler, AT-1560-25 (For 250 W)
2-20
2.5 Antenna coupler
Figure below shows the difference between AT-1560-25 and 15.

AT-1560-25: Leed relay used
COUP board
(05P0528)
Dummy
(10 +250 pF:100 W)
Dummy board
(05P0543)
Fig.2.5.2 Antenna coupler, AT-1560-15 (For 150 W)
2-21
2.5 Antenna coupler
TUNE LED lights during

tuning
THROUH LED lights when

matching circuit is bypassed.
Dummy ON/OFF LED lights when

dummy is connected.
LED for CPU RUN

(Blinking normally)
S4, S5 and S6: DIP SW

used to adjust 2182 kHz
with S1 set to MANUAL.
R63: Ia ADJ.
U1: HD6475328CP
(H8 MPU)
S2: DIP SW
S2-#2: ON
S3 (TUNE SW) ON:
For self test
T1: VSWR detector
T2: Phase detector
S1 [AUTO/MANUAL]
Tuning mode selector
S3: TUNE SW
(ON: For auto tuning)
TB3: Terminal
1. I ANT
2. TUNE OK
3. THROUGH
4. TUNE
Fig.2.5.3 AT-1560-15/25 with dummy board removed
2-22
5. DUMMY
6. +15 V
7. 0 V
2.5 Antenna coupler
Wires should not touch any parts. These

carry high tension. See note.
Adjust the arrester for about

2 mm gap.
Fig.2.5.4 Parts around antenna terminal

Note; High voltage presents at the antenna terminal and
Electrical Shock associated parts. If the wires touch the parts, leaking will
result.
Hazard
Danger
The table below shows the type and code number of the relay to be used in the matching
circuit.
Model
AT-1560-25
AT-1560-15
AT-1560-25
AT-1560-15
AT-1560-25
AT-1560-15
Parts No.
Type
K1 to K14, K16, K17, K20 to K22

G2R-1A-E-DC12V
K1 to K12, K16, K17, K20 to K22
K13, K18, K19
JC-2AF-DC12V
K15, K18, K19
K14, K15, K27, K28
FRD12023
K27, K28
2-23
Code no.
000142953
000106216
000106069
2.6 Terminal unit, IB-583
2.6 Terminal unit, IB-583

JUNCTION
(Not provided on IB-583)
PRINTER
DTE
KEYBOARD
LAN (Not provided on
IB-583)
FDD
(For 2HD disk)
Power switch
24 VDC power connecter
GND
Fig.2.6.1 Terminal unit, Front and rear views

320
270
Fig.2.6.2 Dimensions
122
2-24
5.8 Antenna coupler, AT-1560

Fig.5.8.1 shows the block diagram of COUP board in antenna coupler, AT-1560. There
are two antenna couplers as shown in Table 5.8.1.
Table 5.8.1 Comparison between Antenna couplers
AT-1560-15
AT-1560-25
FS-1570
150W
10+250P
(100W)
FS-2570/FS-1570
250W
10+250P
(200W)
Dummy board
05P0543
05P0610
COUP board
05P0528
05P0528A
Used by
Input power
Dummy load
Remarks
Antenna is grounded through

this board when power is off.
In AT-1560-25, L8 and L9 are
switched by a reed relay.
Fig.5.8.1 Block diagram of COUP board (05P0528)
5-46
Timing of control signal

Tuning is made by receiving TUNE signal. Fig.5.8.2 is the timing chart for generating
TUNE OK signal. When tuning is made successfully, TUNE OK (H) signal is generated.
If not, TUNE ERROR (L) signal is generated. Pressing TUNE switch, S3 also tunes the
antenna matching circuit.
(from FS-1570T/2570T)
(to FS-1570T/2570T)
(from FS-1570T/2570T)
Fig.5.8.2 Timing of control signals
TROUGH signal
Through signal is used to decide whether the receiving signal bypasses the antenna
matching circuit or not.
When COUPLER THROU in the RT system setting menu is set to DIFF, and the
transmission frequency and the receiving frequency are different, the receiving signal
bypasses the tuning circuit;
1) If the receiving frequency is 1.6 MHz or less.
2) If the receiving frequency is less than 4 MHz and different from the
transmission frequency.
3) If the receiving frequency is 4 MHz or more and different 1.2 MHz from the
transmission frequency.
4) During the RT scanning.
Generally, when the transmission frequency and the receiving frequency are different,
the receiving signal does not pass through the matching circuit so that the signal is not
attenuated.
5-47
Self-test
See Chapter 5.
Matching circuit
The following signals control the antenna matching circuit. Either gamma or pi
matching circuit is selected.
FREQ signal (U4, Counter)

U4 measures the frequency of the input signal to the matching circuit which tunes
1.6 MHz to 30 MHz signal. The frequency data is also used to store the matching
data.
Vr and Vf (T1, VSWR detector)
Forward power (Vf) and return power (Vr) are used to calculate VSWR. The
matching circuit of the minimum VSWR is selected.
V+ and V- (T2, Phase detector)
The phase sensor detects the phase of antenna impedance, capacitive or inductive
reactance of an impedance matching network.
Ia (T3, Ia detector)
Antenna current, Ia is used for Ia indication and monitoring the matching condition.
Table 5.8.2 Matching Condition
Frequency
Tune OK
3.36 MHz or less
VSWR<3.0
3.36 MHz or more
VSWR<2.0
Matching data
is memorized.
Tune NG
VSWR>3.0
Matching circuit
VSWR>2.0 short circuits.
The maximum inductance of the matching circuit is about 50 uH. To tune 2 MHz band
signal to about 7m antenna, most coils in the matching circuit are used. C171 and C172
are used when the antenna capacitance is 40 pF or less and when the supplied voltage to
the antenna is 6 kV or more.
5-48
Matching circuit
Gamma matching
The gamma matching circuit, Fig.5.8.3 is used in MF band.
Fig.5.8.4 shows approximate values of Ct and Lt in the circuit for typical bands.
Fig.5.8.3 Gamma matching circuit
Fig.5.8.4 Ct and Lt in Gamma matching circuit
5-49
The antenna includes resistance, Ra and reactance components. As the wavelength of

MF band is longer than the antenna length, the antenna becomes capacitive. The
matching circuit needs to cancel the capacitance by adjusting the coil inductance. The
coil is called the loading coil. The inductance in the matching circuit is the sum of the
matching inductance and inductivity of the reactance coil.
Fig.5.8.5 Antenna equivalent circuit
Fig.5.8.6 shows inductances necessary in the matching circuit to cancel the antenna
capacitance.
Fig.5.8.6
5-50
Pi matching
Pi matching circuit is used in the HF band. Fig.5.8.7 shows pi matching and the
equivalent circuits.
Fig.5.8.7 Pi matching circuit
Fig.5.8.8 C and L in Pi matching circuit for 50-ohm load
5-51
5.8.1 Antenna tuning

Start
Check input frequency.
NO
TUNE ERROR
1.6 to 32 MHz?
YES
Operating frequency is
used first time?
NO
First time?
YES
SWR< 1.5?
YES
NO
TUNE OK
Phase detection
Antenna is inductive (L) or

Frequency > 7.68 MHz
Antenna is capacitive (C) and

Frequency < 7.68 MHz
Pi matching
Try to tune only by

using coils.
(a)
(b)
TUNE OK: TUNE OK signal is sent to the transceiver unit and relay on/off condition is
memorized onto EEPROM.
TUNE ERROR: TUNE ERROR signal is sent to the transceiver unit while the matching
circuit is bypassed.
5-52
(a)
(b)
YES
OK?
NO
NO
Insert shortening
capacitor.
Using L7, L8 or
L9?
Insert parallel capacitor

and retune.
(50 pF, 100 pF, 150 pF)
YES
NO
OK?
YES
Calculate antenna capacitance.
CA
NO
> 40 pF
YES
Calculate antenna voltage.
If high, insert parallel capacitor.
NO
Antenna
voltage<6 kV
YES
Gamma matching
Frequency
> 3.36 MHz?
YES
SWR< 2.0?
(MF band: SWR< 3.0)
YES
TUNE OK
NO
Retry gamma matching.
(To find out minimum SWR point,
make a large change.)
SWR < 2.0?

(MF band: SWR< 3.0)
NO
YES
TUNE OK
(c)
5-53
NO
TUNE ERROR
(c)
Short circuit the matching circuit.

(all capacitors: OFF, all coils: ON)
YES
SWR< 2.0?
(3.36 MHz or less:
SWR<3.0)
TUNE OK
NO
Retry pi matching
(Small change is made.)
YES
SWR< 2.0?
(3.36 MHz or less:
SWR < 3.0)
TUNE OK
NO
NO
Frequency
< 3.36 MHz?
YES
Change L and C and then retry pi
matching.
Insert shortening capacitor

and then retry pi matching.
SWR< 2.0?
(3.36 MHz or less:
SWR<3.0)
NO
SWR< 2.0?
NO
YES
YES
TUNE OK
TUNE
ERROR
TUNE OK
(d)
5-54
(d)
Change C and L and then retry pi

matching.
SWR< 2.0?
NO
YES
TUNE OK
Change C and L and then retry pi

matching.
SWR< 2.0?
YES
TUNE OK
NO
DIP switch
SW4 is ON?
YES
NO
TUNE ERROR
Select the best circuit

you have tried.
NO
SWR< 3.0?
YES
TUNE OK
5-55
TUNE ERROR
Coil
Coil
Input capacitor
Antenna capacitor
Input capacitor
Gamma matching
Pi matching
Change input capacitor

to one 1.5 times the
standard value.
Change capacitance of antenna capacitor.
When no tuning, adjust coil inductance.

Adjust coil inductance.
Change capacitance of antenna capacitor

while turn of coil is changed.
Change capacitance of input capacitor
while turn of coil is changed.
Change turn of coil while capacitance
of input capacitor is changed.
Change input capacitor.
Change antenna capacitor.

Adjust coil inductance.
END
END
5-56
5.9 IB-583
5.9 IB-583
IB-583 is a NBDP terminal newly developed for FS-1560/FS-2570.
Both TERM CPU board (16P0209A) and POW board (16P0211A) are not compatible
with those used in the FELCOM 15 terminal unit because some parts are not mounted.
Fig.5.9.1 Block diagram of IB-583
Major function
1) Communication with RF CON/CPU board (RS-232C, asynchronous, No command)
Baud rate: 9600
Data length: 8 bit
Stop bit: 1 bit
Parity: No parity
Flow control: None
Communication control: None (Only TX/RX data)
2)
3)
4)
5)
LCD display (U12) control

Backup by lithium battery
Key board connection (U7)
FDD (U7): 2HD
The IB-583 does not support MIF communication.
5-57
Installation Manual
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
FS-1570 (150 W)/FS-2570 (250 W)
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ......................................................................................................................i
SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS ...............................................................................................................ii
EQUIPMENT LIST................................................................................................................................. iv
1. MOUNTING .................................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.1 Control Unit............................................................................................................................. 1-1
1.2 Antenna Coupler..................................................................................................................... 1-3
1.3 Transceiver Unit...................................................................................................................... 1-8
1.4 Handset (w/bracket) ............................................................................................................... 1-9
1.5 Antenna................................................................................................................................. 1-10
1.6 Mounting of Optional Equipment...........................................................................................1-11
2. WIRING .......................................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1 Wiring...................................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 External Equipment ................................................................................................................ 2-5
2.3 Connection of AC-DC Power Supply Unit (option)................................................................. 2-9
2.4 Automatic Antenna Switch (option) ...................................................................................... 2-13
3. INITIAL SETTING........................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.1 Performance Check................................................................................................................ 3-1
3.2 Initializing Control Unit and Transceiver Unit ......................................................................... 3-1
3.3 Manual 2182 kHz Tuning Preset ............................................................................................ 3-3
3.4 System Setup ......................................................................................................................... 3-5
3.5 Setting DIP Switches .............................................................................................................. 3-9
3.6 Preamp Setting (For FAX-5)................................................................................................. 3-10
4. OPTION KIT ................................................................................................................................... 4-1
4.1 DSC Routine Frequency Board.............................................................................................. 4-1
4.2 Connecting of NBDP Terminal Unit OP05-96 (IB-581)/OP05-100 (IB-583) .......................... 4-3
PACKING LISTS.................................................................................................................................A-1
OUTLINE DRAWINGS .......................................................................................................................D-1
INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM ......................................................................................................S-1
www.furuno.co.jp
All brand and product names are trademarks, registered trademarks or service marks of their respective holders.


9-52 Ashihara-cho,
Telephone : +81-(0)798-65-2111
Fax
: +81-(0)798-65-4200
Printed in Japan
A : AUG . 2002
J : OCT . 07, 2009
Pub. No. IME-56360-J

(HIMA )
FS-1570/2570
*00080934215*
*00080934215*
* 0 0 0 8 0 9 3 4 2 1 5 *
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
CAUTION
DANGER
Do not touch cable from
the antenna coupler during
transmission.
Confirm that the power supply voltage

is compatible with the voltage rating
of the equipment.

the cables are touched during
transmission.
Connection to the wrong power supply

can cause fire or equipment damage to the
equipment . The voltage rating appears on
the label at the rear of the display unit.
DANGER

give off or receive electromagnetic interferenece or
Do not touch the whip

antenna or wire antenna.
Use copper strap with careful.

An edge of it may harm your hand.

the antenna is touched during
transmission.
Keep the following compass safe

distances.
WARNING
Standard Steering
compass compass
Do not work inside the

equipment unless totally
familiar with electrical
circuits.
Transceiver FS-1570T
Unit
FS-2570T
Hazardous voltage which can

shock exists inside the equipment.
HS-2003
AT-1560-15
AT-1560-25
FS-2571C
PP-510
IC-302/303
Turn off the power at the

mains switchboard before
beginning the installation.
Post a sign near the switch
to indicate it should not be
turned on while the equipment is being installed.
SEM-21Q
PR-850A
PR-300
IB-581
IB-583
AS-102
Fire, electrical shock or

serious injury can result if the
power is left on or is applied
while the equipment is being
installed.
1.20 m
2.20 m
0.90 m
1.50 m
1.00 m
0.70 m
1.40 m
0.60 m
0.95 m
0.70 m
1.00 m
0.80 m
0.80 m
0.60 m
2.20 m
1.00 m
0.90 m
1.50 m
0.70 m
0.70 m
1.40 m
0.70 m
0.65 m
1.00 m
0.40 m
0.40 m
SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS
Standard configuration is shown with solid line.
FS-1570
DSC DISTRESS SAFETY
#
# = 2.6 m PREAMP UNIT
whip
FAX-5
antenna
Automatic Antenna
Switch AS-102
ANTENNA COUPLER
AT-1560-15
LOUDSPEAKER
SEM-21Q
EPFS (GNSS)
INCOMING
INDICATOR
IC-303-DSC
MIF EQUIPMENT
CONTROL
UNIT
FS-2571C
CONTROLLER 1
HANDSET
HS-2003
PRINTER
PP-510
TRANSCEIVER UNIT
FS-1570T
NBDP
TERMINAL UNIT
IB-583/IB-581
DISTRESS ALERT UNIT
IC-302-DSC
INTERFACE
IF-8500*

24VDC
BK INTERFACE
BK-300
CONTROLLER 2
FS-2571C
HANDSET
HS-2003
ALARM UNIT
IC-350
AC/DC POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
PR-300
24VDC
100-115/200-230VAC
1, 50/60Hz
Exposed to weather
Preamp Unit
Other Units
ii
24VDC
POWER STATUS
MONITOR
PSM-01
FS-2570
DSC DISTRESS SAFETY
#
# = 2.6 m
whip
antenna
PREAMP UNIT
FAX-5
EPFS (GNSS)
INCOMING
INDICATOR
IC-303-DSC
MIF EQUIPMENT
DSC ROUTINE
FREQUENCY
#
PREAMP UNIT
FAX-5
Automatic Antenna
Switch AS-102
ANTENNA COUPLER
AT-1560-15
LOUDSPEAKER
SEM-21Q
W/R BOARD
CONTROL
UNIT
FS-2571C
CONTROLLER 1
PRINTER
PP-510
TRANSCEIVER UNIT
FS-2570T
NBDP
TERMINAL UNIT
IB-583/IB-581
DISTRESS ALERT UNIT
IC-302-DSC
BK INTERFACE
BK-300
HANDSET
HS-2003
INTERFACE
IF-8500*

DC24V
CONTROL UNIT
FS-2571C
CONTROLLER 2
HANDSET
HS-2003
ALARM UNIT
IC-350
AC/DC POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
PR-850A
24VDC
100-115/200-230VAC
1, 50/60Hz
Unit
Category
Exposed to weather
Preamp Unit
Other Units
iii
24VDC
POWER STATUS
MONITOR
PSM-01
EQUIPMENT LISTS
Standard Supply
Name
Type
Code no.
Transceiver
Unit
FS-1570T
FS-2570T
Control Unit
FS-2571C
AT-1560-15-AAS
AT-1560-15-SUS
AT-1560-25-AAS
AT-1560-25-SUS
Antenna
Coupler
Accessories
Installation
Materials
Qty
1
Remarks
For FS-1570 (150 W)
For FS-2570 (250 W)
1
For FS-1570, Resin
1
For FS-1570, Stainless steel

For FS-2570, Resin
For FS-2570, stainless steel
SP05-05700
000-054-228
CP05-08810
000-056-951
17JE23150-02 (D8C), 10 m cable
CP05-08820
000-056-952
17JE23150-02 (D8C), 20 m cable
CP05-08830
000-056-953
17JE23150-02 (D8C), 30 m cable
CP05-08840
000-056-954
17JE23150-02 (D8C), 40 m cable
CP05-08850
000-056-955
17JE23150-02 (D8C), 50 m cable
CP05-05700
000-055-238
1 set
For antenna coupler
CP05-08801
005-951-930
1 set
For control unit
CP05-08802
005-952-180
1 set
For transceiver unit
05S0949 L-10
000-130-484
10 m
05S0949 L-20
000-130-485
20 m
05S0949 L-30
000-130-486
05S0949 L-40
000-130-487
40 m
05S0949 L-50
000-130-488
50 m
05S0462 L-10
000-113-360
10 m
05S0462 L-20
000-113-361
20 m
05S0462 L-30
000-113-362
05S0462 L-40
000-113-363
40 m
05S0462 L-50
000-113-364
50 m
05S0793
000-125-984
10 m
05S0793
000-125-986
20 m
05S0793
000-125-987
05S0793
000-125-988
40 m
05S0793
000-125-989
50 m
RG-10/U-Y
000-125-999
10 m
RG-10/U-Y
000-563-044
20 m
RG-10/U-Y
000-563-048
RG-10/U-Y
000-126-000
40 m
RG-10/U-Y
000-126-001
50 m
iv
Handset, bracket, etc.

Between
control
unit &
Transceiver
unit.
30 m
For antenna
coupler
30 m
30 m
30 m
For antenna
coupler
(w/armor)
Optional Equipment
Name
AC-DC Power
Supply Unit
Printer
Type
Code no.
Qty
PR-300
For FS-1570 (150 W)
PR-850A
For FS-2570 (250 W)
PP-510
Printer Interface Kit IF-8500
000-053-895
Remarks
(CP16-01200),
1 set
accessories
(FP16-00100)
1
Distress Alert Unit
IC-302-DSC
1 set w/Installation materials
Incoming Indicator
IC-303-DSC
1 set w/Installation materials
Whip Antenna
04S4176
Preamp Unit
FAX-5
External
Loudspeaker
SEM-21Q
000-144-917
Control Unit
FS-2571C
1 set
OP05-96
000-056-949
1 set
IB-583
000-043-435
Terminal Unit IB-583

1 set (w/accessories, spare
parts)
NBDP
Terminal Unit Set
000-153-122
000-075-016
000-075-049
1 set
2.6 meter
w/cable, 15 m
w/cable, 1 m
Terminal Unit IB-581,

DSP print, Accessories
Handset
HS-2003
Cable assy.
MJ-A10SPF/
SRMD-500
000-147-336
0.5m, For handset
Flush mount Kit
OP05-98
005-951-830
For control unit
W/R2 set
OP05-99
005-951-840
17JE23150-02 (D8C)
5m
000-146-015
17JE23150-02 (D8C)
10 m
000-146-016
17JE23150-02 (D8C)
20 m
000-146-017
17JE23150-02 (D8C)
30 m
000-146-018
17JE23150-02 (D8C)
40 m
000-146-019
17JE23150-02 (D8C)
50 m
000-146-020
Cable assy.
BK Interface
BK-300
Antenna Materials
CP05-09010
Cable
05S9509-L500
1 set w/Bracket
1 set For FS-2570, P.C.B.

5 m cable
10 m cable
20 m cable
1
40 m cable
50 m cable
1 set
005-954-180
1 set
000-168-955-10
Automatic Antenna
AS-102
Switch
30 m cable
For handset extension
vi
1. MOUNTING
NOTICE
Do not apply paint, anti-corrosive sealant
or contact spray to coating or plastic
parts of the equipment.
Those items contain organic solvents that
can damage coating and plastic parts,
especially plastic connectors.
1.1
Control Unit
1.1.1
Mounting methods
The control unit can be mounted one of four ways;
In the hanger (overhead, bulkhead or tabletop)

Flush mounting.
1.1.2
Make sure the location is strong enough to support the unit under the conditions of
continued vibration and shock normally encountered on the boat
Locate the unit where it is easily accessible and does not interfere with personnel or
operation of other equipment; for example, ships wheel.
1.1.3
Hanger mounting
1. Fix the hanger with tapping screws (supplied).

2. Set the control unit to the hanger and fix it with the washers and knobs.
20 50+0.5
4-5
Fixing hole
220+0.5
110
93
298+4
20
RT
DSC
ACK/SQ
PRINT
CH
GHI
ABC
JKL
TEST
DEF
6 SCAN
MNO
CALL
PQRS
FILE
CANCEL
CURSOR
TUV
0 LOG
TUNE
PUSH TO ENTER
WXYZ
SETUP
PWR/VOL
OFF
OVEN
(136)
127
4 IntCom
108
DISTRESS
ALARM
14
70
18
10
1-1
1.1.4
Flush Mounting
Use the optional flush mount kit.

Name: Flush mount kit
Type: OP05-98
Code No.: 005-951-830
Name
Type
Code No.
Qty
Mounting metal
05-089-1171
100-299-020
Wing bolt
M4x30
000-804-799
Wing nut
M4
000-863-306
Hex. bolt
M6x12
000-162-897-10
Spring washer
M6
000-158-855-10
Remarks
1. Make a cutout of 251 mm (W) x 100 mm (H).

2. Insert the control unit to the cutout.
3. Attach two mounting metal (supplied with kit) to the control unit with hex bolts (M6 x 12,
supplied with kit) and spring washer (supplied with kit) from the rear side.
4. Screw four wing bolts (supplied with kit) to wing nuts (supplied).
5. Fasten the control unit to the mounting location with four wing bolts and nuts assembled at
step 3.
Flush mounting, side view
110
45
100+1
Cutout dimensions
251+1
18
Flush mounting
1-2
25
12
1.2
Antenna Coupler
DANGER
Do not touch cable from the antenna coupler.
Electric shock, fire, serious injury or death can
result if the cables are touched
during transmission.
DANGER
1.2.1
Introduction
The antenna coupler is installed between the antenna and the transceiver, and tunes the
antenna to the transmitter.
The importance of a good ground system cannot be overemphasized. Without a good ground,
this unit will not work properly if at all.
1.2.2
Ground System
A good antenna can work well only when an efficient RF ground is provided. Without a good
ground system, the full potential of this radio cannot be realized.
CAUTION
give off or receive electromagnetic interference or
1-3
Grounding
Run a copper strap (supplied) between the ground terminal of the antenna coupler and the
ships superstructure.
Ground plate
(a piece of steel plate)
Copper strap
Solder
0.4 x 50 x 600
Braze
For outdoor installation,

apply a coat of paint to prevent rust.
Weld to ship's structure
Ground for metallic hull
1.2.3
The water-jetsproof construction of the antenna coupler permits installation either indoors or
outdoors. When selecting a location, keep in mind the following points.
Outdoor installation
Select a location not exposed to salt water spray. Salt water on the antenna insulator may
cause unstable operation of the coupler and in the worst case prevent transmission.
All wires from the coupler to the antenna radiate radio energy. They should be routed away
from any grounded conductors such as mast shrouds, or fittings.
For optimum radio energy, locate the coupler as near to the ground as possible.
The length of the vertical portion of the antenna should be as long as possible.
Leave enough space around the sides of the unit to permit maintenance and checking.
Total antenna length should be 7 to 30 meters.
1-4
Indoor installation
Locate the unit away from GPS and radio equipment to avoid mutual interference.
The lead-in wire should be as near to the unit as possible.
Select a place where the unit can be easily maintained, but where it will not interfere with
crew or passengers.
Overhead mounting is available for indoor installation.
1.2.4
Anti-moisture measure (vent tube)
The vent tube (attached) prevents moisture from being drawn into the enclosure during
atmospheric pressure changes and allows trapped humid air to escape. Install it according to
coupler installation method, before mounting coupler.
Vertical or horizontal installation

Two vent holes are provided on the coupler, one at the bottom and one on the rear. The vent
tube is set to vent hole B at the factory. This location is for vertical installation of the coupler. For
horizontal installation, remove the vent tube from vent hole B and set it to vent hole A. Cover
vent hold B with seal (supplied), from inside the coupler.
1-5
1.2.5
Mounting
Fix the antenna coupler to a bulkhead of the bridge, mast, handrail, etc. For mounting on the
mast, select a location within the total length of the antenna, and weld suitable mounting fixtures
(local supply) to the mast and bolt the coupler there.
For indoor installation, select a location where the distance between the lead-in insulator and
the coupler is as short as possible.
Example for outdoor installation

Mast
Mounting fixture
(Local supply)
Do not installation with this direction.

Fix with four M6 bolts.
(Local supply)
Example for antenna coupler mounting
1-6
Mast
Drain
tube
For thin bulkhead, use

nuts, bolts and washers
instead of tapping screws.
U-bolt
assy.
Example for indoor installation

insulator
Lead-in insulator
ANT SW BOX
AS-1E (Option)
Stand-off
insulator
Stand-off
From Antenna
Switch Box
Insulator
EXAMPLE OF
INDOOR MOUNTING
Mounting the antenna coupler
1-7
1.3
Transceiver Unit
Bulkhead mounting only

The location must be clean and dry.
The mounting location must be able to support the weight of the unit (FS-1570: 11.0 kg,
FS-2570: 14.0 kg) under the continued conditions of vibration normally encountered aboard
the vessel. If necessary, reinforce the mounting location.
Secure the maintenance space shown in the outline drawing at the back of this manual, for
ease of maintenance and service.
Transceiver unit
Ground the transceiver unit with the cable assy (05S0479, supplied), to prevent interference.
Fasten the transceiver unit to the mounting location with six tapping screws in the order shown
below. (Asterisk-marked holes are not used.) For details, refer to outline drawings at the back of
this manual.
3
*
1 *
* 1
Transceiver unit (ex. FS-1570T)
1-8
1.4
Handset (w/bracket)
Unfasten six screws to remove the bracket cover, and fasten the bracket to the mounting
location with two tapping screws 4 x 16 (supplied) on the desktop or bulkhead.
Note: The magnet inside the bracket may pull the screwdriver when mounting the hanger.
(77)
65
22
42
145+0.5
208
Screws
12 Cable entrance
57
Handset
hanger cover
2- 4.5
Fixing hole
Handset (w/bracket)
1-9
1.5
Antenna
The antenna plays the most important role in radio communication. If it cannot receive or
transmit effectively because of improper installation, even the most sophisticated transceiver will
be rendered useless.
1.5.1
Types of antennas
The most commonly used are a long wire and a whip. Whatever antenna is to be used, the
antenna coupler can tune a long wire or whip whose total length is 7 to 18 meters (23.3 to 60
feet). Although a longer antenna is preferable when the radio is operated only on low
frequencies, use this size of antenna to ensure stable automatic tuning on all bands.
Long wire antenna

A long wire antenna is inexpensive and in general provides better performance than a whip
antenna, provided the vertical part is long enough.
Whip antenna
A whip antenna is easier than a long wire antenna to install and provides good overall coverage
of most SSB frequencies. A whip antenna is installed as high as possible, away from any nearby
objects.
When selecting a mounting location;
The length of the vertical portion should be longer than 4 meters, and the slant angle of that
part should be within 10 degrees. Separate it as far as possible from:
stays, metallic objects, direction finder antenna, INMARSAT radome antenna
Locate the insulator away from funnels and masts.

If the antenna coupler is installed outdoors, use a lead-in insulator (Furuno type YA-150 for
FS-1570 or YA-218 for FS-2570) to make the connection. If necessary, use a high quality
antenna switch and stand-off insulator.
If the antenna is connected directly to the coupler, use a strain insulator to prevent insulator
fatigue.
1-10
1.6 Mounting of Optional Equipment

1.6.1
AC-DC power supply unit
When selecting a mounting location, keep in mind the following points.

The location should be clean and dry.
The mounting location must be able to support the weight of the unit (PR-300:14.5 kg,
PR-850A: 35 kg) under the continued conditions of vibration normally encountered aboard
the vessel.
A magnetic compass will be affected if the power supply unit is placed too close to it.
Observe the following compass safe distances to prevent disturbance to the magnetic
compass shown on page ii.
Mounting
Refer to the outline drawings at the back of this manual.
1.6.2
Preamp unit FAX-5
The body of preamp unit can be mounted two ways:

1. The bottom of the preamp unit is designed to accept a threaded extension mast of 1 inch
diameter. The pitch of the thread should be 14 threads per inch. To prevent undue flexing of
the mast in heavy winds, the mast should not be longer than 5 feet (1.5 m).
2. The side of the preamp unit has a molded channel so that it may be mounted directly to a
stub mast with two stainless steel hose clamps. Hose clamps must be arranged locally.
Screw the 2.6 m whip antenna (option) tightly onto the preamp unit and waterproof the junction
and other exposed metallic parts with sealing compound (silicone rubber, putty, etc.)
Note that a wire antenna of 2 to 3 meters length may be used instead of the whip antenna.
Note: The preamp unit requires 12 VDC power. See paragraph 3.5 for how to provide power to
the preamp unit.
1-11
50
Thread
(14 threads/inch)
1" Pipe
Spring
Washer
Hose
Clamp
2.6m Whip Antenna
Mast
Earth
Coupling
Nut
Antenna Wire
Wire Antenna Fixture
Preamp Unit
Mounting of preamp unit
1.6.3
Printer PP-510
Install the unit with the two mounting fixtures (supplied). Refer to the outline drawing at the end
of this manual. Connect the interconnection cable between the printer and the transceiver unit.
For how to load paper and set ribbon cassette, refer to the Operators Manual of the printer.
Mounting
1. Select a flat surface. (Compass safe distance: Standard, 1.0 meters, Steering, 0.8 meters).
2. Fix the printer to the mounting location with two mounting fixtures.
200
405
Dimensions of printer PP-510
1-12
1.6.4 Distress alert unit IC-302-DSC/Incoming indicator

IC-303-DSC
Select the mounting location where the button on the unit can be operated easily in an
emergency. See the back of the manual for mounting dimensions and recommended clearance
space. (Compass safe distance: Standard, 0.8 meters, Steering, 0.6 meters)
1. Unfasten four screws to remove the cover.
Terminal
Board
Cable Entrances
IC-302-DSC/IC-303-DSC
2. Fasten the unit with four tapping screws.
3. Pass the cable through appropriate entrance to connect to the terminal board. There are
two cable entrances, one at the bottom and one on the back. Select one.
4. Attach the cover with four screws.
5. Clamp the cable outside of the unit with cable clamp (local supply).
1.6.5 External loudspeaker

The external loudspeaker can be installed on a tabletop, the overhead or bulkhead. Fasten the
loudspeaker to the mounting location with tapping screws, or nuts, bolts and washers. For
mounting dimensions, see the outline drawing at the back of this manual. The external
loudspeaker should be mounted within 2.8 m from the control unit because of the cable length.
1-13
1.6.6
Printer interface
Referring to the outline drawing at the end of this manual, fix the printer interface with tapping
screws (local supply) to tabletop or bulkhead.
92
1.6.7
243
5 Fixing holes
15
270
260+0.5
70+0.5
Automatic Antenna Switch
Install the automatic antenna switch between the SSB antenna and the antenna coupler. This
unit allows you to connect the antenna to ground remotely when there is a possibility of lightning
or the antenna must be grounded to comply with local regulations when returning to a harbor.
Mount the unit on the bulkhead by using four self-tapping screws (5x20, supplied).
Fixing hole (4 pcs.)
Fasten four self-tapping screws
(5x20, supplied) to mount the unit.
200
200
1-14
2. WIRING
2.1
Wiring
2.1.1
Standard wiring
For further details, refer to the interconnection diagram at the end of this manual.
To ANTENNA
1 ANT
TUNE OK
THROUGH
TUNE
DUMMY
+ 15V
0V
BRN
RED
ORG
YEL
GRN
WHT
BLU
TB-2*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
TB1
TB2
TB3
Ground
drain wire.
Signal cable

Ground
terminal
Coaxial cable
Connect to ground
AS-102
FAX-5
to ship's ground
Local supply
FS-1570T
Power status
monitor PSM-01
AT-1560-15
(Resin type)
PR-300
100V 10A
220V 5A
*: How to Use Terminal Opener at TB-2

1. Remove the end of
each core by 5-6 mm.
5~6mm
DC IN
+ -
DC OUT
24V
+ - + -
Ground Wire
AC IN DC IN
CONTROLLER 1
2. As shown in the figure,

set the opener in a
terminal. While pulling
the opener downward,
insert the core.
ON
OFF
AC IN
L N G
T/R ANT
20A
ON
OFF
Local supply
terminal
opener
D.ANT(W/R 1)
FS-2571C
core
HS-2003
3. Release the opener.
Tug on the core to
confirm it is inserted
properly.
Printer
Speaker
Ground Wire
Wiring (FS-1570)
2-1
To ANTENNA
1 ANT
TUNE OK
THROUGH
TUNE
DUMMY
+ 15V
0V
BRN
RED
ORG
YEL
GRN
WHT
BLU
TB-2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
TB1
TB3
Ground
drain wire.
Ground
terminal
Signal cable
TB2

Coaxial cable
Connect to ground
AS-102
FAX-5
to ship's
ground
FS-2570T
Power status
monitor PSM-01
AT-1560-25
(Resin type)
PR-850A
Ground Wire
AC IN
T/R ANT
CONTROLLER 1
FS-2571C
MAIN UNIT
HS-2003
Printer
Ground Wire
Wiring (FS-2570)
2-2
2.1.2
Connection on the transceiver unit
Power cable
Pass the power cable (supplied) through the hole at the bottom of the transducer unit, and
fasten it to the TB1 and 2. Fasten it to the fixing plate at cable entrance with a cable tie
(local supply.) When connecting to the optional AC-DC power supply unit PR-300 (FS-1570)
or 850A (FS-2570), supply AC power and DC power to the PR-300/850A. See paragraph
2.3 Connection of AC-DC Power Supply Unit for detail.
Antenna coupler cable
Cut the connector of the signal cable (05S0949 or 05S0793) off, pass the cable to the
rubber bush, and then connect the cable to TB5 on the T-IF Board (05P0731) (See Note 1.).
Wrap vinyl tape or attach an insulating tube to the shield wire to prevent the shorting to the
board. Fasten the signal cable to the fixing plate with a cable tie (local supply.)
Attach the M-type connector of the coaxial cable (05S0462 or RG-10/U-Y, from the antenna
coupler) to T/R ANT port. Note that when running the coaxial cable, attach it with slack for
opening/closing the lid.
Cable from Antenna Coupler
I ANT
TUNE OK
THROUGH
TUNE
DUMMY
+ 15V
0V
SHIELD
BRW
RED
ORG
YEL
GRN
WHT
BLK
TB5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213 141516
COUPLER
171819 2021222324
05P0731
252627282930 3132
TB1(+) TB2(-)
FV5.5-4
YELLOW 2 pcs.
05S0462
or
RG-10/U-Y
DPYC-6 (FS-1570) or
DPYC-10 (FS-2570)
9 mm
05S0949
or
05S0793
Connection of transceiver unit
2-3
Note1: How to connect cable to the terminal board.

1. Press this downward by finger or screw driver.
2. Insert a core of cable.

3. Release the finger or screw driver.
Control unit
Connect the transceiver unit and the control unit by the supplied cable with D-sub 15 pin
connector for both ends. The control unit connected to the CONTROLLER 1 port has
priority.
Connect the handset HS-2003 to the HANDSET 1 port at the rear of the control unit. For
other handset or microphone, connect to the HANDSET2/MIC port. Note that these two
ports can not be used at the same time.
Antennas
The antenna for DSC distress (mandatory) and DSC routine frequency (option for FS-2570
only) are connected to the transceiver unit with a 50 ohm coaxial cable, type RG-8/U or
equivalent. Be sure to leave some slack in the cable for future service and maintenance.
Lay the coaxial cable and attach an M-type plug to the cable as follows.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the sheath by 30 mm.

Bare 23 mm of the center conductor. Trim braided shield by 5 mm and tin.
Slide coupling ring onto cable.
Screw the plug assembly on the cable.
Solder plug assembly to braided shield through solder holes. Solder contact sleeve to
conductor.
6. Screw coupling ring into plug assembly.
7. Screw the plug into the D. ANT (W/R 1) port for DSC distress and ANT (W/R 2 port) for
DSC routine frequency (option) at the bottom of the transceiver unit.
2-4
30 mm
Sheath
5 mm
2 mm
Conductor
Braided shield
Insulator
Plug assembly
Contact sleeve
Solder here.
Coupling ring
Solder both
sides of hole.
Cut conductor here.
Fabrication of 50 ohm coaxial cable
2.2
External Equipment
Cables for the external equipment are connected to the terminal board in the transceiver
unit. For location, see the interconnection diagram at the back of this manual.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516
RCV BZ
05P0731
BK 17181920 21222324
IEC61162
252627282930 3132
Distress alert unit

IC-302-DSC
Incoming indicator
IC-303-DSC
9 mm
9 mm
Navaid
External BK
CO-SPEVV-SB-0.2x2P
CO-SPEVV-SB-0.2x5P
TTYCS-4
Connection of external equipment
2-5
IEC61162-1 (NMEA) equipment

Connects a navigator to the terminal box in the transceiver unit. The FS-1570/2570 can
receive the following sentences in IEC-61162-1 (ed.2nd) format. Use the interconnection
cable type CO-SPEVV-SB-C 0.2x2P (option).
GLL: Latitude and longitude
RMC: Generic navigation information
GGA: GPS position, UTC
ZDA: UTC, day, month, and year
RMA: Minimum Loran-C data
Priority: GGA>RMC>GLL
Priority is kept for one minute.
Distress alert IC-302

Use CO-SPEVV-SB-0.2x5P cable (option). For the fabrication, see the figure in below.
Indicator IC-303
Use CO-SPEVV-SB-C 0.2x5P cable (option) and fabricate it as below.
90
Outer sheath
Remove the outer sheath and

armor by 90 mm.
Inner sheath
11
9
Remove the inner sheath by 20 mm,
and the sheath of the cores by 9 mm.
Twist and trim the shield.
Cut the unused cores.

Solder a vinyl wire to the shield.
Vinyl wire
Fabrication of CO-SPEVV-SB-C for connect to the transceiver unit
2-6
External BK
Terminal No.
Signal name
17
BK (+)
18
BK GND
19
Tx_KEY
20
Rx_MUTE
21
SHIELD
Function
Object
Power of relay BK for
Output voltage: 24 VDC
other radiotelephone
GND
0V
BK control for other
Go to GND on transmitting.
radiotelephone
Receiver unit goes to off when BK control from other
this line is GND.
transceiver unit
Note: When GND line from other radiotelephone is connected to the chassis, float the
ground.
T-IF Board (05P0731)

+ 24V TB1
External
Battery
TB2
BK GND
BK (+)
Power of BK
FS-1570/2570
T-IF Board
(05P0731) TB5
BK (+) 17
Receiver
Relay
TX KEY 19
20
BK GND 18
Example of connection with receiver
2-7
Transceiver unit
FS-1570/2570
T-I/F Board
(05P0731) TB5
BK(+) 17
TX KEY 19
RX MUTE 20
BK GND 18
Power for relay
-BK line
E
Example of connection with Tx/Rx unit

MIF unit (future addition)
Use 17JE-13250-02 connector (supplied as installation materials) to connect MIF unit to
REMOTE port on transceiver unit.
Shield tape (metal)

Fold bck the armor,
and then wind the shield
tape along the edge of cable.
Cable clamp
Cable
Type:
Code No.:
UL2464-SB (M)
13PX28AWG
000-125-302
or equivalent.
Fabrication of cable for MIF unit
Printer interface
From top
10
DPYC-1.5
24VDC
TB1
:Control unit
DSC
:IB-581/IB-583
NBDP
PRINTER :Printer
DPYC-1.5, sectional view
Armor
Sheath
= 11.7 mm
Conductor
S = 1.5 mm 2
= 1.56 mm
2-8
2.3
Connection of AC-DC Power Supply Unit

(option)
When connecting to an AC and DC ships mains, the optional AC-DC power supply unit
PR-300 (FS-1570) or PR-850A (FS-2570) is required. Attach the crimp-on lug FV5.5-S4
(local supply) to the power cable (local supply) for connection with the power supply unit.
Use the power cable having the specifications shown in the illustration below.
Between PR-300 and FS-1570
Between PR-850A and FS-2570
Armor
Paint
Tape
Sheath
Conductor
(DPYC-6)
(DPYC-10)
2
S = 6.0 mm
=3.12 mm
S = 10.0 mm 2
=4.05 mm
DPYC, sectional view
2-9
2.3.1
PR-300 for FS-1570
Both 100/110/200/220 VAC and 24 VDC are supplied to the AC-DC power supply unit
PR-300. When AC input fails, DC power is supplied.
Changing tap connections
The transformer tap for input voltage has been set to 220 VAC (fuse 5A) at the factory.
If necessary, change the transformer taps setting according to ships mains.
BROWN
BROWN
BROWN
BROWN
BROWN
BROWN
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
Tap connections in the PR-300
Changing the power fuse

Change the power fuse according to AC input voltage as follows.
AC ships mains
Fuse
100/110 VAC
200/220 VAC
10 A
5A
Lamp
(green)
Lamp
(red)
FURUNO
PR-300
100V 10A
220V 5A
20A
Fuse for AC ship's mains

AC power
source switch
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
AC IN
DC power
source switch
DC IN
DC OUT
AC-DC power supply unit PR-300, rear view
Grounding
Connect a ground wire between ships superstructure and a fixing screw on the PR-300.
2-10
2.3.2
PR-850A for FS-2570
Both 100/110/120/200/220/240 VAC and 24 VDC are supplied to the PR-850A. When AC
input fails, DC power is directly supplied. For GMDSS vessels, 24 VDC power must be
supplied through the radio battery.
Wiring
Connect cables to the input terminal on the front panel, using crimp-on lugs.
Selection of input voltage
The input voltage is adjustable for 100/110/120/200/220/240 VAC, and is factory-set for 220
VAC. To select other input voltages, open the top cover and change the wiring according to
the figure below. After changing the input voltage, correct the front panel sticker accordingly.
Front view
AC IN
Rear view
24VDC OUT
(Not used, No back up)
24VDC OUT
BATT IN
(Back up DC power)
Output:
Back up
Connection of PR-850A
2-11
100VAC input
0
110VAC input
100
120 100
120
110
0
110
White
Black
White
Black
Black
100
120 100
120
110
0
110
White
Black
120VAC input
0
200VAC input
100
120 100
120
110
0
110
White
Black White
White
Black
Black
White
Black
Black
240VAC input
100
120 100
120
110
0
110
White
Black
Black
100
120 100
120
110
0
110
Black
(Default setting)
220VAC input
0
Black
Black
White
White
Black
White
100
120 100
120
110
0
110
Black
Black
White Black
Selection of input voltage on PR-850A
Ground
Connect a ground wire between ships superstructure and a fixing hole on the PR-850A.
2-12
2.4
Automatic Antenna Switch (option)
Connect the SSB antenna to the ANT terminal, and use the antenna cable to connect the
TRX terminal and the antenna coupler (ANT terminal) as shown below. For power, connect
the DPYCY-1.5 cable (Japan Industrial Standard) between the following terminals on the
transceiver unit and the automatic antenna switch;
Transceiver unit (RELAY board): TB3 (or TB5) terminal (+), TB4 (or TB6) terminal (-)
Automatic antenna unit: Power terminals (+, -)
SSB antenna
ANT
+
DC24V
Ground terimal
TRX
DPYCY-1.5 cable
Antenna cable
to Transceiver unit
RELAY board (05P0744)
TB3 (or TB5): +
TB4 (or TB6): -
Protected ground wire

(IV-14sq, YEL/GRN,
local supply)
to Antenna coupler
(ANT insulator)
2-13
DPYCY-1.5, fabrication
Armor
Solder a vinyl wire.
Vinyl sheath
Vinyl
Use crimp-on lugs,
sheath
= 13.7 mm
pre-attached to the
Armor Fix the cable with the cable
terminal board in the
automatic antenna switch.
gland at the vinyl sheath part.
Sheath
Conductor
S = 1.5 mm 2
= 1.56 mm
DPYCY-1.5, sectional view
RELAY board (location)

Transceiver unit
(FS-1570T)
TB4, 6
TB3, 5
RELAY board
(05P0744)
Transceiver unit
(FS-2570T)
TB4, 6
TB3, 5
RELAY board
(05P0744)
2-14
3. INITIAL SETTING
After completing the installation, check the all connection before applying the power.
Note: For the MMSI setting, ask your dealer.
3.1 Performance Check

Receiver
1. Set the unit as follows.
a) Speaker: ON
b) Squelch: OFF
c) AGC:
FAST
d) Sensitivity: Max
2. Confirm that a signal can be received on each band. If noise or signal is weak, check
the antenna lead-in section, coaxial cable connection and ground connections.
Transmitter
1. On each band, confirm that the antenna is automatically tuned when the [LOG/TUNE]
key is pressed. Automatic tuning time of the antenna should take no longer than 15
seconds to tune, recheck antenna length.
2. Communicate with the handset, confirming that antenna current (IA) changes with voice
level.
3.2
Initializing Control Unit and Transceiver Unit
The control unit is commonly used with the transceiver unit of FS-1570, FS-2570 and
FS-5070. Therefore, initialize the units at installation as follows.
1. Turn on the power switch on the control unit. A while later, the radiotelephone (RT)
screen appears.
2. Open the transceiver unit and press the reset switch S1 on the T-CPU board 05P0732.
TRANSCEIVER FS-1570T
RESET SWITCH
S1
05P0732B
T-CPU BOARD
3-1
TRANSCEIVER FS-2570T
RESET SWITCH
S1
05P0732B
T-CPU BOARD
The following screen appears.

MMSI SET
MMSI CLEAR
ALL CLEAR
3. Enter the password referring to appropriate FURUNO INFORMATION. Regulations
prohibit the release of the password to users.
4. Rotate the ENTER knob to select MMSI SET and press the ENTER knob.
5. Enter MMSI (Own ships ID).
6. Turn off the power and then turn it on again.
7. Do the initialization as follows.
1) Press the SET UP key to show the Set up menu.
2) Enter the password.
3) Select LOAD DEFAULT and press the ENTER knob.
4) Select Yes and press the ENTER knob.
5) Press the CANCEL key to return to the menu screen.
6) Select MEM CLR from the menu screen and press the ENTER knob.
7) Select LOAD DEFAULT and press the ENTER knob.
8) Select Yes and press the ENTER knob.
9) Press the CANCEL key to return to the menu screen.
8. Turn off the power at the control unit.
Note: If your system has two control units, do the steps 6) to 9) in step 7 from the second
control unit.
3-2
3.3 Manual 2182 kHz Tuning Preset

For safety measure, it is required that 2182 kHz be tunable both automatically and manually.
The setup to enable manual tuning, in the event the antenna tuner system fails, is made
with the DIP switches in the antenna coupler. Call a coast station and tell your situation. Be
sure not to transmit during silent period (00 to 03 min. 30 to 33 min. of every hour).
1. Remove the top cover of the antenna coupler. Set the S1 switch (Coupler Board) to
AUTO.
LED (CR9-CR22)
DipSW S5
S6
Coupler Board
(In case of FS-2570,

under the shield plate)
LED
(CR1CR8)
Dip SW S4
MANUAL AUTO
S1
switch
S1 switch on the COUPLER Board

2. Turn the transceiver unit on.
3. Press the [1/RT/2182] key down for two seconds.
3-3
4. Press the [LOG/TUNE] key. TUNE appears on the LCD. TUNING: OK appears when
tuning is completed. Record the status (on or off) of LEDs CR1 CR22 (on the
COUPLER Board).
5. Set S1 switch to MANUAL.
6. Set S4, S5, S6 DIP switches so that LEDs become the status is the same as in step 4.
The relations between the DIP switch and LED are shown on the next page. When a DIP
switch is turned on, the appropriate LED lights.
DIP switch
S4
S5
S6
LED No.
#8
CR1
#7
CR2
#6
CR3
#5
CR4
#4
CR5
#3
CR6
#2
CR7
#1
CR8
#8
CR9
#7
CR10
#6
CR11
#5
CR12
#4
CR13
#3
CR14
#2
CR15
#1
CR16
#8
CR17
#7
CR18
#6
CR19
#5
CR20
#4
CR21
#3
CR22
LED status
7. Return the S1 switch to AUTO, confirming that LEDs do not change. If different, repeat
step 6.
8. Set the S1 switch to MANUAL.
9. Making sure it is not silent time, communicate with the handset. Confirm that IA changes
with voice level.
10. Set the S1 switch to AUTO. Close the cover of the antenna coupler.
3-4
For technician
Please pass on the following information to the customer.
When the auto tuning circuit is broken, transmission is available by the manual tuning (setting
the S1 switch to MANUAL).
Do not change the settings of DIP switch in the antenna coupler.
3.4
System Setup
Enter system settings as below after the installation. To prevent accidental transmission of
the distress alert, disconnect the antenna. These settings should be entered by a qualified
technician. The installer enters system settings on the System Setup menu. A password is
required to access this menu. Under no circumstances shall the operator access the
System Setup menu.
3.4.1
Opening the System Setup menu (DSC)
1. Press the [SETUP] key to display the Setup menu.

2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to select SYS SETUP.
3. Enter the password referring to appropriate FURUNO INFORMATION to display the
System setup menu. The password cannot be informed customers by statute.
System Setup
EQUIPMENT TYPE
DSC SYSTEM SETUP
RT SYSTEM SETUP
LOAD DEFAULT
TEST
PROTECTION
: 1570
: OFF
System setup menu
3.4.2
DSC SYSTEM menu
Choose DSC SYSTEM SETUP on the System setup menu, and then press the [ENTER]
knob to show the DSC System setup menu.
DSC System setup
MMSI: xxxxxxxxx FIXED
MODEM OUT
: 0.0dBm
SIG DET S LEVEL : 100
REGULATION
: INTL
CLASS
: MF/HF
DIST
: PANEL1
2006-04-01 00:00:00
DSC System Setup menu

MODEM OUT
Adjust the level of the modem output for DSC board (DSC modem, NBDP modem).
Normally, this setting is not required.
3-5
SIG DET S LEVEL

SIG DET S LEVEL judges whether the DSC frequency to use to send a DSC message is in
use or not. The DSC message is not transmitted when the signal strength on the DSC
frequency is higher than that set here. When the DSC frequency becomes clear, the DSC
message is automatically transmitted. The setting range is OFF 255 and the default setting
is 100.
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to select SIG DET S LEVEL.
2. Press the [ENTER] knob to display the S LEVEL pop-up window.
S LEVEL (OFF 255)
SIG DET S LEVEL pop-up window

3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to adjust the indicator bar. Too low a setting stops
transmission of a DSC message because it detects noise on the DSC frequency.
Alternately, too high a setting transmits the DSC message though low signal level is
present on the DSC frequency used.
REGULATION
Set the regulation to be used.
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to select REGULATION.
2. Press the [ENTER] knob.
INTL
RUSSIA
Regulation pop-up window
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to select INTL or RUSSIA. Only for Russia registry, select
RUSSIA.
DIST
Shows the last transmitted DISTRESS information.
3-6
3.4.3
RT System setup
Choose RT SYSTEM SETUP on the System setup menu, and then press the [ENTER]
knob to show the RT Radio Telephone) System setup menu.
RT System setup
REGULATION : INTL
TX FREQ
: FREE
AM ENABLE : RX
LSB ENABLE : OFF
TX TUNE
: ON
COUPLER THROU : RCVD
NMEA
: V.3.0
RT System setup
TONE
TX POWER (FREQ)
TX POWER (USER CH)
50Ohm BK:
DISABLE
CW ENABLE: OFF
SELF CHECK
Page 1
Page 2
RT Setup menu
3-7
3.4.4
System setting of RT
Set the RT similarly with DSC. Do the setting at System setup menu at the transceiver unit.
Item
Description
Setting
REGULATION
Select the national regulation to change the

frequency, user channel, etc.
INTL
TX FREQ
Select the frequency to transmit.

FREE: Any frequency can be set.
MARINE/USER: Can use the frequency and
radio type set in the marine band and the user
channel.
ITU/USER: Can use the frequency and radio
type set in the user channel or permitted with
ITU channel.
USER: Can use the frequency and radio type
set in the user channel.
FREE, MARINE/USER,
ITU/USER, USER
AM ENABLE
Select the method of AM (H3E). OFF: TX/RX are

not available. TRX: TX/RX are available. RX: RX
only is available.
OFF, TRX, RX
LSB ENABLE
Select ON to transmit/receive LSB.
OFF, ON
TX TUNE
Turn the tuning of the antenna coupler on/off.
OFF, ON
COUPLER
THROU
(through)
Selects the route on receiving.

(OFF: Runs via antenna coupler.)
OFF, RCVD, DUPLEX
NMEA
Choose the acceptable NMEA version.
V.3.0, COMPATIBLE
TONE
For maintenance.
TX POWER
(FREQ)
TX POWEER
(USER CH)
TX MODE
Select the mode to set the TX

power.
TX FREQ (CH)
Select the frequency to set.
2182.0 kHz
TX POWER
Select the output level to set

TX power.
HIGH, MID, LOW, TUNE
TX POWER ADJ
Set the TX power.
0-255, 240
TX TONE
Transmit TONE.
OFF, ON
LOAD DEFAULT
Restore TX power settings to

default.
YES, NO
50 Ohm BK
Selects the installation situation of the 50 ohms

BK.
ENABLE, DISABLE
3-8
3.5
Setting DIP Switches
Location of DIP Switches

J5
J3
J2
05P0732
S7
S3
J6
S6
J4
S2
J1
CPU Board (05P0732)
IEC (NMEA)/MIF data receiving line (S2)

IEC (NMEA)
RS-422
S2-#1
Current Loop
ON
OFF
MIF
RS-422/232C
Current Loop
RS-422
RS-232C
ON
OFF
S3-#1, 2
ON
OFF
S3-#3, 4
OFF
ON
S2-#3

Note: S2-#4 is no used.
IC-302-DSC
Set to Current Loop for IC-302 connection.
S6
S7
#1
#2
#3
#4
#1
#2
#3
#4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
3-9
3.6
Preamp Setting (For FAX-5)
When using the preamp for the watch receiver antenna, set J3 on the W/R Board to
ACTIVE in the transceiver unit.
J3
J2
W/R Board, 05P0734
3-10
J4
J1
RX
Change jumper to
ACTIVE position.
05P0734
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
4. OPTION KIT
4.1
DSC Routine Frequency Board
For FS-2570, the W/R Board 05P0734A (option) enables reception of DSC routine
frequencies without the SSB radiotelephone connection. For complete modification, the
whip antenna for DSC routine frequency is necessary.
Necessary Parts
Name
:W/R2 Board Kit, Type
:OP05-99,
Code No.
Type
Qty
W/R Board
05P0734A
001-005-320
Coaxial plug
FM-MP-7
000-161-293-10
L-500
000-165-876-10
L-770
000-165-887-10
Code No.
:005-951-840
Remarks
Mounting
1. When using the preamplifier, set J3 on W/R board in the kit to ACTIVE (See previous
page). In this section, W/R Boards are described as below.
Pre-attached W/R Board:
W/R 1
Optional W/R Board:
W/R 2
2. Open the transceiver unit.
3. Remove the shield cover at where the W/R 2 board should be fixed in the transceiver
unit.
4. Insert the W/R 2 Board to the position shown below so that J1 connector on the W/R 2
Board mates with to P1201 in the transceiver unit and fasten it with six screws.
Attach the optional

W/R Board here.
(Refered to as
W/R2 Board)
J1
W/R Board (preset)
FS-2570T, cover opened
5. Insert the mini-pin plug, coming from the coaxial connector ANT W/R2, to J2 on the
W/R2 board.
6. Connect the cable assy with mini-pin (L-500) between J4 on the W/R2 board and J7 on
the TX-RX board 05P0733.
7. Pass the above cable assy through the notch on the shield cover removed at step 3, and
then attach the shield cover.
4-1
How to use SSB antenna coupler for DSC routine frequency receive
To use the SSB antenna coupler for routine watch keeping, the following modification is
necessary.
Note: When transmitting, DSC routine frequency cannot be received.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Open the transceiver unit.

Remove the shield cover from the TX FIL Board (05P0736).
Cut the jumper JP2 on the TX FIL Board.
Solder the jumper wire to JP1.
J9 J10
JP1 JP2 J3
TX_FIL Board, 05P0736
5. Disconnect the coaxial cable from J3, and then reconnect it to J10.
6. Remove the shield cover of the W/R2 Board (05P0734A).
7. Run the cable assy. with mini-pin (L-500) between J7 on TX-RX Board and J4 on W/R 2
Board.
Antenna
coupler
TX_FIL Board
05P0736
Tx ANT
I/F
circuit
JP2
J3
JP1
J9
to J2 on W/R Board
PRE SEL Board
TX-RX Board
I/F
circuit
J10
TX_FIL Board
8. Run the cable assy. with mini-pin (L-770) between J9 on the TX-FIL Board and J2 on the
W/R 2 Board.
9. Remount the shield cover, and then close the transceiver unit cover.
4-2
4.2 Connecting of NBDP Terminal Unit

OP05-96 (IB-581)/OP05-100 (IB-583)
To use this equipment for the telex, the NBDP terminal unit is required.
Name
Type
Code No.
Qty
Remarks
Terminal unit
IB-581-02
000-043-350
1 set
DSP Board
OP05-97
005-951-820
1
05P0751A
Name
Type
Code No.
Qty
Remarks
Terminal unit
IB-583
000-043-435
1
DSP Board
OP05-97
005-951-820
1 set 05P0751A
Inserting the DSP Board

1. Open the cover of the transceiver unit.
2. Remove the shield cover from the T-CPU Board (05P0732).
3. Attach the DSC Board (supplied) on J5 and J6 of the T-CPU Board.
J1
Attach DSP
Board here.
T-CPU Board
Location of DSP Board

4. Remount the shield cover.
5. Close the cover of the transceiver unit.
Mounting location for terminal unit

Leave sufficient space around the unit for operation and maintenance.
The temperature and humidity of the mounting location should be stable and moderate.
Keep the unit away from the high power radiotelephone and its feeder wire so that RFI
(Radio Frequency Interference) is minimum.
4-3
Mounting the IB-581

Refer to the outline drawing at the back of this manual.
1. Fix the hanger by using five tapping screws (supplied with option kit).
82
237
79
Dimensions of hanger
2. Attach all connectors to the bottom of the terminal unit.
Printer
PRINTER
COM1
COM2
K-BOARD
24VDC
Communication
Keyboard
unit
For 24 VDC
Not used.
Terminal unit (IB-581), bottom view

3. Screw knobs to fix the terminal unit to the hanger.
4. Use the 17JE-573-10 to connect the NBDP port of the control unit and COM1 port of the
NBDP terminal unit.
Keyboard
1. Attach the labels for NBDP and the compass safe distance to the appropriate locations
shown below.
Label for key operation for
FUNCTION KEYS (supplied)
LABEL FOR COMPASS SAFE DISTANCE

(supplied)
step 3.
5. Fix the keyboard to the mounting location.
4-4
Mounting the IB-583

1. Fix the hanger by using four tapping screws (supplied with option kit).
282
240 + 0.5
28
80 + 0.5
4- 7
2.
3.
4.
5.
Dimensions of IB-583
Tighten two knobs to the terminal unit loosely.
Mount the terminal unit to the hanger, and then fasten knobs.
Attach the earth wire 08S0087 to the earth terminal at the back of the terminal unit.
Use the cable assy 05S9351 to connect NBDP port on the control unit and DTE port on
the terminal unit.
Keyboard
1. Attach the function key label NBDP to the location shown below.
Function key label (supplied)
Esc
F1
F2
!
1
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
@
2
#
3
$
4
%
5
^
6
&
7
(
9
F
C
Alt
Prt Sc
Scroll
Lock
~
,
{
[
P
-
:
;
L
3
<
,
>
. .
Alt
Ins
Backspace
}
]
?
/ /
Home
Pg Up
\
Pg Dn
"
'
Pause
Break
+
=
O
K
Shift
Fn
Num
Lock
)
0
5 5
Ctrl
F10
I
4
Ctrl
F9
Sys Rq
Tab
Caps
Lock
F8
F12
F11
Enter
Enter
End
Shift
Del
step 3.
5. Fix the keyboard to the mounting location
4-5
4-6
0#/'
176.+0'
&1%7/'06
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
#%%'5514+'5
70+6
176.+0'
&1%7/'06
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
'&:
'&:
3 6;

%2
%2

(2

(2

*5
(2

(5%
&'5%4+26+10%1&'
8*(/(&+564'55#.'46(.19

8*(/(
*(&+564'55#.'46(.19

*(
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
#%%'5514+'5
$4#%-'6(14*#0&5'6
#%%'5514+'5
70+6

A-2
'&:
0#/'
*#0&5'6
%10641.70+6
(5%,0(5%'0(5%,0*-
3 6;

%2

,'
&%/
%2

(2

(2

*5
(2

(5%
&'5%4+26+10%1&'
A-1
'&:
8*(/(&+564'55#.'46(.19

8*(/(
*(&+564'55#.'46(.19

*(
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
%#$.'#55;
#%%'5514+'5
$4#%-'6(14*#0&5'6
*#0&5'6
%10641.70+6
(5%,#(5%'#(5%,#*-

3 6;
4'/#4-5
5'.(6#22+0)5%4'9

2+2'5*#.
$.+0&%#2
%122'4564#2
0#/'
176.+0'

%1&'01

:575
%1&'01
5
%1&'01
41*5
%1&'01
5::

&'5%4+26+105
3 6;
4'/#4-5
&+/'05+105+0&4#9+0)(144'('4'0%'10.;
&<:
&+/'05+105+0&4#9+0)(144'('4'0%'10.;
%5:
6916;2'5#0&%1&'5/#;$'.+56'&(14#0+6'/6*'.19'4241&7%6/#;$'5*+22'&+02.#%'1(6*'722'4241&7%6
37#.+6;+56*'5#/'

01

%5:
%1&'01
/2%
%1&'01
)5%/2
%1&'01
:575
%1&'01
,'
&%

&'5%4+26+105
%2

6916;2'5#0&%1&'5/#;$'.+56'&(14#0+6'/6*'.19'4241&7%6/#;$'5*+22'&+02.#%'1(6*'722'4241&7%6
37#.+6;+56*'5#/'
21.;%#4$10#6'9#5*'4
%1#:+#.%100'%614/
6;2'
5'.(6#22+0)5%4'9
%100'%614

,'
176.+0'
6;2'
%1&'01
A-4
0#/'
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5

01
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5

&<:
%2
6;2'

%1&'01
A-3
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
0#/'
176.+0'
(5

%1&'
01

,'
&%/
%1&'
01
,'
&%/
%1&'
01
,'
&%/
%1&'
01
,'
&%/
%1&'
01
,'
&%/
%1&'
01
,'
&%/

&'5%4+26+105
3 6;

61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
4'/#4-5
&<:
&+/'05+105+0&4#9+0)(144'('4'0%'10.;
&<:
6916;2'5#0&%1&'5/#;$'.+56'&(14#0+6'/6*'.19'4241&7%6/#;$'5*+22'&+02.#%'1(6*'722'4
241&7%637#.+6;+56*'5#/'

01
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
55$4#&+16'.'2*10'
6;2'
%1&'01
A-5
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
269+56'&2#+4%#$.'
2
269+56'&2#+4%#$.'
2
269+56'&2#+4%#$.'
2
269+56'&2#+4%#$.'
2
269+56'&2#+4%#$.'
2
0#/'
176.+0'
(5

%1&'
01

5./
%1&'
01
5./
%1&'
01
5./
%1&'
01
5./
%1&'
01
5./
%1&'
01
5/
%1&'
01

5/
5/
%1&'
01

5/
5/
%1&'
01

5/
5/
%1&'
01

5/
5/
5/

&'5%4+26+105
3 6;
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
61$'
5'.'%6'&
4'/#4-5

%5:
&+/'05+105+0&4#9+0)(144'('4'0%'10.;
%/&
%5:
6916;2'5#0&%1&'5/#;$'.+56'&(14#0+6'/6*'.19'4241&7%6/#;$'5*+22'&+02.#%'1(6*'722'4
241&7%637#.+6;+56*'5#/'

01
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
6;2'
%1&'01
A-6

01
176.+0'
(5

3 6;
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
61$'5'.'%6'&
4'/#4-5

%1&'01
4)7;/
%1&'01
4)7;/
%1&'01
4)7;/
%1&'01
4)7;/
%1&'01
4)7;/
%1&'01
5./
%1&'01
5./
%1&'01
5./
%1&'01
5./
%1&'01
5./

&'5%4+26+105
%5:
%/$
&+/'05+105+0&4#9+0)(144'('4'0%'10.;
#4/174'&%1#:+#.%#$.'
#4/174'&%1#:+#.%#$.'
#4/174'&%1#:+#.%#$.'
#4/174'&%1#:+#.%#$.'
#4/174'&%1#:+#.%#$.'
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
%#$.'#55;
0#/'
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
6;2'
%1&'01
A-7
0#/'
#%%'5514+'5
70+6
176.+0'

(&

/(*&&15+$2

$6%%25

+$);
#(:
&+/'05+105+0&4#9+0)(144'('4'0%'10.;

3 6;
A-8
#(:
&'5%4+26+10%1&'
(.122;&+5-%#5'
(&
(NQRR[&KUM
(.122;&+5-
/+0+-';$1#4&
6'4/+0#.70+6
+$
&2
219'4%#$.'
(14
&%/#+05
5'.(6#22+0)5%4'9
%#$.'#55'/$.;
,'
.#$'.
%5&

%5&
.#$'.
.#$'.
+0/#4
+0/#4
*11-.112(#56'0'4
*11-.112(#56'0'4
)4170&+0)9+4'
0#/'
176.+0'

%1&'01

8%6(:%/
%1&'01
:575
%1&'01

,'

%1&'01
41*5
%1&'01
41*5
%1&'01
41*5
%1&'01
41*5
%1&'01
41*5
%1&'01
5

&'5%4+26+105
%2
6;2'
3 6;
4'/#4-5

#(:
&+/'05+105+0&4#9+0)(144'('4'0%'10.;
#(:
6916;2'5#0&%1&'5/#;$'.+56'&(14#0+6'/6*'.19'4241&7%6/#;$'5*+22'&+02.#%'1(6*'722'4241&7%6
37#.+6;+56*'5#/'

01
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5

%1&'01
A-9
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
#%%'5514+'5
52#4'2#465
70+6
176.+0'

%2
%2

%2
%2

)22#75

(2
(2

52
+$
52

+$
&'5%4+26+10%1&'

&<:
3 6;
A-10
&<:
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
+056#..#6+10/#6'4+#.5
-';$1#4&
(.122;&+5-
52#4'2#465
6'4/+0#.70+6
0#/'
+$
D-1
D-2
D-5
D-7
21/Aug/08 R.Esumi
D-9
D-10
D-11
26/Jun/09 R.Esumi
D-12
D-13
D-14
D-15
D-16
Sep.21'06
T.Matsuguchi
D-18
18/June/09 R.Esumi
D-19
18/June/09 R.Esumi
D-20
D-21
25/Sep/08 R.Esumi
D-22
25/Sep/09 R.Esumi
5
2.6m WHIP
04S4176-2
TRANSCEIVER UNIT
FS-1570T
FS-2571C
CONTROL UNIT
HANDSET
HS-2003
24VDC
LOUDSPEAKER
SEM-21Q *2
*2
MJ-A3SPF0023
-050ZC,5m
WHT
1
BLK
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2.8m
PLUG 3.5
1
2
17JE-23090
*2 -02(D8C)
05S9351
1
5m,8
2
3
PRINTER(25P)
4
5
NBDP
(+) NBDP *2
(-) TERMINAL
GND IB-583
*2
17JE-23250-02
(16S0184),3m
24VDC
36P
*2
PRINTER
17JE-23250-02
INTERFACE
IF-8500 *2 36P (16S0184),3m
*1
DPYC-1.5
*2
57FE-336-205W,5m
24VDC
T/R ANT
J5
*2
16S0084,5m
RED
BLK
WHT
1
2
3
HANDSET1
MAIN UNIT
J6
J2
GND
RT-TD-A
RT-TD-B
PTT
RT-RD-A
MIC-H
RT-RD-B
MIC-C
LINE OUT-H
SP-H
LINE OUT-C
HOOK
LINE IN-H
Vcc
LINE IN-C
GND
+15V
0V
SPEAKER
12V(+)
12V(-)
POW ON
NC
NBDP
0V
J4
NC
SD
RD
HANDSET2/MIC
NC
J5
GND
0V
PTT
MIC
NC
GND
PRINTER
PHONE
J3
HOOK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
*3
17JE23150
-02(D8C)
*3
17JE23150
-02(D8C)
17JE23150-02(D8C)
5/10/20/30/40/50m,10
CONTROL UNIT
FS-2571C
1
(No.2)
2
3
4
5
6
SPARE
GND
36P
PRINTER
(+) PP-510
(-)
*2
GND
24 VDC
100/110/115
200/220VAC
1,50/60Hz
*1
DPYC-2.5
EXT.BK
IEC61162
(NMEA)
DMC
B02 05P0731
*1
DPYC-6,MAX.6m
*1
DPYC-6
CONTROL2
J6
1
SAME AS
ABOVE
15
24VDC
TB1
24V(+)
TB2
24V(-)
*1
IV-2sq.
24 VDC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
CONTROL1
J5
COUPLER
TD-A
TD-B
RD-A
RD-B
LINE OUT-H
LINE OUT-C
LINE IN-H
LINE IN-C
+15V
RCV BZ
0V
OVEN12V(+)
OVEN12V(-)
POWER ON
NC
FG
25
PRINTER(36P)
D.ANT(W/R1)
J3
TB5
I ANT
TUNE OK
THROUGH
TUNE
DUMMY
+15V
0V
SHIELD
TB6
BZ OUT-H
BZ OUT-C
BZ IN-H
BZ IN-C
BZ CTR-H
BZ CTR-C
0V
SHIELD
TB7
BK+
BK GND
TX-KEYED
RX-MUTE
SHIELD
TD3-A
TD3-B
RD3-A
TB8
RD3-B
0V(GND)
TD4-A
TD4-B
RD4-A
RD4-B
DIST_CTR
0V(GND)
TB3 +
+
-
AC/DC
DC +
AC/DC POWER OUT SUPPLY UNIT AC
PR-300X *2 FAIL
*1
MPYC-4
TB
1 (+) POWER *2
2 (-) STATUS
3 H MONITOR
4 C PSM-01
*1
IV-8sq.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RG-10/UY OR
FM-MP-7 05S0462,7.3
10/20/30/40/50m SELECT
1
2
05S0949,6.5,10/20/30/40/50m SELECT
BRN
RED
ORG
YEL
GRN
WHT[B]
BLK[B]
TTYCS-4(*1) OR
CO-0.2x5P(*2)
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
P
P
CO-0.2x2P(*2)
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
TTYCS-1(*1) OR
CO-0.2x2P(*2)
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
REMOTE
J6
TB4 FG
SD
B12 05P0744
RD
(RTS)
(CTS)
(DSR)
SG
NC
SG
LINE OUT-H
LINE OUT-C
LINE IN-H
LINE IN-C
TX KEY
RX MUTE
ST-BY
POWER ON
POWER ON-H
POWER ON-C
(DTR)
TD5-A
TD5-B
RD5-A
RD5-B
GND
FG
*1
IV-8sq.
M-P-3
1
2
*2
EXTENSION CABLE
3D-2V, MAX.50m
TTYCS-4(*1) OR
CO-0.2x5P(*2)
ANT
TB3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DISTRESS/URGENT
RECEIVING UNIT
IC-303-DSC *2
TRX ANT
ANT. SW
AS-102 *2
FS-1570T
TB6
BZ OUT-H
BZ OUT-C
BZ IN-H
BZ IN-C
BZ CTR-H
SHIELD
TB8
TD4-A
TD4-B
RD4-A
RD4-B
DIST_CTR
0V(GND)
P
P
DRAWN
16/Sep/09
16/Sep/09
APPROVED
GND
W=30,1.2m
04S4080
COPPER STRAP
OR
ANTENNA SWITCH
AS1-1E
T.YAMASAKI
9
10
11
12
13
16
27
28
29
30
31
32
IC-350
CONNECTION FOR IC-350
*1
TTYCS-4
P MAX.50m
P
*1
TTYCS-4
P MAX.50m
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
MF/HF RCV BZ
EXTBZ
No.2
IN-H
IN-C
OUT-H 1
OUT-H
OUT-C 2
OUT-C
IN-H 3
IN-C 4
CTO-C
CTI-C 5
FG
MF/HF DIST BZ
FG 6
IN-H
IN-C
ALARM UNIT
OUT-H
IC-350 *2
OUT-C
CTO-C
FG
TITLE
T.TAKENO
25/Sep/09 R.Esumi

NAME
MASS
kg
DWG No.
*1
IV-14sq.
DISTRESS
ALERT UNIT
IC-302-DSC *2
SCALE
BK+
BKTX-KEYED
RX-MUTE
EXT. EQUIPMENT
CHECKED
NOTE
*2. OPTION.
ANTENNA *2
AT-1560-15
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
1
2
3
4
5
6
17JE23250-02(D8C)
RF
TB1 ANTENNA COUPLER
NAV EQUIPMENT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
PREAMP
FAX-5 *2
*1
1m
IV-2sq.
3D-2V,15m
TB1
+
-
WHIP ANTENNA *2
*2
FM-MP-7 RG-10/UY
S-1
*1
DPYCY-1.5
M-P-3
M-P-3
*2
FMA-1
C5636-C01- L
*1
TTYCS-4
P MAX.50m
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
DISTRESS/URGENT
RECEIVING UNIT
IC-303-DSC *2
FS-1570
SSB
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
1m
24VDC
LOUDSPEAKER
SEM-21Q *2
*2
MJ-A3SPF0023
-050ZC,5m
WHT
1
BLK
2
3
HANDSET1
MAIN UNIT
J6
J2
GND
RT-TD-A
RT-TD-B
PTT
RT-RD-A
MIC-H
RT-RD-B
MIC-C
LINE OUT-H
SP-H
LINE OUT-C
HOOK
LINE IN-H
Vcc
LINE IN-C
GND
+15V
0V
SPEAKER
12V(+)
12V(-)
POW ON
NC
NBDP
0V
J4
NC
SD
RD
HANDSET2/MIC
NC
J5
GND
0V
PTT
MIC
NC
GND
PRINTER
PHONE
J3
HOOK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2.8m
PLUG 3.5
1
2
17JE-23090
*2 -02(D8C)
05S9351
1
5m,8
2
3
PRINTER(25P)
4
5
NBDP
(+) NBDP *2
(-) TERMINAL
GND IB-583
*2
17JE-23250-02
(16S0184),3m
24VDC
*1
DPYC-1.5
36P
*2
PRINTER
17JE-23250-02
INTERFACE
IF-8500 *2 36P (16S0184),3m
*2
57FE-336-205W,5m
24VDC
*2
16S0084,5m
RED
BLK
WHT
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
*3
17JE23150
-02(D8C)
*3
17JE23150
-02(D8C)
17JE23150-02(D8C)
5/10/20/30/40/50m,10
FS-2571C
CONTROL UNIT
HANDSET
HS-2003
M-P-3
3D-2V,15m
TRANSCEIVER UNIT
FS-2570T
*2
3D-2V
MAX.50m
CONTROL UNIT
FS-2571C
(No.2)
SPARE
ANT(W/R2)
J4
*2
T/R ANT
J5
05P0734
CONTROL1
J5
COUPLER
1 TD-A
2 TD-B
3 RD-A
4 RD-B
5 LINE OUT-H
6 LINE OUT-C
7 LINE IN-H
8 LINE IN-C
9 +15V
RCV BZ
10 0V
11 OVEN12V(+)
12 OVEN12V(-)
13 POWER ON
14 NC
15 FG
CONTROL2
J6
1
SAME AS
ABOVE
15
EXT.BK
IEC61162
(NMEA)
25
PRINTER(36P)
GND
36P
PRINTER
(+) PP-510
(-)
*2
GND
24VDC
TB1
24V(+)
TB2
24V(-)
*1
IV-2sq.
DMC
B02 05P0731
*1
DPYC-10,MAX.6m
24 VDC
24 VDC
100/110/115
200/220VAC
1,50/60Hz
*1
DPYC-10
*1
DPYC-2.5
+
-
TB5
I ANT
TUNE OK
THROUGH
TUNE
DUMMY
+15V
0V
SHIELD
TB6
BZ OUT-H
BZ OUT-C
BZ IN-H
BZ IN-C
BZ CTR-H
BZ CTR-C
0V
SHIELD
TB7
BK+
BK GND
TX-KEYED
RX-MUTE
SHIELD
TD3-A
TD3-B
RD3-A
TB8
RD3-B
0V(GND)
TD4-A
TD4-B
RD4-A
RD4-B
DIST_CTR
0V(GND)
1
2
RG-10/UY OR
05S0462,7.3
10/20/30/40/50m
FM-MP-5
1
2
TTYCS-4(*1) OR
CO-0.2x5P(*2)
CO-0.2x2P(*2)
TTYCS-1(*1) OR
CO-0.2x2P(*2)
ANTENNA *2
AT-1560-25
ANT
SELECT
TB3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
TRX ANT
ANT. SW
AS-102 *2
*1
IV-14sq.
GND
W=30,1.2m
04S4080
COPPER STRAP
DISTRESS/URGENT
RECEIVING UNIT
IC-303-DSC *2
1
2
3
4
5
6
PREAMP
FAX-5 *2
1m
*1
3D-2V,15m IV-2sq.
RF
TB1 ANTENNA COUPLER
SELECT
05S0949,6.5,10/20/30/40/50m
BRN
RED
ORG
YEL
GRN
WHT[B]
BLK[B]
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
*2
EXTENSION CABLE
3D-2V, MAX.50m
M-P-3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
2.6m WHIP
04S4176-2
WHIP ANTENNA *2
*2
FM-MP-7
RG-10/UY
OR
ANTENNA SWITCH
AS1-1E
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
BK+
BKTX-KEYED
RX-MUTE
NAV EQUIPMENT
TTYCS-4(*1) OR
CO-0.2x5P(*2)
1
2
3
4
5
6
P
P
DISTRESS
ALERT UNIT
IC-302-DSC *2
TB3 +
AC/DC
AC/DC POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
PR-850A *2
DC +
OUT AC
FAIL
*1
MPYC-4
TB
1 (+) POWER *2
2 (-) STATUS
3 H MONITOR
4 C PSM-01
*1
IV-8sq.
NOTE
*2. OPTION.
D ANT(W/R1)
J3
S-2
TB1
+
-
M-P-3
PREAMP
FAX-5 *2
*1
IV-2sq.
M-P-3
*2
FMA-1
2.6m WHIP
04S4176-2
*1
DPYCY-1.5
M-P-3
M-P-3
*2
FMA-1
REMOTE
17JE23250-02(D8C)
J6
TB4 FG 1
EXT. EQUIPMENT
SD 2
B12 05P0744
P
RD 3
(RTS) 4
(CTS) 5
(DSR) 6
SG 7
NC 8
SG 9
LINE OUT-H 10
P
LINE OUT-C 11
LINE IN-H 12
P
LINE IN-C 13
TX KEY 14
RX MUTE 15
ST-BY 16
POWER ON 17
POWER ON-H 18
POWER ON-C 19
(DTR) 20
TD5-A 21
TD5-B 22
RD5-A 23
RD5-B 24
GND
FG 25
DRAWN
*1
16/Sep/09 T.YAMASAKI
IV-8sq.
CHECKED
16/Sep/09 T.TAKENO
APPROVED
IC-350
CONNECTION FOR IC-350
FS-2570T
TB6
BZ OUT-H
BZ OUT-C
BZ IN-H
BZ IN-C
BZ CTR-H
SHIELD
TB8
TD4-A
TD4-B
RD4-A
RD4-B
DIST_CTR
0V(GND)
9
10
11
12
13
16
27
28
29
30
31
32
*1
TTYCS-4
P MAX.50m
P
*1
TTYCS-4
P MAX.50m
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
MF/HF RCV BZ
EXTBZ
No.2
IN-H
IN-C
OUT-H 1
OUT-H
OUT-C 2
OUT-C
IN-H 3
IN-C 4
CTO-C
FG
CTI-C 5
MF/HF DIST BZ
FG 6
IN-H
IN-C
ALARM UNIT
OUT-H
IC-350 *2
OUT-C
CTO-C
FG
TITLE
25/Sep/09 R.Esumi

SCALE
MASS
NAME
kg
DWG.No.
C5637-C01- L
*1
TTYCS-4
P MAX.50m
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
DISTRESS/URGENT
RECEIVING UNIT
IC-303-DSC *2
FS-2570
SSB
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE

(X) Furuno FS-1570 (150 Watt MF-HF-SSB) Technical Manuals Combined PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

(X) Furuno FS-1570 (150 Watt MF-HF-SSB) Technical Manuals Combined PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FURUNO DEEPSEA WORLD

Easy channel selection with rotary

Receiver frequencies are selectable between 100

The future today with FURUNO's electronics technology

Catalogue No. S-023

FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD.

TRADE MARK REGISTERED

Rules and Regulations

Received Call Unit IC-303-DSC

Remote Control Unit

Rectifier with Changeover

Control Unit FS-1570C/FS-2570C

Distress Call and Message

24 VDC, 20 A (150 W), 35 A (250 W) for TX,

FS-1570T 11.0 kg 24.3 lb

optional receiver for routine)

TX: 1.6 to 27.5 MHz

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

Camas, Washington, U.S.A.

FURUNO (UK) LIMITED

FURUNO NORGE A/S

Denmead, Hampshire, U.K.

FURUNO FRANCE S.A.

Vstra Frlunda, Sweden

FURUNO ESPANA S.A.

02093N Printed in Japan

FS1570/FS2570 Dimensional Drawings

12 0.5" 416 16.4" 12 0.5"

12 0.5" 416 16.4" 12 0.5"

24 VDC, 35 A (TX), 1.5 A (RX)

11kg 24.3 lb 11kg

24 VDC, 20 A (TX), 0.8 A (RX)

1.8 kg 4.0 lb 1.8 kg

A.1/5.14 A.1/5.15 GMDSS MF/HF SSB-Radio

This certificate is granted to:

Furuno Electric Co., Ltd.

Zevenaar, 2 August 2005

If the equipment is to be modified, Telefication shall be notified immediately. Depending on the

Remarks and observations

Telefication, Edisonstraat 12A, 6902 PK Zevenaar, The Netherlands

Documentation lodged for the EC type-examination

Telefication: 98752230, 17 Juni 2002

International instruments and test standards

ETS 300 067

A1, A2, A3, A4

Telefication, Edisonstraat 12A, 6902 PK Zevenaar, The Netherlands

FS-1570, RF output power: 150 W Pep

System related equipment

FS-1570C: Control Unit

Telefication, Edisonstraat 12A, 6902 PK Zevenaar, The Netherlands

Trademarks and type designations

Telefication, Edisonstraat 12A, 6902 PK Zevenaar, The Netherlands

For Internal Use Only

PACKING LIST FOR FS1570

Wt: 54 lbs. Dim: 26"x 18"x 15"

Wt: 11 lbs. Dim: 15"x 11"x 9"

Wt: 7 lbs. Dim: 18"x 11"x 8"

For Internal Use Only

PACKING LIST FOR FS1570 with NBDP

Box 1 - NBDP Option

Wt: 16 lbs. Dim: 16"x 9"x 21"

sub CP05 8901